HomeMy WebLinkAbout939 Caroline St Technical Chiller - BuildingTECHNICAL
Permit 1
Address q3q Caro ire S+
Project description d um\ni G (Yej cj\ (A .ek-
CIA k ex r 1 4 v s- --e4.-
mookl-Ci(j 4ornS
Date the permit was finaled o 5 -z 3 08
Number of technical pages a 29
PROJECT MANUAL
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER
0 444'
CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
FOR
CHILLER REPLACEMENT CHILLED WATER SYSTEM
MODIFICATIONS
MARCH 8, 2007
TBS
Engineering, Inc.
TBS ENGINEERING, INC
7302 Pearl Court
Bainbridge Island, WA 98110
206 842 -0143
206 855 -1063
t
t
t
t
t
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 THE PROJECT
1.1 IDENTIFICATION
Olympic Medical Center Chiller Replacement Chilled Water System Modifications
1.2 PROJECT ADDRESS
Olympic Medical Center
939 Carolme Street
Port Angeles, Washington 98362
1.3 PROJECT DESCRIPTION
See Section 01010 Summary of Work, for complete project description.
1.4 OWNER
1.5 OWNER'S PROJECT MANAGER
Mr Jim Paapke
(360) 417 7148
PART 2 THE DOCUMENTS
2.1 TITLE
2.2 DATE
Olympic Medical Center
SECTION 00002 PAGE 1
INTRODUCTION
`The Construction Documents for the Olympic Medical Center Chiller Replacement Chilled
Water System Modifications'
The construction documents are dated March 8, 2007
PART 3 THE DESIGN TEAM
3.1 CERTIFICATION
I hereby certify that this project specification was prepared by me or under my direct supervision
and that I am a duly registered engineer under the laws of the State of Washington.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
3.2 ENGINEER
Rick Peters
TBS Engineenng, Inc.
7302 Pearl Ct.
Bambndge Island, WA 98110
3.3 CONSULTANTS
Lee Swanson
Spading
720 Olive Way
Suite 1400
Seattle, WA 98101 1853
Gene Unger
Gene Unger Engineering, Inc
1401 West 7 Street
Port Angeles, WA 98363
END OF SECTION
SECTION 00002 PAGE 2
INTRODUCTION
TBS ENGINEERING SECTION 00003 PAGE 1
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
DESCRIPTION OF CONTENTS
THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS CONTAIN THE FOLLOWING
VOLUME 1
PROJECT MANUAL
Division 0 Bidding Requirements, Contract Forms, and Contract
Division 1 General Requirements
Division 15 Mechanical Specifications
VOLUME 2 PROJECT DRAWINGS
See Cover Sheet, Drawing T1 for list of Drawings.
VOLUME 1 PROJECT MANUAL
Unit Description No. of Pages
DIVISION 0 BIDDING REQUIREMENTS, CONTRACT FORMS, AND CONDITIONS OF
THE CONTRACT
Section 00002 Introduction 2
00003 Table of Contents 4
00030 Advertisement For Bids 2
00100 Instructions To Bidders 1
Supplementary Instructions. 2
00300 Bid Form. 3
00320 Bid Bond 1
00420 Bidder Qualification Form. 4
00510 Form of Agreement 1
Supplementary Provisions 1
00515 Contract Transmittal 1
00520 Notice to Proceed 2
00700 General Conditions 1
Supplementary Conditions of the Contract 6
Special Conditions of the Contract 4
Department of Labor Industries Attachment to Section 00700 9
00900 Addenda 1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
DIVISION 1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Section
SECTION 00003 PAGE 2
TABLE OF CONTENTS
01010 Summary of Work 3
01011 Contract Time and Sequence 4
01014 Project Finishes and Openings 1
01026 Payment Procedures 2
Affidavit for Payment of Retained Percentage (Form 1060) 1
01027 Schedule of Values. 2
01030 Base Bid and Alternates 2
01036 Change Order Procedures 2
Change Order Proposal (Form 1038) 1
Change Order (Form 1039) 1
Engineer's Supplemental Instructions (Form 1036) 1
Construction Change Directive (Form 1037) 1
01045 Cutting and Patching 4
01064 Seismic Anchoraging 4
01065 Code and Permit Requirements 2
01091 Reference Standards 12
01095 Explanations, Definitions, Abbreviations, Symbols 5
01121 Hazardous Matenals Procedures 2
01200 Project Meetings 2
01300 Submittals 7
Submittal Cover Sheet/Transmittal (Form 1046) 1
01310 Progress Schedule 3
01400 Quality Control 10
01500 Construction Facilities 7
01600 Material and Equipment 4
01610 Delivery Storage, and Handling 1
01630 Product Options and Substitutions 3
Substitution Request Form (Form 1063) 1
01700 Contract Closeout 5
01710 Final Cleaning 2
01720 Project Record Documents 3
01745 Warranty Procedures 3
Contractor's Warranty 1
Subcontractor's Warranty 1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
DIVISION 15 MECHANICAL
Section
SECTION 00003 PAGE 3
TABLE OF CONTENTS
15010 General Mechanical Requirements 8
15050 Basic Mechanical Material and Methods 6
15060 Pipe and Fittings 8
15075 Mechanical Identification 2
15140 Mechanical Supporting Devices 2
15189 HVAC Water Treatment 9
15250 Mechanical Insulation. 5
15400 Plumbing and Domestic Water Systems 2
15625 Centrifugal Chillers Dual Compressors 4
15640 Cooling Towers 3
15900 Direct Digital Control Systems 12
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
VOLUME 2 PROJECT DRAWINGS
Unit Description
DIVISION M MECHANICAL DRAWINGS
See Drawing T1 for Complete List of Mechanical Drawings
DIVISION S STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS
See Drawing T1 for Complete List of Structural Drawings
DIVISION E ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
See Drawing T1 for Complete List of Electrical Drawings
END OF SECTION
SECTION 00003 PAGE 4
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATE R SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
LEGAL NOTICE
INVITATION TO BID
OLYMPIC MEMORIAL HOSPITAL
CLALLAM COUNTY PUBLIC HOSPITAL DISTRICT No 2
PORT ANGELES, WASHINGTON
Date of Bid Opening:
April 3, 2007
SECTION 00030 PAGE 1
ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS
In accordance with RCW 70 44 140 you are invited to bid on a contract for the construction of the
Olympic Medical Center Chiller Replacement, located within Olympic Medical Center, Port Angeles,
Washington. Sealed bids will be received until 2 PM at
Office of the Administrator
Clallam County Public Hospital District No 2
Olympic Medical Center
939 Caroline Street
Port Angeles, Washington 98362
Bids will be publicly opened and read aloud by the Administrator or his/her authorized representative m the
Board Room of Olympic Memorial Hospital at 2:00 PM on Tuesday April 3rd 2007 The public is invited
to attend the bid opening. In the case of mailing, address bids to Mr Jim Paapke, Administrative Director
Facilities Management, Olympic Medical Center, 939 Caroline Street, Port Angeles, Washmgton, 98362
Each bid shall be sealed in an opaque envelope and accompanied by a certified check, cashier's check,
postal money order or surety bond (issued by an authorized surety) made payable to: Clallam County
Public Hospital District No 2. Bid secunty shall be m an amount not less than five percent (5 of the total
bid. No bid shall be accepted unless accompanied by bid security and any bid bond must be in a form and
issued by a surety acceptable to the Board of Commissioners, Clallam County Public Hospital District No.
2. Bids will not be accepted from bidders who have not attended the mandatory site inspection,
which will take place at the site, 10 AM, Tuesday, March 20, 2007
The Board of Commissioners, Clallam County Public Hospital District No 2 reserves the right to reject any
or all bids. The Board of Commissioners will consider bids and the matter of awarding the contract at the
next scheduled public meeting of the Board of Commissioners to be held in the Board Room of Olympic
Memorial Hospital.
No bidder may withdraw his/her bid after the date and hour set forth above for the bid opening. If a
successful bidder fails to enter into a contract in accordance with his/her bid and furnish required
performance and payment bonds within ten (10) days from the date he /she is notified that he /she is the
successful bidder, such bidder's bid security shall be forfeited.
Bona fide bidders may obtain bid documents at:
Sound Reprographics
403 Madison Avenue N Suite 110
Bainbridge Island, Washington 98110
(206) 780 -9678
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATE R SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
Bidders should call the printer (listed above) to order sets of bid documents. Sets may be purchased from
the printer for $75 00 per set by AGC and non -AGC mechanical contractors. All subcontractors may view
documents at a plan center or purchase a set directly from the printer (listed above) A list of plan centers
where documents are to be made available may be obtained from the printer
Dated this 8th Day of March, 2007 at Port Angeles, Washington
COMMISSION CLALLAM COUNTY
PUBLIC HOSPITAL DISTRICT NO 2
END OF SECTION
SECTION 00030 PAGE 2
ADVERTISEMENT FOR BIDS
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 INCORPORATION
A. AIA Document A701 Instructions to Bidders, 1997 Edition, is hereby made a part of the
Contract as modified by the Supplementary Instructions as if bound herein.
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Instructions described in this section include
1 Instructions to Bidders (available from www.aia.org)
2. Supplementary Instructions (2 pages)
SECTION 00100 PAGE 0
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
INIII N MS MO NM MA NM Se NMI MI 1111 IIIIIII IIIIN M MN I Mb OM NM
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 00100 PAGE 1
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS
ARTICLE 9: SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS
THE FOLLOWING MODIFICATIONS APPLY TO THE PRECEDING ARTICLES.
Article 3.3 This article is expanded and modified by Division 1 of the Specifications.
Article 4.2.2 A Surety Company Bid Bond, AIA Document A310 or a State of Washington approved
form, a certified check, cashier's check or postal money order payable to the order of the
Commission of Clallam County Public Hospital District No. 2, Olympic Medical Center,
shall accompany each bid in an amount not less than five percent (5 of the aggregate of
Basic Bid and all Additive Alternates. No bid shall be considered unless accompanied by
such bid proposal secunty
Article 4 4 1 No bidder may withdraw his bid after the hour set for the opening thereof, unless the
award of the Contract is delayed for a period exceeding thirty (30) days.
Article 5 1 Bid opening will be public.
Article 6.3 This article is expanded and modified by the Supplementary Conditions and the General
Requirements.
Article 7 1 Delete Articles 7 1 7 1 1 7 1.2 and 7 1.3 and substitute the following:
The successful Contractor shall at the time of delivery of the executed Contract, furnish a
duly executed bond upon a form, furnished or approved by the Owner, signed by two or
more approved sureties or an approved surety company in the full amount of the contract
price conditioned upon the faithful performance of the contract by the Contractor within
the time prescribed therein. Such bond shall provide that the surety or sureties will agree
to protect and indemnify the Owner against any direct or indirect loss that shall be
suffered or claimed.
a. The failure of the Contractor or any of the Contractor's employees, subcontractors or
agents to faithfully perform the said contract, or
b The failure of the Contractor to pay all laborers, mechanics, subcontractors, agents,
matenalmen, and all persons who shall supply such Contractor, subcontractor or
agents with provisions or supplies for carrying on such work.
At any time and as often as may be deemed necessary the Owner may require any or all
sureties or any surety company to appear and qualify themselves upon the bond.
Whenever such surety or sureties are deemed by the Owner to have become insufficient,
the Owner may demand in writing that the Contractor furnish additional surety in an
amount not exceeding that originally required as may be deemed necessary considering
the work remaining to be done No further payments will be made on the contract until
such additional surety as required is furnished.
Each form of bond must be approved in writing by the Owner The surety or sureties must
be authorized to do business in the State of Washington and be satisfactory to the Owner
ADDITIONAL INSTRUCTIONS ARE AS FOLLOWS.
1 Mandatory Site Inspection. In addition to exammation of the bid documents, each mechanical
contractor must examine the site; at the date and time specified below and so indicate on the bid
form; and conduct such other examinations and investigations as are necessary to become fully
informed of all existing or expected conditions and other matters that might m any way affect the
cost or performance of the work. It is further recommended that each general contractor controls
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 00100 PAGE 2
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
SUPPLEMENTARY INSTRUCTIONS
contractor, and electrical contractor attend the site inspection and likewise familiarize
themselves with the existing conditions and access restrictions.
The mandatory site inspection will be at 10 am on Thursday March 21 2007
2 The successful bidder shall be ready to proceed with the work within five (5) days after bid
opening.
END OF SECTION
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 THE PROJECT
PART 2 THE BID
Olympic Medical Center
939 Caroline Street
Port Angeles, Washington
1.2 THE DOCUMENTS
The plans and specifications are entitled 'Construction Documents for Olympic Medical Center
Chiller Replacement Chilled Water System Modifications
1.3 THE ENGINEER
TBS Engineering, Inc
7302 Pearl Court
Bainbridge Island, Washington
SECTION 00300 PAGE 1
BID FORM
To Olympic Medical Center
939 Caroline Street
Port Angeles, Washington 98362
Ladies and Gentlemen.
I/We have received the Project Specification for the project as identified above
I/We have also received Addenda Nos. and have included their provisions in
my /our bid.
UWe have attended the mandatory site inspection. Yes No
(check one)
I/We have examined both the documents and the site and fully understand the extent and nature
of the work. Questions regarding the project have been asked of the Engineer during the bidding
period.
UWe submit the following bid.
In submitting this bid, I /We agree
1 To hold my /our bid open for sixty (60) days.
2. To accept the provisions of the Advertisement to Bid and the Instructions to Bidders
regarding disposition of Bid Security
3 To enter into and execute a contract, if awarded on the basis of this bid and to furnish
guarantee bonds m accordance with the General and Supplementary Conditions of this
contract.
4 To accomplish the work in accordance with the contract documents.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 00300 PAGE 2
BID FORM
5 To complete the work by the time specified in Section 01011 Contract Time and
Sequence.
6 The bids are in accordance with Section 01030, Base Bid and Alternates.
7 I/We have attached to this bid the required Bid Security and Bidder Qualification Form.
UWe will construct this project for the lump -sum price of:
DOLLARS
None of the base bid or alternate prices include Washington State sales tax.
Subcontractors
I/We intend to use the following subcontractors for any and all portions of the work awarded.
Controls Subcontractor
General Construction Subcontractor
Electrical Subcontractor
In addition to the above, the following subcontractors have subcontract amounts equal to more
than ten percent of the bid amount.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
1
2.
3
4
Signatures
(Date) (Signature)
NOTE. If such subcontractors are not listed below a list of
their names must be submitted within one hour of the
published bid submittal time Failure to provide this list shall
render the bid void.
(Title)
(Legal name of person, corporation, or firm submitting bid)
(State Contractor's License Number)
END OF SECTION
SECTION 00300 PAGE 3
BID FORM
(Seal. If bid is by a corporation, signature must be as required in Section 00100 Instructions to
Bidders.)
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENT.
That (Contractor) as
Principal, and (Bonding
Company) as Surety a corporation of the State of whose
principal office is located in the City of State of
are firmly bound unto
as Obligee,
Dollars
for the payment whereof Principal and Surety bind themselves, their heirs, executors,
administrators, successors, and assigns jomtly and securely fu,uly by these presents.
WHEREAS, Principal has by written proposal, dated
offered to enter into a contract with Obligee for
NOW THEREFORE, the condition of this obligation is such that if the proposal of Principal is
accepted by Obligee, Principal will pay to Obligee as liquidated damages a sum equal to five (5)
percent of the amount of its bid unless within ten (10) days after delivery by Obligee to Principal
of notice of acceptance of its proposal, Principal shall enter into a contract in accordance with its
bid and furnish the Contractor's bond specified in said plans and specification sand contract
documents.
SIGNED AND SEALED this
(Surety) (Principal)
(Title) (Title)
END OF SECTION
day of 19
SECTION 00320 PAGE 1
BID BOND
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 INCORPORATION
SECTION 00420 PAGE 1
BIDDER QUALIFICATION FORM
The Owner's Qualification Form, three (3) pages, is incorporated hereafter as part of the contract
documents and shall be included with the bid form.
Fill the following form out and submit along with the bid form.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
1 Type of organization. Individual Partnership Corporation
2. Years in business under present firm name•
3 Bonding Company
Bonding Capacity
4 Principal Bank:
Branch. Years
5 Has your firm ever failed to complete any work awarded?
6. Has any officer or partner of your firm ever failed to complete a contract handled in his/her own
name?
If so, state name of individual, contract not completed, and why-
7 List projects your organization has under way on this date.
Contract
Amount Class of Work Complete
SECTION 00420 PAGE 2
BIDDER QUALIFICATION FORM
Name and Address of
Owner or Contracting Aeent
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
8. List types of medical work completed m last five years.
Contract
Amount Class of Work Complete
SECTION 00420 PAGE 3
BIDDER QUALIFICATION FORM
Name and Address of
Owner or Contractmn Anent
9 List typical projects your organization has completed in the past three years.
Contract Name and Address of
Amount
Class of Work Complete Owner or Contractinn Anent
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
10 List any projects which resulted m substantial dispute with the Owner arbitration, or litigation
with the Owner or any subcontractors.
Contract Name and Address of
Amount Class of Work Complete Owner or Contractm2 Aeent
END OF SECTION
SECTION 00420 PAGE 4
BIDDER QUALIFICATION FORM
t
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Documents described in this section include:
1 AIA Document A101 (available from www.aia.org)
2. Supplementary Provisions (1 page)
END OF SECTION
SECTION 00510 PAGE 1
FORM OF AGREEMENT
1.1 INCORPORATION
AIA Document A101 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the
Basis of Payment is a Stipulated Sum 1997 Edition, is hereby made a part of the Contract as
modified by the Supplementary Conditions as if bound herein.
II
t
I
I
I
t
I
I
t
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 2 SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS
SECTION 00510 PAGE 1
FORM OF AGREEMENT
SUPPLEMENTARY PROVISIONS
The following supplementary provisions modify change, delete from or add to the AIA Document A101
`Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the Basis of Payment is a Stipulated
Sum' 1997 Edition. Where any Article of the Form of Agreement is modified or deleted by these
provisions
ARTICLE 3. DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
Add the following Article:
3 4 Liauidated Damaues. Owner and Contractor agree that should the project not be substantially
completed within the time specified m the contract, that the damages sustained by the Owner or
by the Contractor due to such delay will be assessed at two hundred fifty dollars ($2501 Der day
which is established as the liquidated damages which either the Contractor shall pay to the
Owner or the Owner shall pay to the Contractor as the case may be, for each day's delay in
completing the project beyond the time specified m this contract caused by the fault, error, act,
change, or neglect of the other, its agents, employees or those acting for it. Refer to Paragraph
8 1.3 of the General Conditions for definitions of completion as referenced in this paragraph.
The above amount will be used also for establishing the amount for extended overhead' due to
causes beyond the owner's control e.g. weather, unforeseen conditions, etc.
ARTICLE 5: PROGRESS PAYMENTS
Delete Paragraph 5 1.3 in entirety and add the following:
5 1.3 Provided an Application for Payment is received by the Engineer not later than the last day of a
month, the Owner shall make payment to the Contractor not later than the fifteenth of the
following month.
5 1 6.1 Enter a value of 5 percent (5 for the percentage of retainage
5 1 6.2 Enter a value of 5 percent (5 for the percentage of retainage
Delete Paragraph 7.2 in entirety and add the following:
7.2 All monies retained will be deposited in an escrow account (in a bank or trust company chosen
by Contractor and approved by Owner) and the interest earned in the account shall accrue to the
benefit of the contractor until completion of contract.
END OF SECTION
an NE M MO N— B r— S NM I r r— MI I MI all
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 CONTRACT TRANSMITTAL
Date
To
From:
1.1 REFERENCE
Section 00300 Bid Form, your proposal dated April 3
1.2 OWNER'S ACTIONS
The Owner authorizes us to advise you that he:
Accepts/Rejects your base bid.
Accepts your following alternates:
Rejects your following alternates.
1.3 CONTRACT TRANSMITTAL
END OF SECTION
2007
Your payment bonds per Section 00510 Form of Agreement.
to the Engineer, fully executed and signed.
Your evidence of insurance coverage per Section 00700,
completed onginal and two copies to the Engineer
SECTION 00515 PAGE 1
CONTRACT TRANSMITTAL
The Owner forwards herewith for your signature his agreement with you per Section 00510
Form of Agreement.
When the ongmal and copies of the agreement are signed and dated, return the original and two
copies to the Engineer together with.
Provide an original and two copies
General Conditions. Provide the
I
I
ti
t
II
1
I
I
I
I
1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 00520 PAGE 1
NOTICE TO PROCEED
PART 1 NOTICE TO PROCEED
Date.
To
From:
1.1 REFERENCES
A. Section 00300, Bid Form, your proposal dated. April 3 2007
B Section 00510 Form of Agreement, the contract dated. April 3 2007
1.2 OWNER'S DIRECTION
The Owner has authorized us to direct you to commence and complete the work as follows.
A. DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK is. April 5 2007 and shall be the effective
date of:
1 The specified insurance coverage
2. The contract, unless dated earlier
3 The performance and payment bond
4 The start of contract time of one hundred (175) calendar days
B DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION is September 28, 2007 and shall be the date of
completion of all work except for deferred items, if any and shall be the effective start date of:
1 Liquidated damages at $250 00 per day (if project is not ready for owner's occupancy)
2. 30 -day period to complete deferred items
3 Guarantees and warranties
4 Owner's occupancy
5 Owner's assumption of full responsibility for maintenance, heat, utilities, and insurance
1.3 RECEIPT
Please signify your receipt and acceptance of this Notice to Proceed in Part 2 below
ENGINEER
(by) (date)
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 2 CONTRACTOR'S ACCEPTANCE
To Engmeer
This is to acknowledge receipt and acceptance of above Notice to Proceed.
1 The executed contract is attached, has been submitted.
2. Evidence of msurance coverage is attached, has been submitted.
(Contractor)
(by)
END OF SECTION
(date)
SECTION 00520 PAGE 2
NOTICE TO PROCEED
t
1
t
t
1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 INCORPORATION
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Conditions of the Contract described in this section include:
1 General Conditions (available from www.aia.org)
2. Supplementary Conditions of the Contract (6 pages)
3 Special Conditions of the Contract (4 pages)
SECTION 00700 PAGE 1
GENERAL CONDITIONS
A. AIA Document A201 General Conditions of the Contract For Construction, 1997 Edition, is
hereby made a part of the Contract as modified by the Supplementary General Conditions as if
bound herein.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 2 SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT
SECTION 00700 PAGE 2
GENERAL CONDITIONS
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF
THE CONTRACT
The following supplements modify change, delete from or add to the `General Conditions of the
Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201 15th Edition, 1997 Where any Article of the General
Conditions is modified or deleted by these supplements, the unaltered portion of that Article, Paragraph,
Subparagraph or use shall remain in effect.
ARTICLE 1. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS
1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS
Add the following numbers, titles and paragraphs:
1 7 Miscellaneous Definition
1 7 1 The `Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Contractor' AIA Document
A101 1997 Edition shall be used as the form of agreement for this Project. All
articles in the form shall be subject to the bidding requirements and contract
documents.
1 7.2 The term `Project Manual' as used m these Supplementary conditions is the volume
which includes the Instrudtnons to Bidders, sample forms, and certain of the Contract
Documents such as the Conditions of the Contract, and the Technical Specifications.
1 7.3 The techmcal specifications are included in this Project Manual as Divisions 1
through 16
1 7 4 The term `product' as used in these Supplementary Conditions includes materials,
systems, equipment and accessories.
1 7.5 The terms Architect' and/or Architecture as used m this document shall be
substituted with `Engineer' and/or `Engineering respectively when they appear
ARTICLE 2. OWNER
2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER
Delete Paragraph 2.2.5 in its entirety and add the following:
2.2.5 The Contractor will be furnished up to eight (8) copies of Drawings and Project Manuals free of
charge. These copies may consist of Drawmgs and Project Manuals returned through the bidding
process. It is the Contractor's responsibility to assure the completeness of these copies.
ARTICLE 3. CONTRACTOR
3.4 LABOR AND MATERIAL
Add the following paragraphs.
3 4 4 Not later than twenty (20) days from the Contract Date, the Contractor shall provide a list
showing the name of Principal Suppliers and Fabricators. No substitutions of principal suppliers
and fabricators will be allowed without prior approval by the Engineer
I
1
t
t
1
t
TBS ENGINEERING SECTION 00700 PAGE 3
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT GENERAL CONDITIONS
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF
THE CONTRACT
3 4.5 The Engineer will promptly reply in writing to the Contractor stating whether the Owner or the
Engineer after due investigation, has reasonable objection to any such substitution. Failure to
object to above shall not constitute a waiver of any of the requirements of the Contract
Documents.
3.7 PERMITS, FEE AND NOTICES
Delete Paragraph 3 7 1 m its entirety and add the following:
3 7 1 The Owner shall be responsible for bearing the cost of the building permit and any renewal
charges for same The Engineer shall be the `single point' of contact between the Building
Department and the project. The Contractor will be notified by the Engineer that the building
permit is available The Contractor shall secure and pay for other permits and governmental fees,
licenses, and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work which are
customarily secured after execution of the Contract and which are legally required when bids are
received or negotiations concluded.
ARTICLE 4. ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT
4.6 ARBITRATION
4 6.1 Delete the first sentence and replace with the following:
`Except as may be otherwise provided m this agreement, all claims, counterclaims, disputes and
other matters in question between the Owner and the Contractor arising out of or relating to this
agreement, or the breach thereof, will be decided by arbitration, if the parties hereto mutually
agree, otherwise, in a court of competent jurisdiction within the county m which the Owner is
located. In the event the parties agree to arbitrate any matters, said arbitration shall be m
compliance with the terms of Paragraph 4 6 of the AIA Document A201 General Conditions of
the Contract for Construction.
Delete paragraph 4.3.3 m its entirety and add the following:
4.3.3 Unless otherwise agreed to in writing, the Contractor shall diligently carry on the Work and
maintain its progress during any arbitration or court proceedings in accordance with the
Engineer's directions, and the Owner shall continue to make payments to the Contractor in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
ARTICLE 7. CHANGES IN THE WORK
7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES
7.3 6 In the first sentence, delete the words `a reasonable allowance for overhead and profit' and add
`an allowance for overhead and profit in accordance with the schedule set forth in Paragraph
7.3 10 below'
Add the following Paragraph.
7.3 10 In Paragraphs 7.3.3 and 7.3 6 the allowance for overhead and profit combined, included in the
total cost to the Owner shall be based on the following schedule
1 For the Contractor, for any Work performed by the Contractor's own forces, fifteen
(15) percent of the cost.
2. For the Contractor for Work performed by his Subcontractor, ten (10) percent of the
amount due the Subcontractor
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
3 For each Subcontractor or Sub subcontractor involved, for any Work performed by
that Contractor's own forces, fifteen (15) percent of the cost.
4 For each Subcontractor for Work performed by his Sub subcontractors, ten (10)
percent of the amount due the Sub subcontractor
5 Cost to which overhead and profit is to be applied shall be determined in accordance
with Paragraph 7.3 6.
6 In order to facilitate checking of quotations for extras or credits, all proposals, except
those so minor that their propriety can be seen by inspection, shall be accompanied
by a compete itemization of costs including labor materials, and Subcontracts. Labor
and materials shall be itemized in the manner prescribed above Where major cost
items are Subcontracts, they shall also be itemized. In no case will change involving
over $100 00 be approved without such itemization.
ARTICLE 9: PAYMENT AND COMPLETION.
See General Requirements Section 01026 for expansion of this article.
ARTICLE 11. INSURANCE AND BONDS
11 1 1 In the first line of subparagraphs 11 1 1 following the word `maintain insert the words `in a
company or companies licensed to do business in the State of Washington.
Add to end of subparagraph 11 1 1
SECTION 00700 PAGE 4
GENERAL CONDITIONS
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF
THE CONTRACT
`Owner's and Contractor's protective coverage shall include the following as additional named
insured. Clallam County Public Hospital District No 2 (owner Olympic Medical Center, Port
Angeles, Washington), the Board of Commissioners thereof, and the officers and employees
thereof m their official capacities.
Add the following subparagraphs.
11 1 1.9 Liability insurance shall include all major divisions of coverage and be on a
comprehensive basis including:
1 Premises Operations (including X -C -U)
2 Independent contractor's protective.
3 Products and completed operations.
4 Contractual including specified provision for the Contractor s obligations under
Paragraph 3 18
5 Owner non -owned and hired motor vehicles.
6 Broad form coverage for property damage.
7 Workmen s Compensation Statutory
8 Employer's liability Same limits as compensation liability on Stop Gap
9 Comprehensive general liability
a. Bodily injury $1,250 000 each person/$1,500 000 each occurrence
b Personal injury $1,250 000 each person $1,250 000 aggregate
$1,500 000 general aggregate.
1
r
1
r
t
1
1
t
1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
11 1.3 Add the following paragraph.
SECTION 00700 PAGE 5
GENERAL CONDITIONS
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF
THE CONTRACT
c. Property damage $1 100 000 each person $1 100 000 each
occurrence /$1 100 000 aggregate.
10 Automobile liability
a. Bodily injury $1,250,000 each person/$1,500 000 each occurrence.
11 Independent contractors same limits as above.
12. Products and completed operations same limits as above until full acceptance
of new construction by Owner Additionally named insured. Clallam County
Public Hospital Distract No 2, State of Washington, the Board of
Commissioners and Administrative Officers in their capacities, known as
Olympic Medical Center, Port Angeles, Washington. Certificate of insurance to
be supplied to Owner
13 Contractual liability same limits as above.
14 Broad Form Builders Risk policy covering matenals, supplies, machinery
equipment, fixtures, temporary structures to be used m or incidental to the
construction, fabrication, installation, erection or completion, including accrued
labor charges. All Risk form with normal Exclusions. All Sub or Independent
Contractors should provide Certificates of Insurance to Contractor
commensurate with the liability limits set forth in 7 8, 9 and 10
Amount: In the sum of the total completed value.
`Furnish one copy of Certificates herein required for each copy of the Agreement; specifically
set forth evidence of all coverage required by Paragraphs 11 1 1 and 11 1.2. The form of the
Certificate shall be AIA Document G705 Furnish to the Owner copies of any endorsements that
are subsequently issued amending coverage or limits.
11.4 PROPERTY INSURANCE. ALL RISK (SEE ALSO 11.1.9 (14) ABOVE)
Delete Paragraph 11 4 1 in its entirety and add the following:
11 4 1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the entire work at the site to
the full insurable value thereof. Such insurance shall be in a company or companies against
which the Owner, the Contractor, the Subcontractors and Sub subcontractors in the Work and
shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and shall include all risk' insurance
for physical loss or damage including, without duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism and
malicious mischief.
11 4 1 1 If this insurance is written with stipulated amounts deductible under the terms of the
policy the Contractor shall pay the difference attributable to deductions in any
payments made by the insurance carrier on claims paid by this insurance.
Delete Paragraph 11 4 6 in its entirety and add the following:
11 4 6 The Contractor shall file the original and one certified copy of all policies with the Owner and
Engineer before exposure to loss may occur If the Owner is damaged by the failure of the
Contractor to maintain such insurance and to so notify the Owner then the Contractor shall bear
all reasonable costs properly attributable thereto
11 4 7 Add the following sentence `In waiving rights of recovery under terms of this paragraph, the
term `Owner' shall be deemed to include his employees, and the Engineer and his employees as
the Owner's representative, as provided in the Contract Documents.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
Add the following Paragraph.
ARTICLE 13: MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
13.1 GOVERNING LAW
Delete Paragraph 13 1 1 m its entirety and add the following:
SECTION 00700 PAGE 6
GENERAL CONDITIONS
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF
THE CONTRACT
11 4 11 If the Owner finds it necessary to occupy or use a portion or portions of the Work prior to
Substantial Completion, such occupancy shall not commence prior to a time mutually agreed to
by the Owner and Contractor and concurred with by the insurance company or companies. This
insurance shall not be canceled or lapsed on account of such partial occupancy
13 1 1 The Contractor shall at all times comply with federal and state laws, local laws and ordinance,
and any regulations which in any manner affect the performance of the contract.
Add the following numbers, titles and paragraphs.
13.8 PREVAILING WAGE ACT
13 8 1 State of Washington Prevailing Wage Act, Chapter 39 12 RCW applies to the entire project. The
contractor, any subcontractor or other person doing work or any part of it shall not pay any
workmen, laborers, or mechanics less than the hourly minimum rate of wage defined by RCW
39 12.010 as established by the Department of Labor and Industries which is the prevailing rate
of wage. Prevailing Wage Rates are included in the Contract Documents as an attachment to the
end of this section.
13 8.2 The Contractor shall obtain the minimum hourly wage rate for each trade or occupation from the
Department of Labor and Industries.
13.8.3 The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall submit a `Statement of Intent to Pay Prevailing
Wage pnor to receiving the first payment, and following final acceptance, shall submit
Affidavits of Wages Paid' that have been certified by the industrial statistician of the
Department of Labor and Industries.
13.9 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN POLICIES OF EMPLOYMENT AS FOLLOWS.
13.9 1 The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall not discnmmate against any employee or applicant
for employment because of race, religion, color, sex, age, marital status, creed, or national origin
and the presence of any sensory mental or physical handicap, and to authorize selections or
decisions to be made upon such classifications if they are based on a bona fide occupational
qualification. The Contractor shall take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are
employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race,
religion, color, sex or national origin. Such action shall include, but not be limited to the
following: employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer• recruitment or recruitment advertising;
layoff or termination, rates of pay or other forms of compensation, and selection for training,
including apprenticeship. The Contractor agrees to post in conspicuous places, available to
employees and applicants for employment, notices setting forth the policies of
nondiscrimination.
13.9.2 The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall; m all solicitations or advertisement for employees
placed by them or on their behalf, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for
employment without regard to race, religion, color, sex, or national ongin.
1
TITS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
13.10 HOSPITAL SMOKING POLICY
SECTION 00700 PAGE 7
GENERAL CONDITIONS
SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS OF
THE CONTRACT
13 10 1 The Contractor and all Subcontractors shall obey all rules regarding approved locations to
smoke cigarettes, cigars and other similar tobacco products. Smoking on the Hospital campus is
not allowed except in designated areas.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
apply to work of this section. Coordinate related requirements, specified m other Division 1
sections including but not limited to the following:
B Section 01500 Temporary Facilities
C Section 01010 Summary of Work, Alternates
D Section 01205 Procedures and Controls
1.2 DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS
A. A list of minimum special conditions existing as a part of this project include but are not
necessarily limited to the following categories.
1.3 Permits
1 4 Fire Safety
1.5 Owner Occupancy
1 6 Protection of Existing Utilities
1 7 Continuity of Utility Services
1.8 Work During Other Than Normal Working Hours
1.9 Waste Material
1 10 Control of Solvents
1 11 Final Acceptance
1.3 PERMITS
A. The permits required for execution of this contract, as referenced in General Conditions, Article
10 and amendments thereto, may include but are not necessarily limited to the following:
B City of Port Angeles Building Permit
C. City of Port Angeles Electrical Permit
D City of Port Angeles Mechanical Permit
E. City of Port Angeles Plumbing Permit
SECTION 00700 PAGE 8
GENERAL CONDITIONS
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT
F City of Port Angeles Fire Depaitnient permits for flammable liquid storage and use, and welding
and cutting.
G Washington State Department of Health/Department of Labor Industry Permit.
H. Equipment Standards All equipment furnished and/or installed under this contract shall meet the
safety requirements of all applicable codes.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
1.4 FIRE SAFETY
1.5 OWNER OCCUPANCY
1.6 PROTECTION OF EXISTING UTILITIES
1
2
3
1.7 CONTINUITY OF UTILITY SERVICES
SECTION 00700 PAGE 9
GENERAL CONDITIONS
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT
A. The Contractor shall conduct operations in a manner that is fire -safe for the work area and
adjacent areas. Proper fire extinguishers shall be provided, identified, and maintained. Refer to
Section 01500 The premise shall be maintained clear of rubbish, debris, or other material
constituting a potential fire hazard. A proper fire separation shall be maintained between work
area and any adjacent areas. All exit pathways shall be maintained. The City of Port Angeles
Fire Code is incorporated herein by reference, and the Contractor shall adhere to all applicable
provisions as determined by the Port Angeles Fire Department.
B Where significant or continued noncompliance with fire safety is noted, the Owner reserves the
right to stop the work at no extra cost or extension of time pending remedial action.
Furthermore, the Contractor shall be responsible for, and reimburse the Owner as appropriate,
any fines or penalties levied by the Port Angeles Fire Department.
C. Prior to a shutdown or temporary termination of all or part of the existing fire sprinkler system,
the Contractor shall notify the Owner and Engineer m writing 7 days prior and verbal
notification 48 hours in advance. The Contractor shall also provide for manned fire watch of the
entire affected area for the duration of the shutdown, even as it includes areas outside the scope
of work area. The specific schedule and provisions of the shutdown and fire watch shall be
submitted to and approved by the Owner and shall adhere to State and city requirements.
A. The Owner will occupy the site and existing building during the entire construction period. The
Owner reserves the right to occupy all or portions of the newly completed areas of the building
provided that such occupancy does not interfere with completion of the work. Refer to Section
01010, Summary of Work.
A. Concealed utility of record are shown on the drawings. These are not necessarily exact with
respect to location or completeness, therefore, the Contractor shall take the following steps.
Notify the Owner in writing, on each occasion, of the intent to work near existing
underground utility services or structures. Submit procedure for approval to assure
safe and continuous operation of the services.
Proceed with sufficient caution to preclude damaging any utilities known or
unknown. In the event unidentified utilities are encountered, notify Owner
immediately for direction.
In the event utilities are damaged during construction by general contractor or his
subcontractor temporary services and/or repairs must be made immediately to
maintain continuity of services at the Contractor's expense.
A. Continuity of utility services to and within the building shall be reasonably maintained at all
times. Utility systems shutdowns required to facilitate construction work shall be accomplished
m accordance with the following requirements.
B The Contractor shall submit a schedule of utility shutdowns within thirty days after the Notice to
Proceed.
C The Contractor shall confirm all requests for utility shutdowns in writing to the Owner not less
than ten (10) days prior to the proposed date. Verbal notification shall be given 72 hours prior to
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
1.8 WORK DURING OTHER THAN NORMAL WORKING HOURS
1.9 WASTE MATERIAL
1.10 CONTROL OF SOLVENTS
SECTION 00700 PAGE 10
GENERAL CONDITIONS
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT
Owner's representative and Engineer Requests shall include as a mum mum the following
information.
1 Utility services affected.
2. Reason shutdown is required.
3 Work to be accomplished during the shutdown.
4 Proposed shutdown date and time.
5 Duration of the shutdown.
6. List person on site responsible for shutdown dunng its duration, i.e. mechanical
contractors and/or electrical subcontractors on site man -in- charge.
C The actual time and date of all shutdowns will be subject to approval by the Owner In general,
they will be scheduled for mghts, weekends, holidays or other low intensity use periods.
D The duration of all shutdowns shall be held to a reasonable minimum as determined by the
Owner in cooperation with the general contractor and trade being affected.
E. Materials and equipment required for the work to be accomplished during shutdown shall be
complete and available on the job for review by the Owner prior to the shutdown. If the
Contractor is not adequately prepared, the shutdown will be canceled and rescheduled by the
Contractor
F The Owner's personnel shall be involved m all shutdown and restarting of utilities. They will
inspect the installation pnor to restarting and will not restart if any unsafe condition exists. In the
event the Contractor's work is not complete during the time scheduled for the shutdown, the
Owner may elect to restart the utilities service. In that event, additional shutdown requirements
shall be rescheduled in accordance with the preceding requirements. Restarting shall not be
construed as acceptance of the work as complete.
G The Contractor shall include m the bid all costs associated with utilities shutdowns. The Owner
will make no extra payment for overtime work, schedule changes or failure to complete utility
connections within authorized shutdown periods.
A. When work during other than normal working hours is to be accomplished, the Owner must be
advised so that the Owner's Security may be properly notified. Any construction activity
between the hours of 6 p.m. to 6 a.m. is subject to approval of the Owner
A. All refuse and waste material, including excess earth from excavation, shall be disposed of by
the Contractor off the Owner's property Waste material shall not be stockpiled on the Owner's
property Immediately clean up any spilled material from buildings, roads, etc.
A. The use of solvents shall be subject to the approval of the Owner A written procedure for the
control of emissions shall be submitted pnor to any use. Areas where solvents are to be used
must be isolated and vented to the outside (away from air intakes, pedestrian traffic or patient
room windows)
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
1.11 FINAL ACCEPTANCE
END OF SECTION
SECTION 00700 PAGE 11
GENERAL CONDITIONS
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF THE
CONTRACT
A. Final acceptance of the project shall be by action of the Board of Commissioners after
substantial completion of the project.
State of Washington
DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIES
Prevailing Wage Section Telephone (360) 902 -5335
PO Box 44540, Olympia, WA 98504 -4540
Washington State Prevailing Wage Rates For Public Works Contracts
The PREVAILING WAGES listed here include both the hourly wage rate and the hourly rate of fringe benefits.
On public works projects workers' wage and benefit rates must add to not less than this total. A brief
description of overtime calculation requirements is provided on the Benefit Code Key
CLALLAM COUNTY
Effective 03 -03 -07
(See Benefit Code Key)
Over
PREVAILING Time Holiday Note
Classification WAGE Code Code Code
ASBESTOS ABATEMENT WORKERS
JOURNEY LEVEL $34 36 1M 5D
BOILERMAKERS
JOURNEY LEVEL $47 47 1C 5N
BRICK AND MARBLE MASONS
JOURNEY LEVEL $42.47 1M 5A
CABINET MAKERS (IN SHOP)
JOURNEY LEVEL $14 67 1
CARPENTERS
ACOUSTICAL WORKER $41 43 1M 5D
BRIDGE, DOCK AND WARF CARPENTERS $41.33 1M 5D
CARPENTER $41.33 1M 5D
CREOSOTED MATERIAL $41.37 1M 5D
DRYWALL APPLICATOR $41.31 1M 5D
FLOOR FINISHER $41 40 1M 5D
FLOOR LAYER $4140 1M 5D
FLOOR SANDER $41 40 1M 5D
MILLWRIGHT AND MACHINE ERECTORS $42.27 1M 5D
PILEDRIVERS, DRIVING, PULLING, PLACING COLLARS AND WELDING $41 47 1M 5D
SAWFILER $41 40 1M 5D
SHINGLER $41 40 1M 5D
STATIONARY POWER SAW OPERATOR $41 40 1M 5D
STATIONARY WOODWORKING TOOLS $41 40 1M 5D
CEMENT MASONS
JOURNEY LEVEL $34 36 1M 5D
DIVERS TENDERS
DIVER $85.75 1M 5D 8A
DIVER TENDER $44.22 1M 5D
DREDGE WORKERS
ASSISTANT ENGINEER $42.02 1T 5D 8L
ASSISTANT MATE (DECKHAND) $41.51 1T 5D 8L
BOATMEN $42.02 1T 5D 8L
ENGINEER WELDER $42.07 1T 5D 8L
LEVERMAN, HYDRAULIC $43.64 1T 5D 8L
MAINTENANCE $41.51 1T 5D 8L
MATES $42.02 1T 5D 8L
OILER $41 64 IT 5D 8L
DRYWALL TAPERS
JOURNEY LEVEL $41 14 1E 5P
ELECTRICAL FIXTURE MAINTENANCE WORKERS
JOURNEY LEVEL $9.37 1
Page 1
Classification
ELECTRICIANS INSIDE
CABLE SPLICER
CABLE SPLICER (TUNNEL)
CERTIFIED WELDER
CERTIFIED WELDER (TUNNEL)
CONSTRUCTION STOCK PERSON
JOURNEY LEVEL
JOURNEY LEVEL (TUNNEL)
ELECTRICIANS MOTOR SHOP
CRAFTSMAN
JOURNEY LEVEL
ELECTRICIANS POWERLINE CONSTRUCTION
CABLE SPLICER
CERTIFIED LINE WELDER
GROUNDPERSON
HEAD GROUNDPERSON
HEAVY LINE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR
JACKHAMMER OPERATOR
JOURNEY LEVEL LINEPERSON
LINE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR
POLE SPRAYER
POWDERPERSON
ELECTRONIC TECHNICIANS
ELECTRONIC TECHNICIANS JOURNEY LEVEL
ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS
MECHANIC
MECHANIC IN CHARGE
FABRICATED PRECAST CONCRETE PRODUCTS
ALL CLASSIFICATIONS
FENCE ERECTORS
FENCE ERECTOR
FENCE LABORER
FLAGGERS
JOURNEY LEVEL
GLAZIERS
JOURNEY LEVEL
HEAT FROST INSULATORS AND ASBESTOS WORKERS
MECHANIC
HEATING EQUIPMENT MECHANICS
MECHANIC
HOD CARRIERS MASON TENDERS
JOURNEY LEVEL
INDUSTRIAL ENGINE AND MACHINE. MECHANICS
MECHANIC
INDUSTRIAL POWER VACUUM CLEANER
JOURNEY LEVEL
INLAND BOATMEN
CAPTAIN
COOK
DECKHAND
ENGINEER/DECKHAND
MATE, LAUNCH OPERATOR
CLALLAM COUNTY
Effective 03 -03 -07
Page 2
(See Benefit Code Key)
Over
PREVAILING Time Holiday Note
WAGE Code Code Code
$52.30 10 5A
$56.21 10 5A
$50.53 10 5A
$54.26 1D 5A
$27.32 1D 5A
$48.75 1D 5A
$52.30 1D 5A
$15.37 2A 6C
$14 69 2A 6C
$55.40 4A 5A
$49.64 4A 5A
$35.92 4A 5A
$37 88 4A 5A
$49 64 4A 5A
$37 88 4A 5A
$49 64 4A 5A
$42.26 4A 5A
$49 64 4A 5A
$37.88 4A 5A
$12.07 1
$57 88 4A 6Q
$63.45 4A 6Q
$13.50 1
$13.80 1
$11 60 1
$29 68 1M 5D
$42.41 1H 5G
$45.13 1S 5J
$16.00 1
$34 84 1M 50
$15.65 1
$9 10 1
$38.04 1K 5B
$31.90 1K 5B
$31.59 1K 5B
$34 37 1K 5B
$36.02 1K 5B
1
CLALLAM COUNTY
Effective 03 -03 -07
(See Benefit Code Key)
Over
PREVAILING Time Holiday Note
Classification WAGE Code Code Code
INSPECTION /CLEANING /SEALING OF SEWER WATER
SYSTEMS BY REMOTE CONTROL
CLEANER OPERATOR, FOAMER OPERATOR $9 73 1
GROUT TRUCK OPERATOR $11 48 1
HEAD OPERATOR $12.78 1
TECHNICIAN $7.93 1
TV TRUCK OPERATOR $10.53 1
INSULATION APPLICATORS
JOURNEY LEVEL $20.50 1
IRONWORKERS
JOURNEY LEVEL $46.25 10 5A
LABORERS
ASPHALT RAKER $34 84 1M 5D
BALLAST REGULATOR MACHINE $34 36 1M 5D
BATCH WEIGHMAN $29 68 1M 5D
BRUSH CUTTER $34.36 1M 5D
BRUSH HOG FEEDER $34.36 1M 5D
BURNERS $34 36 1M 5D
CARPENTER TENDER $34.36 1M 5D
CASSION WORKER $35.20 1M 5D
CEMENT DUMPER/PAVING $34 84 1M 5D
CEMENT FINISHER TENDER $34 36 1M 5D
CHANGE -HOUSE MAN OR DRY SHACKMAN $34.36 1M 5D
CHIPPING GUN (OVER 30 LBS) $34 84 1M 5D
CHIPPING GUN (UNDER 30 LBS) $34 36 1M 5D
CHOKER SETTER $34.36 1M 5D
CHUCK TENDER $34.36 1M 5D
CLEAN -UP LABORER $34 36 1M 5D
CONCRETE DUMPER/CHUTE OPERATOR $34 84 1M 5D
CONCRETE FORM STRIPPER $34 36 1M 5D
CONCRETE SAW OPERATOR $34 84 1M 5D
CRUSHER FEEDER $29 68 1M 5D
CURING LABORER $34 36 1M 5D
DEMOLITION, WRECKING MOVING (INCLUDING CHARRED $34 36 1M 5D
DITCH DIGGER $34.36 1M 5D
DIVER $35.20 1M 5D
DRILL OPERATOR (HYDRAULIC, DIAMOND) $34 84 1M 5D
DRILL OPERATOR, AIRTRAC $35.20 1M 5D
DUMPMAN $34 36 1M 5D
EPDXY TECHNICIAN $34 36 1M 5D
EROSION CONTROL WORKER $34.36 1M 5D
FALLER/BUCKER, CHAIN SAW $34 84 1M 5D
FINAL DETAIL CLEANUP (i.e. dusting, vacuuming, window cleaning; NOT $27 36 1M 5D
construction debris cleanup)
FINE GRADERS $34 36 1M 5D
FIRE WATCH $29 68 1M 5D
FORM SETTER $34 36 1M 5D
GABION BASKET BUILDER $34 36 1M 5D
GENERAL LABORER $34.36 1M 5D
GRADE CHECKER TRANSIT PERSON $34 84 1M 5D
GRINDERS $34 36 1M 5D
GROUT MACHINE TENDER $34 36 1M 5D
Page 3
CLALLAM COUNTY
Effective 03 -03 -07
(See Benefit Code Key)
Over
PREVAILING Time Holiday Note
Classification WAGE Code Code Code
GUARDRAIL ERECTOR $34.36 1M 5D
HAZARDOUS WASTE WORKER LEVEL A $35.20 1M 5D
HAZARDOUS WASTE WORKER LEVEL B $34 84 1M 5D
HAZARDOUS WASTE WORKER LEVEL C $34 36 1M 5D
HIGH SCALER $35.20 1M 5D
HOD CARRIER/MORTARMAN $34.84 1M 5D
JACKHAMMER $34 84 1M 50
LASER BEAM OPERATOR $34 84 1M 5D
MANHOLE BUILDER MUDMAN $34 84 1M 5D
MATERIAL YARDMAN $34 36 1M 5D
MINER $35.20 1M 5D
NOZZLEMAN, CONCRETE PUMP GREEN CUTTER WHEN USING HIGH $34.84 1M 5D
PRESSURE AIR WATER ON CONCRETE ROCK, SANDBLAST
GUNITE, SHOTCRETE, WATER BLASTER
PAVEMENT BREAKER $34 84 1M 5D
PILOT CAR $29 68 1M 5D
PIPE POT TENDER $34 84 1M 5D
PIPE RELINER (NOT INSERT TYPE) $34.84 1M 5D
PIPELAYER CAULKER $34 84 1M 5D
PIPELAYER CAULKER (LEAD) $35.20 1M 5D
PIPEWRAPPER $34 84 1M 5D
POT TENDER $34.36 1M 50
POWDERMAN $35.20 1M 5D
POWDERMAN HELPER $34.36 1M 50
POWERJACKS $34.84 1M 5D
RAILROAD SPIKE PULLER (POWER) $34 84 1M 5D
RE- TIMBERMAN $35.20 1M 5D
RIPRAP MAN $34 36 1M 5D
RODDER $34.84 1M 5D
SCAFFOLD ERECTOR $34.36 1M 50
SCALE PERSON $34 36 1M 5D
SIGNALMAN $34 36 1M 5D
SLOPER (OVER 20 $34 84 1M 5D
SLOPER SPRAYMAN $34 36 1M 5D
SPREADER (CLARY POWER OR SIMILAR TYPES) $34 84 1M 5D
SPREADER (CONCRETE) $34 84 1M 5D
STAKE HOPPER $34 36 1M 5D
STOCKPILER $34 36 1M 5D
TAMPER SIMILAR ELECTRIC AIR GAS $34 84 1M 5D
TAMPER (MULTIPLE SELF PROPELLED) $34 84 1M 5D
TOOLROOM MAN (AT JOB SITE) $34 36 1M 5D
TOPPER- TAILER $34 36 1M 5D
TRACK LABORER $34 36 1M 5D
TRACK LINER (POWER) $34 84 1M 5D
TRUCK SPOTTER $34.36 1M 5D
TUGGER OPERATOR $34 84 1M 5D
VIBRATING SCREED (AIR, GAS, OR ELECTRIC) $34 36 1M 5D
VIBRATOR $34.84 1M 5D
VINYL SEAMER $34 36 1M 5D
WELDER $34 36 1M 50
WELL POINT LABORER $34 84 1M 5D
Page 4
t
1
t
1
CLALLAM COUNTY
Effective 03 -03 -07
(See Benefit Code Key)
Over
PREVAILING Time Holiday Note
Classification WAGE Code Code Code
LABORERS UNDERGROUND SEWER WATER
GENERAL LABORER $34.36 1M 5D
PIPE LAYER $34.84 1M 5D
LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION
IRRIGATION OR LAWN SPRINKLER INSTALLERS $11 42 1
LANDSCAPE EQUIPMENT OPERATORS OR TRUCK DRIVERS $7.93 1
LANDSCAPING OR PLANTING LABORERS $7 93 1
LATHERS
JOURNEY LEVEL $41.31 1M 5D
METAL FABRICATION (IN SHOP)
FITTER/WELDER $15.16 1
LABORER $11 13 1
MACHINE OPERATOR $10 66 1
PAINTER $11 41 1
PAINTERS
JOURNEY LEVEL $33.16 2B 5A
PLASTERERS
JOURNEY LEVEL $25.83 1
PLAYGROUND PARK EQUIPMENT INSTALLERS
JOURNEY LEVEL $7 93 1
PLUMBERS PIPEFITTERS
JOURNEY LEVEL $55.34 1G 5A
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS
ASSISTANT ENGINEERS $39.57 1M 5D 8L
BACKHOE, EXCAVATOR, SHOVEL (3 YD UNDER) $42.35 1M 5D 8L
BACKHOE, EXCAVATOR, SHOVEL (OVER 3 YD UNDER 6 YD) $42.84 1M 5D 8L
BACKHOE, EXCAVATOR, SHOVEL (6 YD AND OVER WITH $43 39 1M 5D 8L
BACKHOES, (75 HP UNDER) $41.93 1M 5D 8L
BACKHOES, (OVER 75 HP) $42.35 1M 5D 8L
BARRIER MACHINE (ZIPPER) $42.35 1M 5D 8L
BATCH PLANT OPERATOR, CONCRETE $42.35 1M 5D 8L
BELT LOADERS (ELEVATING TYPE) $41.93 1M 5D 8L
BOBCAT (SKID STEER) $39.57 1M 5D 8L
BROOMS $39.57 1M 5D 8L
BUMP CUTTER $42.35 1M 50 8L
CABLEWAYS $42.84 1M 5D 8L
CHIPPER $42.35 1M 5D 8L
COMPRESSORS $39 57 1M 50 8L
CONCRETE FINISH MACHINE LASER SCREED $39 57 1M 5D 8L
CONCRETE PUMPS $41 93 1M 5D 8L
CONCRETE PUMP -TRUCK MOUNT WITH BOOM ATTACHMENT $42.35 1M 5D 8L
CONVEYORS $41 93 1M 5D 8L
CRANES THRU 19 TONS, WITH ATTACHMENTS $41 93 1M 5D 8L
CRANES, 20 44 TONS, WITH ATTACHMENTS $42.35 1M 50 8L
CRANES, 45 TONS 99 TONS, UNDER 150 FT OF BOOM (INCLUDING $42.84 1 M 5D 8L
JIB WITH ATACHMENTS)
CRANES 100 TONS 199 TONS, OR 150 FT OF BOOM (INCLUDING JIB $43 39 1M 5D 8L
WITH ATTACHMENTS)
CRANES, 200 TONS TO 300 TONS OR 250 FT OF BOOM (INCLUDING JIB $43.96 1M 5D 8L
WITH ATTACHMENTS)
CRANES A- FRAME, 10 TON AND UNDER $39.57 1M 5D 8L
CRANES, A- FRAME, OVER 10 TON $41 93 1M 5D 8L
Page 5
Classification
CLALLAM COUNTY
Effective 03 -03 -07
CRANES, OVER 300 TONS, OR 300' OF BOOM INCLUDING JIB WITH
ATTACHMENTS
CRANES OVERHEAD BRIDGE TYPE (20 44 TONS)
CRANES, OVERHEAD BRIDGE TYPE (45 99 TONS)
CRANES, OVERHEAD BRIDGE TYPE (100 TONS OVER)
CRANES, TOWER CRANE UP TO 175' IN HEIGHT BASE TO BOOM
CRANES, TOWER CRANE OVER 175' IN HEIGHT BASE TO BOOM
CRUSHERS
DECK ENGINEER/DECK WINCHES (POWER)
DERRICK, BUILDING
DOZERS, D -9 UNDER
DRILL OILERS AUGER TYPE, TRUCK OR CRANE MOUNT
DRILLING MACHINE
ELEVATOR AND MANLIFT PERMANENT AND SHAFT TYPE
EQUIPMENT SERVICE ENGINEER (OILER)
FINISHING MACHINE/BIDWELL GAMACO AND SIMILAR EQUIP
FORK LIFTS, (3000 LBS AND OVER)
FORK LIFTS, (UNDER 3000 LBS)
GRADE ENGINEER
GRADECHECKER AND STAKEMAN
GUARDRAIL PUNCH
HOISTS, OUTSIDE (ELEVATORS AND MANLIFTS), AIR TUGGERS
HORIZONTAUDIRECTIONAL DRILL LOCATOR
HORIZONTAUDIRECTIONAL DRILL OPERATOR
HYDRALIFTS /BOOM TRUCKS (10 TON UNDER)
HYDRALIFTS /BOOM TRUCKS (OVER 10 TON)
LOADERS, OVERHEAD (6 YD UP TO 8 YD)
LOADERS, OVERHEAD (8 YD OVER)
LOADERS, OVERHEAD (UNDER 6 YD), PLANT FEED
LOCOMOTIVES, ALL
MECHANICS, ALL
MIXERS, ASPHALT PLANT
MOTOR PATROL GRADER (FINISHING)
MOTOR PATROL GRADER (NON- FINISHING)
MUCKING MACHINE, MOLE, TUNNEL DRILL AND /OR SHIELD
OIL DISTRIBUTORS, BLOWER DISTRIBUTION AND MULCH SEEDING
OPERATOR
PAVEMENT BREAKER
PILEDRIVER (OTHER THAN CRANE MOUNT)
PLANT OILER (ASPHALT CRUSHER)
POSTHOLE DIGGER, MECHANICAL
POWER PLANT
PUMPS, WATER
QUAD 9, D -10 AND HD -41
REMOTE CONTROL OPERATOR ON RUBBER TIRED EARTH MOVING
EQUIP
RIGGER AND BELLMAN
ROLLAGON
ROLLER, OTHER THAN PLANT ROAD MIX
ROLLERS, PLANTMIX OR MULTILIFT MATERIALS
ROTO -MILL, ROTO- GRINDER
SAWS, CONCRETE
Page 6
(See Benefit Code Key)
Over
PREVAILING Time Holiday Note
WAGE Code Code Code
$44 52 1M 5D 8L
$42.35 1M 5D 8L
$42.84 1M 5D 8L
$43.39 1M 5D 8L
$43.39 1M 50 8L
$43.96 1M 5D 8L
$42.35 1M 5D 8L
$42.35 1M 5D 8L
$42.84 1M 5D 8L
$41 93 1M 5D 8L
$41.93 1M 5D 8L
$42.35 1M 5D 8L
$39.57 1M 5D 8L
$41.93 1M 5D 8L
$42.35 1M 5D 8L
$41.93 1M 5D 8L
$39.57 1M 5D 8L
$41.93 1M 5D 8L
$39.57 1M 5D 8L
$42.35 1M 5D 8L
$41 93 1M 5D 8L
$41 93 1M 5D 8L
$42.35 1M 5D 8L
$39 57 1M 5D 8L
$41 93 1M 5D 8L
$42.84 1M 5D 8L
$43.39 1M 5D 8L
$42.35 1M 50 8L
$42.35 1M 5D 8L
$42.84 1M 5D 8L
$42.35 1M 5D 8L
$42.35 1M 5D 8L
$41.93 1M 5D 8L
$42.84 1M 5D 8L
$39 57 1M 5D 8L
$39 57 1M 5D 8L
$42.35 1M 5D 8L
$41.93 1M 5D 8L
$39.57 1M 5D 8L
$39.57 1M 5D 8L
$39.57 1M 5D 8L
$42.84 1M 5D 8L
$42.84 1M 50 8L
$39.57 1M 5D 8L
$42.84 1M 5D 8L
$39 57 1M 5D 8L
$41 93 1M 5D 8L
$42.35 1M 5D 8L
$41.93 1M 5D 8L
t
E
s
t
I
CLALLAM COUNTY
Effective 03 -03 -07
(See Benefit Code Key)
Over
PREVAILING Time Holiday Note
Classification WAGE Code Code Code
SCRAPERS SELF PROPELLED HARD TAIL END DUMP ARTICULATING $42.35 1M 5D 8L
OFF -ROAD EQUIPMENT UNDER 45 YD)
SCRAPERS SELF PROPELLED HARD TAIL END DUMP ARTICULATING $42.84 1M 5D 8L
OFF -ROAD EQUIPMENT (45 YD AND OVER)
SCRAPERS, CONCRETE AND CARRY ALL $41.93 1M 5D 8L
SCREED MAN $42.35 1M 5D 8L
SHOTCRETEGUNITE $39.57 1M 5D 8L
SLIPFORM PAVERS $42.84 1M 5D 8L
SPREADER, TOPSIDE OPERATOR BLAW KNOX $42.35 1M 5D 8L
SUBGRADE TRIMMER $42.35 1M 5D 8L
TOWER BUCKET ELEVATORS $41.93 1M 50 8L
TRACTORS, (75 HP UNDER) $41.93 1M 5D 8L
TRACTORS, (OVER 75 HP) $42.35 1M 5D 8L
TRANSFER MATERIAL SERVICE MACHINE $42.35 1M 5D 8L
TRANSPORTERS, ALL TRACK OR TRUCK TYPE $42.84 1M 5D 8L
TRENCHING MACHINES $41.93 1M 5D 8L
TRUCK CRANE OILER/DRIVER UNDER 100 TON) $41.93 1M 5D 8L
TRUCK CRANE OILER/DRIVER (100 TON OVER) $42.35 1M 5D 8L
TRUCK MOUNT PORTABLE CONVEYER $42.35 1M 5D 8L
WHEEL TRACTORS, FARMALL TYPE $39.57 1M 5D 8L
YO YO PAY DOZER $42.35 1M 5D 8L
POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS- UNDERGROUND SEWER
(SEE POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATORS)
POWER LINE CLEARANCE TREE TRIMMERS
JOURNEY LEVEL IN CHARGE $35.62 4A 5A
SPRAY PERSON $33.82 4A 5A
TREE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR $34.27 4A 5A
TREE TRIMMER $31 88 4A 5A
TREE TRIMMER GROUNDPERSON $24 03 4A 5A
REFRIGERATION AIR CONDITIONING MECHANICS
MECHANIC $27 68 1
RESIDENTIAL BRICK MARBLE MASONS
JOURNEY LEVEL $42.47 1M 5A
RESIDENTIAL CARPENTERS
JOURNEY LEVEL $17 85 1
RESIDENTIAL CEMENT MASONS
JOURNEY LEVEL $25.63 1
RESIDENTIAL DRYWALL TAPERS
JOURNEY LEVEL $18.00 1
RESIDENTIAL ELECTRICIANS
JOURNEY LEVEL $27 78 1
RESIDENTIAL GLAZIERS
JOURNEY LEVEL $16.84 1
RESIDENTIAL INSULATION APPLICATORS
JOURNEY LEVEL $9.86 1
RESIDENTIAL LABORERS
JOURNEY LEVEL $18.08 1
RESIDENTIAL PAINTERS
JOURNEY LEVEL $15.97 1
RESIDENTIAL PLUMBERS PIPEFITTERS
JOURNEY LEVEL $14 60 1
Page 7
Classification
RESIDENTIAL REFRIGERATION AIR CONDITIONING
JOURNEY LEVEL
RESIDENTIAL SHEET METAL WORKERS
JOURNEY LEVEL (FIELD OR SHOP)
RESIDENTIAL SOFT FLOOR LAYERS
JOURNEY LEVEL
RESIDENTIAL SPRINKLER FITTERS (FIRE PROTECTION)
JOURNEY LEVEL
ROOFERS
JOURNEY LEVEL
USING IRRITABLE BITUMINOUS MATERIALS
SHEET METAL WORKERS
JOURNEY LEVEL (FIELD OR SHOP)
SIGN MAKERS INSTALLERS (ELECTRICAL)
JOURNEY LEVEL
SIGN MAKERS INSTALLERS (NON- ELECTRICAL)
JOURNEY LEVEL
SOFT FLOOR LAYERS
JOURNEY LEVEL
SOLAR CONTROLS FOR WINDOWS
JOURNEY LEVEL
SPRINKLER FITTERS (FIRE PROTECTION)
JOURNEY LEVEL
STAGE RIGGING MECHANICS (NON STRUCTURAL)
JOURNEY LEVEL
SURVEYORS
CHAIN PERSON
INSTRUMENT PERSON
PARTY CHIEF
TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIANS
TELECOMMUNICATION TECHNICIANS JOURNEY LEVEL
TELEPHONE LINE CONSTRUCTION OUTSIDE
CABLE SPLICER
HOLE DIGGER/GROUND PERSON
INSTALLER (REPAIRER)
JOURNEY LEVEL TELEPHONE LINEPERSON
SPECIAL APPARATUS INSTALLER I
SPECIAL APPARATUS INSTALLER II
TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (HEAVY)
TELEPHONE EQUIPMENT OPERATOR (LIGHT)
TELEVISION GROUND PERSON
TELEVISION LINEPERSON /INSTALLER
TELEVISION SYSTEM TECHNICIAN
TELEVISION TECHNICIAN
TREE TRIMMER
TERRAZZO WORKERS TILE SETTERS
JOURNEY LEVEL
TILE, MARBLE TERRAZZO FINISHERS
FINISHER
TRAFFIC CONTROL STRIPERS
JOURNEY LEVEL
CLALLAM COUNTY
Effective 03 -03 -07
Page 8
(See Benefit Code Key)
Over
PREVAILING Time Holiday Note
WAGE Code Code Code
$53.01 1G 5A
$32.09 1E 6L
$10 88 1
$19 67 1
$35.78 1R 5A
$38.78 1R 5A
$49 97 1E 6L
$19.29 1
$12.15 1
$33 76 1B 5A
$10 31 1B 50
$19 67 1
$13.23 1
$9 35 1
$11 40 1
$13.40 1
$31 15 1D 5A
$29.89 2B 5A
$16.81 2B 5A
$28 68 2B 5A
$27.82 2B 5A
$29 89 2B 5A
$29.30 2B 5A
$29 89 2B 5A
$27.82 2B 5A
$15.96 2B 5A
$21 17 2B 5A
$25.15 2B 5A
$22.64 2B 5A
$27 82 2B 5A
$40 33 1B 5A
$34 16 1B 5A
$34 90 1K 5A
CLALLAM COUNTY
Effective 03 -03 -07
Classification
TRUCK DRIVERS
ASPHALT MIX (TO 16 YARDS) $39 04 1T 50 8L
ASPHALT MIX (OVER 16 YARDS) $39 62 IT 5D 8L
DUMP TRUCK $20.23 1
DUMP TRUCK TRAILER $20.23 1
OTHER TRUCKS $39 62 1T 5D 8L
TRANSIT MIXER $23.73 1
WELL DRILLERS IRRIGATION PUMP INSTALLERS
IRRIGATION PUMP INSTALLER $11 60 1
OILER $9 45 1
WELL DRILLER $11 60 1
Page 9
(See Benefit Code Key)
Over
PREVAILING Time Holiday Note
WAGE Code Code Code
r
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 ADDENDA TO BE ISSUED
A. Addenda may be issued by the Engineer prior to the bid opening.
B All addenda will be considered a part of the contract documents.
C. Please add addenda to the contract documents and make notations on this page as indicated
below.
Addendum
PART 2 ADDENDA FORMAT
Addenda will be issued in the following format:
No of Pages Date Received
SECTION 00901 PAGE 1
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT ADDENDUM 1
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
From the Office of:
Date
NOTICE TO ALL CONTRACTORS, SUBCONTRACTORS, AND SUPPLIERS
This addendum is considered a part of the contract documents.
Section Description
END OF SECTION
SECTION 00900 PAGE 1
ADDENDA
OM IN MIN MI WI SIMI MI MN 11111 INN OM NM Ole 11111111
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 USE OF DOCUMENTS
A. Divisions 0 and 1 apply to the work specified in this section.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. A list of standards is located in Section 01091 Reference Standards.
1.3 DESCRIPTION
A. Project Identification and Location. Refer to Section 00002, Introduction.
SECTION 01010 PAGE 1
SUMMARY OF WORK
B Form of Contract: The work shall be performed under a single General Contract, mcluding
mechanical and electrical work, as specified in Divisions 0 and 1 through 16 and as shown on
drawings m Division M and E.
C. Governing Regulations. The work shall be performed in accordance with applicable codes,
ordmances and regulations.
D Special Precautions. The Contractor will be performing the work in an occupied area of the
hospital. It is a part of this contract that the Contractor provide necessary barriers and protection
to keep noise, dust and any other disturbance, inconvenience or otherwise to a minimum. The
Contractor will rent or purchase tools to reduce or minimize noise and disturbance, as required.
All trades will comply with this requirement as a part of this Contract. The Contractor shall
immediately reschedule work that impairs Hospital operations to time agreeable with the Owner
Work m adjacent occupied spaces shall be coordmated with the Owner at least one week in
advance of the work.
1.4 WORK SUMMARY
A. The Work Includes.
1 The construction of a new slab -on -grade enclosure to house new chilled water equipment
and associated auxiliary equipment at the West end of the Hospital grounds.
2. The installation of a new chiller plant including all pumps, controls, condenser water
systems (cooling towers), and all interconnecting pipe, power and controls at the West
end of the Hospital grounds.
3 A new 4 sewer line from the new cooling tower to an existing manhole in Victoria Street.
4 Installation of new 6' primary chilled water supply and return pipe between the new
chiller plant to the West mechanical room.
5 Modifications to the existing chilled water distribution system, combining two chilled
water systems into one, increasing capacity and adding variable speed to existing pumps,
new controls, and changes to distribution pipe configurations.
6 Installing a new 2' Non potable water line and backflow preventer for cooling tower
make -up
7 Electrical power to the new enclosure and the new equipment.
8 Demolition of mechanical equipment and pipe either previously abandoned in place or
scheduled to be replaced within the scope of work of this contract, including associated
electrical demolition.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
B Salvage
1 Unless notified specifically otherwise by the Owner, Contractor is to remove all
mechanical equipment and pipe designated for demolition from the site.
2. All items unless otherwise noted such as clocks, casework, coat hook racks, doors,
etc. which are necessary to remove due to mterference with new work, remain the
property of the Owner, and are to be salvaged for him.
a. Remove all other items from site at Contractor's expense.
1.5 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF PREMISES
A. General
1 Comply with requirements of Section 01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary
Controls.
9 Protection of existing facilities, finishes, and equipment. Covering of equipment with
protective tarps prior to work. Temporary doors and dust partitions. Patching and repair
of all existing facilities, finishes, or utilities damaged as a result of the work.
10 Cooperation and coordination with the Owner's representative to maintain Owner's
operations, including other remodeling work.
11 Cutting, patching and finishing existing floor, wall and ceiling surfaces to match existing
at areas of work affected by pipe and mechanical equipment installation throughout the
existing Hospital.
SECTION 01010 PAGE 2
SUMMARY OF WORK
2. Use of premises will be permitted provided Owner's normal, safe use of building, roads
and walks is not negatively affected m Owner's judgement.
3 Any damage to building or site shall be restored to condition on day of bid opening at
Contractor's expense, including grass, irrigation systems, paving, curbs, etc.
4 Provide construction site barrier to prevent unauthorized entry into construction areas and
as directed by authorities having jurisdiction.
B Access to Work
1 Existing building stairways and halls, roadways and walks adjoining the building may be
used, subject to approval of planned use prior to starting work.
2. Work area and parking shall be per Section 01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary
Controls.
C. Other Work at Site The Owner does anticipate other building construction occurring
concurrently with this project. The Contractor shall coordinate with the other Contractors and
their work as required.
1.6 ALTERATIONS TO EXISTING WORK
A. Existing finishes and materials shall be altered as shown or as required for a complete
installation. In the event of damage, the work includes restoring existing finishes and materials to
their condition immediately prior to the award of contract.
1 7 OCCUPANCY BY OWNER
A. During the Contractor's performance of the Work, the Owner will continue to occupy the
buildings and spaces in the immediate vicinity during its normal hours. Protect safety of building
occupants at all times, including maintaining usability of exit stairways and corridors.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
B Interruption of building access and operation will not be permitted. Limit construction operation
and methods to those that will not unduly affect the working environment of the Owner's
occupied spaces, including noise, dust, odors, hazards and other undesirable effects and
conditions. Special caution is emphasized because patients will be occupying this facility during
some portions of the construction.
1.8 VERIFICATION OF EXISTING CONDITIONS
A. Project Drawings. Contract Document Drawings do not necessarily represent complete or exact
existing conditions of the Project.
B Examination of Existing Building and Site
1 Bidders and Contractor's shall examine existing sites and buildings as required prior to
bidding to determine any conditions affecting the Work. Refer and read in detail all
aspects of the existing as -built drawings.
2. Contact Owner for arrangements.
C. Examination of Original Drawings
1 The Original Drawings and other record drawings are available
2. Contact Engineer or Owner for arrangements.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not used.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 01010 PAGE 3
SUMMARY OF WORK
1
t
t
1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 USE OF DOCUMENTS
A. Divisions 0 and 1 apply to the work specified in this section.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. A list of standards is located in Section 01091 Reference Standards.
1.3 DESCRIPTION
A. Requirements Specified in This Section
1 Contract time and liquidated damages
2. Contract administration sequence
3 Work sequence requirements
B Related Requirements Specified Elsewhere
1 Section 00510 Notice to Proceed
2 Section 00700, General Conditions
3 Section 01026, Payment Procedures
4 Section 01300 Submittals
5 Section 01500, Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls
6 Section 01630, Product Options and Substitutions
7 Section 01700 Project Closeout
PART 2 CONTRACT TIME AND LIOUIDATED DAMAGES
2.1 CONTRACT TIME ALLOTTED
1 AIA Document G702, covering total work to Date.
SECTION 01011 PAGE 1
CONTRACT TIME AND SEQUENCE
A. The work shall be substantially completed within one hundred- (175) calendar days of the date
of the Notice to Proceed.
B Contract Time may be changed only by Section 01036, Change Order Procedures.
C Provide overtime as required without additional cost to Owner
2.2 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND COMPLETION
A. Time is of the essence of each and every portion of this Contract: the Contractor shall prosecute
the Work regularly diligently and uninterrupted at such rate of progress as will insure
completion thereof within the time specified. Proceed per Section 00510 Notice to Proceed.
B The Owner intends to occupy that portion of Work complete the day after the Date of
Substantial Completion in accordance with the Certificate of Substantial Completion, AIA,
Document G704
C Affidavit for payment and subsequent release of retainage shall be based on the total retainage
for all Work as defined in Section 01010 Summary of Work. Submit Payment Application as
outlined below
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
2. AIA Document G703 to itemize each Part of Work as invoiced to the schedule of values
for that Part of Work.
3 State of Washington Department of Revenue Certification, as proscribed in the
Agreement between the Owner and Contractor
2.3 LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
A. The Work of this Contract shall be commenced at once after the issuance of a written 'Notice to
Proceed' and shall be substantially completed within the specified Contract Time limits.
Contractor shall reimburse Owner for any loss suffered through failure to meet the Construction
Schedule. Should an extension of time be granted to the Contractor by Change Order signed by
the Owner, the Contractor shall indemnify and save harmless the Owner and the Engineer from
any loss to any other Contractor or subcontractor caused by such extension.
B Refer to Article 10. Damages for Delay or Abandonment, of the Agreement between Owner and
Contractor for description of 'Liquidated Damages.
PART 3 CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION SEOUENCE
3.1 DEFINITION
SECTION 01011 PAGE 2
CONTRACT TIME AND SEQUENCE
A. Contract Administration shall proceed per the following sequence. Deviations, if any shall be
only as approved by the Engineer
B Responsibility for activities shall be per Section 00510 Notice to Proceed, and per Section
00700 General Conditions.
C. Refer to Divisions 1 through 16 Technical Specification for further requirements.
3.2 COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK
A. Shall occur upon issuance of Section 00510 Notice to Proceed.
3.3 PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
A. Submit at this time the following:
1 Section 01300 Construction Progress Schedule.
2. Section 01300 List of Proposed Subcontractors.
3.4 FIRST PROGRESS PAYMENT
A. Submittal of Applications for Payment No 1 (Section 01026 Payment Procedures) shall be
preceded by the submittal and approval of the following:
1 Schedule of values per Section 01027 Schedule of Values.
2 Updated construction progress schedule per Section 01310 Progress Schedule.
3 Statement of intent to pay prevailing wages for each trade included in the request in a
form agreeable to the Owner The statements shall be approved by the State of
Washington, Department of Labor and Industries prior to submission.
3.5 SUBSEQUENT PROGRESS PAYMENTS
A. Submittal of Application for Payment (Section 01026, Payment Procedures) shall be
accompanied by the submittal of documentation as outlined below
1 Updated construction progress schedule (Section 01310 Progress Schedule)
2 Affidavit of materials stored at site, if applicable
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
3 Affirmative action reports (Section 00821 Equal Employment Opportunity Requirement)
4 Statement of intent to pay prevailing wages for each trade included in the request in a
form agreeable to the Owner The statements shall be approved by the State of
Washington, Department of Labor and Industries prior to submission.
3.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PAYMENT OCCUPANCY
3.7 FINAL PAYMENT COMPLETION, ACCEPTANCE
SECTION 01011 PAGE 3
CONTRACT TIME AND SEQUENCE
A. Submission of Application for Payment and Certificate of Substantial Completion
(Section 01026, Payment Procedures) to be submitted following substantial completion
procedure.
A. Submission of Application for Payment and Affidavit for Payment of Retamed Percentage
(Section 01026, Payment Procedures) and other documentation as required by the Owner and/or
described in Section 01700 Contract Closeout; final payment of retained percentage shall be for
all work, Partial payment of retained percentage shall not be allowed.
PART 4 WORK SEOUENCE REQUIREMENTS
4.1 GENERAL
A. The Contractor shall schedule and supervise the work to accomplish completion within the
Contract Time
B The following conditions shall be met within the Contract Time.
C. The Contractor shall schedule any work that impairs Hospital operations to after hours or
weekends.
D Work in occupied spaces of the Building shall be coordinated with the Owner's representative at
least one week in advance of the work.
E. All utility and service shutdowns required for connections to existing systems shall be performed
after normal business hours at no additional cost. Electrical power mterruptions are limited to
one hour maximum.
F All work performed in occupied areas of the project is to occur between the hours of 6-00 pm
and 6.00 am during weekdays and between 6 pm Fnday and 6.00 am Monday on weekends.
All areas of the project other than construction areas under the exclusive control of the
Contractor are considered occupied. Reference phasing information as indicated for further
sequencing guidelines.
G All work in the surgery area which involves sawcutting, roto hammering, using power actuated
fasteners, or other methods which may produce vibration or sudden noise, shall be performed
between the hours of 5.00 PM and 5 AM Monday through Friday and between the hours of
5 PM Friday and 5 AM Monday on weekends. All affected occupied areas must be
cleaned, all materials and debris removed, and all acoustic ceiling panels replaced, or open areas
of ceiling temporarily protected with plastic sheeting prior to 5 AM Monday through Friday
H. The Contractor shall clean all dust and debris from the work area and install protection at any
openings made in ceilings, walls, and floors by 6 am each morning following after -hours
work as described in Paragraph 4 01F
All sitework which interferes with roadways on the hospital campus is to occur on weekends
between 6 pm Friday and 6 am Monday Steel plates or other adequate support are to be
placed over open trenches in roadways and marked with appropriate signage when Contractor is
not working.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 5 SEOUENCE OF PHASING
5.1 GENERAL
5.2 INITIAL CONSTRUCTION PHASE 1
SECTION 01011 PAGE 4
CONTRACT TIME AND SEQUENCE
A. The Work will be conducted m phases in order to minimize any service interruption to the
Hospital. All phases involve some level of demolition, cutting, and associated patching of areas
affected by the work m progress.
A. Complete all construction phase tie ins, cutting m new valves, fittings, and devices as indicated
on the drawings. The distribution piping is then to be returned to service, with all existing chilled
water equipment left operational.
B Provide valves, drains, and flanged connections as necessary to allow for the demolition of pipe
and equipment scheduled for removal without draining or shutting down the entire chilled water
distribution system.
5.3 CONTINUING CONSTRUCTION PHASE 2
A. Construct a new chiller enclosure and associated structural work per the drawings.
B Complete the installation of new chillers, cooling towers, and all associated inter connectmg
pipe, electrical work, and controls.
C Install new 6' primary chilled water supply and return pipe between the new chillers and the
distribution pipe in the existing mechanical room.
D Install new 2' non potable water line for condenser water make -up.
E. Complete the modifications and tie -ms to the chilled water distribution system.
5.4 DEMOLITION PHASE 3
A. After all new equipment is completely operational, proceed with the decommissioning and
removal of all abandoned equipment.
Remove all abandoned pipe in the mechanical room and leading to rooftop equipment as
indicated on the drawings.
C. Patch and Paint as required.
END OF SECTION
1
1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 USE OF DOCUMENTS
A. Divisions 0 and 1 apply to the work specified in this section.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. A list of standards is located in Section 01091 Reference Standards.
1.3 SUMMARY
A. Provide new materials and finishes throughout unless noted or shown otherwise. Where work is
not shown, comply with the requirements of this section.
1 4 PRIORITY OF THE DOCUMENTS
A. In event of conflict between documents, provide the most expensive work specified, scheduled
or shown. Review conflict with Engineer and obtain approval for work to be provided pnor to
beginning work.
B In event of work shown or scheduled, but not specified, provide the work per specifications to be
furnished upon request by the Engineer
PART 2 ROOM MATERIAL AND FINISH REOUIREMENTS
2.1 GENERAL
SECTION 01014 PAGE 1
PROJECT FINISHES OPENINGS
A. Provide materials and finishes as specified in the applicable Section, and as scheduled and
shown in the drawings.
B In addition to work scheduled, provide finish to match existing adjacent work where new work
abuts to existing surfaces.
C. Examine substrates prior to application of finishes. Application of finish constitutes acceptance
of substrate by installer
2.2 CODES
A. Conform with Section 01065 Code and Permit Requirements.
B Comply with State Fire Marshal's requirements for flame spread and smoke density
C Interior Finishes shall comply with the Building Code and Section 01065 Code and Permit
Requirements as follows.
Enclosed
Vertical Other Rooms
Exitways Exitways or Area
Class I I II
Flame Spread 0 -25 0 -25 26 -75
PART 3 DOOR OPENING REOUIREMENTS
NOT USED
END OF SECTION
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 USE OF DOCUMENTS
A. Divisions 0 and 1 apply to the work specified in this section. Make particular reference to the
following sections.
B Section 00003 Table of Contents
C. Section 01010 Summary of Work
D Section 01011 Contract Time and Sequence
E. Section 01030 Base Bid and Alternates
F Section 01700 Contract Closeout
G Section 01710 Final Cleaning
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Progress payment shall be made per Section 00700 General Conditions, and as specified
hereinafter
1.3 INCORPORATED DOCUMENTS
A. The following documents are incorporated as a part of the contract documents as if bound
herein.
1 Continuation Sheet, AIA Document G703
2. Certificate of Substantial Completion, AIA Document G704
3 Consent of Surety Company to Final Payment, AIA Document G707
4 Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens, AIA Document G706A
5 Contractor's Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims, AIA Document G706
6. Application and Certificate for Payment, AIA Document G702
B The following documents are bound herein and incorporated as a part of the contract documents.
1 Affidavit for Payment of Retained Percentage, Form 1060
C. Payment procedures shall comply with requirements of the above incorporated forms and shall
be per Section 00700 General Conditions.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Submit per Section 01011 Contract Time and Sequence, and Section 01027 Schedule of
Values. Form of submission to include all divisions and sections included in Section 00003
Table of Contents.
B Schedule of Values shall be used only as a basis for application for payment.
SECTION 01026 PAGE 1
PAYMENT PROCEDURES
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 01026 PAGE 2
PAYMENT PROCEDURES
3.2 APPLICATION AND CERTIFICATION FOR PAYMENT
A. Each application shall consist of AIA Documents G702 and G703
B Submit per Section 01011 Contract Time and Sequence.
C. Contractor shall review draft of application with Architect prior to submittal.
D Retainage on AIA Document G702 shall be per Owner /Contractor agreement.
E. Statement of mtent to pay prevailing wages, for each trade included in the request, m a form
agreeable to the Owner The statements shall be approved by the State of Washington
Department of Labor and Industries prior to submission.
3.3 REQUEST FOR PAYMENT OF RETAINED PERCENTAGE
A. The following forms are required.
1 Form 1060 certifying that all payrolls, bills, claims, liens, or any other indebtedness for
which the Owner or his property might in any way be responsible have been paid or are
otherwise satisfied
2. AIA Document G707
3 AIA Document G706A
4 AIA Document G706
5 Affidavit of wages paid m form acceptable to Owner Affidavit shall receive certification
from the State of Washington, Department of Labor and Industries, pnor to submission to
Owner
6 Letter of release of liabilities from State of Washington, Department of Labor and
Industries.
7 State of Washington Department of Revenue Certification as proscribed m the agreement
between the Owner and the Contractor
B If required by the Owner provide other data establishing payment or satisfaction of all such
obligations such as receipts, releases, and waivers of liens arising out of the contract to the
extent and m such form as may be designated by the Owner
C. If any subcontractor refuses to furmsh a release or waiver required by the Owner, the Contractor
may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify him against any such lien.
D If any such lien remains unsatisfied after any such payments are made, the Contractor shall
refund to the Owner all moneys that the latter may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien,
including all cost and reasonable attorney fees.
3.4 CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
A. Engineer will issue AIA Document G704 per Section 01011 Contract Time and Sequence
END OF SECTION
2. That said
A F F I D A V I T F O R P A Y M E N T O F
R E T A I N E D P E R C E N T A G E
To
This affidavit is executed as a part of the foregoing application for final payment:
STATE OF WASHINGTON AFFIDAVIT FOR PAYMENT
ss OF RETAINED PERCENTAGE
County of FINAL PAYMENT
The undersigned, being first duly sworn on oath, disposes and says:
1. That he /she is the
of
having its principal place of business at
(by)
Contractor, is constructing for
3 That as of this date, all persons, firms, and corporations furnishing labor and /or materials in
connection with the above described construction, at the request of and for and on behalf of
the Contractor described above, have been paid in full, and no person, firm, or corporation
who has furnished labor and /or materials to the Contractor herein for the above described
construction or the real property described herein, or the retained percentage of the
contractor, for labor and materials, except as follows.
a. Retained percentages due subcontractors, payable upon payment of retained percentage
to Contractor by Owner, and
b Subcontractor progress payments billed in payment estimate
4. That there are no municipal, state, or federal charges, levies, or taxes, unpaid or delinquent,
which constitute an encumbrance, claim, or lien against said construction, or said real
property or the Contractor's bond, or the retained percentage of the contract.
5 That this affidavit is made by the Undersigned with a full understanding of the facts as set
forth herein, and for the purpose of inducing the Owner to make payment to the retained
percentage of final payment to the Contractor on the assurance that there are no liens, claims,
or encumbrances, under the contract, which may in any way reflect against:
(date)
SUBSCRIBED AND SWORN to before me this day of
NOTARY PUBLIC in and for the State of Washington, residing at
Form 1060
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 USE OF DOCUMENTS
A. Divisions 0 and I apply to the work specified in this section.
1.2 REFERENCES (NOT USED)
1.3 DESCRIPTION
A. Provide schedule of value submittals as indicated herein.
SECTION 01027 PAGE 1
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
PART 2 REOUIREMENTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Prepare per Section 01300, Submittals, Section 00700 General Conditions, and as follows.
B. Purpose is to establish value of every item of the work for use in each request for progress
payment.
C. Review outline of proposed schedule with Engineer prior to final submission.
2.2 FORMAT
A. Title 'Section 01027 Schedule of Values. Type on AIA Document G703 Continuation Sheet.
B Break out costs per specification divisions and sections (except Division 0) as listed in
Section 00003 Table of Contents, unless other method is agreed upon with the Architect. Break
down items into subcomponents, materials, installation, etc so no line item, other than large
equipment, exceeds $50,000
C Each cost item shall include its proportionate share of project overhead and profit.
D Include line item for `Training, Start-up and O &M Manuals' equal to 5% (of each) of the
contract value for Mechanical work and Electrical work, or $25 000 each, whichever is the
lesser
E. Include line item for As -built CAD Drawings' equal to 1% (of each) of the contract value for
Mechanical work and Electrical work, or $5 000 each, whichever is the lesser
2.3 REQUIRED INFORMATION
A. Each element of the project, identified with specification section number and title
B Costs for each item
C Total of costs which equals the contract sum
D Contractor's signature and date
2.4 DISTRIBUTION
A. Submit four copies to the Engineer with certification statement included in this section.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
Date:
To
From:
By
(Contractor)
(Signature)
SECTION 01027 PAGE 2
SCHEDULE OF VALUES
This is to certify that this Schedule of Values has been prepared m accordance with the contract
documents and that values listed are correct and show the proper cost, including overhead and
profit, to provide each item of the work. These values shall be the basis for future Application
for Payment.
END OF SECTION
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 USE OF DOCUMENTS
A. Divisions 0 and 1 apply to the work specified m this section.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. Comply with Section 00030 Invitation to Bid, and Section 00100 Instructions to Bidders.
B Each bidder shall state in his bid, in the spaces provided on the Bid Form (Section 00300), the
following:
1 Base Bid. Bid for performmg the work of the base bid as described below
2. Alternate Bids. Bid for performing additional items of work, omittmg items of work,
substituting materials or construction for those specified in the base bid, all as described
below State the amount to be added to or deducted from the base bid.
C No sales tax shall be included for any of the bid prices.
D The above terms are used as defined in Section 00100 Instructions to Bidders.
1.3 DESCRIPTION
A. Base bid is the sum proposed to perform all general, mechanical, and electrical work as specified
and shown in Divisions 0 through 16 (specifications) and Divisions M, S, and E (project
drawings) also referred to as the contract documents.
B The following items are excluded from the above base bid.
1 Work included in the following additive or deductive alternates
2. Work specifically shown or noted as not in contract (NIC)
1.4 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATES
A. An alternate is an amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form (Section 00300) for
certain construction activities defined in the bidding requirements that may be added to or
deducted from base bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change m either
the amount of construction to be completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or
installation methods described in the contract documents.
1.5 ALTERNATES
SECTION 01030 PAGE 1
BASE BID AND ALTERNATES
A. Coordination. Coordinate related work and modify or adjust adjacent work as necessary to
ensure that work affected by each accepted alternate is complete and fully integrated into the
project.
B Notification. Immediately following the award of the contract, prepare and distribute to each
party involved notification of the status of each alternate Indicate whether alternates have been
accepted, rejected, or deferred for consideration at a later date. Include a complete description of
negotiated modifications to alternates.
C. Schedule
1 A schedule of alternates is included at the end of this section. Specification sections
referenced in the schedule contain requirements for materials and methods necessary to
achieve the work described under each alternate
2. Include as part of each alternate miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar
items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not mentioned as
part of the alternate
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
SECTION 01030 PAGE 2
BASE BID AND ALTERNATES
3.1 GENERAL
A. Alternate bids may or may not be accepted by Owner
B Bid pnces for alternates shall include adjustments in the work of all materials and trades as may
be necessary because of additions, deletions, or substitutions.
C. Rough -ins and all other provisions required for the future installation of items of work omitted in
base bid or m deductive alternates shall remain m the contract unless otherwise stated. Refer to
drawings or specifications for explanations of cut off points of work remaining
D Work which may be added m alternates shall become part of and be governed by the provisions
of the specification sections for like materials and construction.
E. In alternate descriptions, reference to mechanical drawings shall be interpreted as all inclusive
reference to any other project drawings showing the work.
3.2 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES
A. Deductive Alternate M 1
Provide a deduction to the base bid for omitting the removal of the decommissioned rooftop
equipment: packaged chiller CH 2 and cooling tower CT 1 as identified on the drawings.
END OF SECTION
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 USE OF DOCUMENTS
A. Divisions 0 and 1 apply to the work specified in this section. Make particular reference to the
following sections.
1 Section 00003 Table of Contents
2. Section 01010 Summary of Work
3 Section 01011 Contract Time and Sequence
4 Section 01030 Base Bid and Alternates
5 Section 01065 Code and Permit Requirements
6 Section 01091 Reference Standards
7 Section 01095 Explanations, Definitions, Abbreviations, Symbols
8 Section 01630, Product Options and Substitutions
9 Section 01700, Contract Closeout
10 Section 01710, Final Cleaning
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. The contract may be changed per Section 00700 General Conditions, and as follows.
1.3 INCORPORATED DOCUMENTS
A. The following documents are a part of the contract documents.
1 Change Order Proposal, Form 1038
2. Change Order, Form 1039
3 Engineer's Supplemental Instructions, Form 1036
4 Construction Change Directive, Form 1037
B Change order proposals, change orders, engineer's supplemental instructions, and construction
change directives shall comply with requirements of the above incorporated forms and shall be
per Section 00700, General Conditions.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 ENGINEER'S SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS
A. Engineer's Supplemental Instructions (Form1036) is bound herein and incorporated as a part of
the contract documents.
B Notify the Engineer immediately if the supplemental instruction is anticipated to require a
change to the contract sum or contract time.
3.2 CHANGE ORDER PROPOSALS
SECTION 01036 PAGE 1
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
A. Change Order Proposal (Form 1038) is bound herein and incorporated as a part of the contract
documents.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 01036 PAGE 2
CHANGE ORDER PROCEDURES
B Contractor shall complete proposal portion of form and return ongmal to Engmeer for action.
C. The Contractor shall not proceed with the work described in the proposal until the proposal is
accepted by the Owner
3.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES
A. Construction Change Directive (Form 1037) is bound herein and incorporated as a part of the
contract documents.
B Proceed with the work described in the construction change directive immediately upon receipt
of the signed form.
C. Fill in the cost, sign, and forward the construction change directive form with requested backup
documents to the Engineer
3.4 CHANGE ORDERS
A. Change Order (Form 1039) is bound herein and incorporated as a part of the contract
documents.
B Accepted change order proposals and construction change directives shall be the basis for
contract change orders.
C. Contract change orders may incorporate more than one change order proposal or construction
change directive.
END OF SECTION
PROJECT Olympic Medical Center
Chiller Replacement Chilled Water
System Modifications
OWNER Olympic Medical Center
OWNER S REPRESENTATIVE
TO
COPIES TO
ATTACHMENTS
E N G I N E E R S S U P P L E M E N T A L
I N S T R U C T I O N N O
PROJECT NO
CONTRACT DATE
Proceed immediately with the following at no change in the
Contract Time or the Contract Sum. If you believe this
Supplemental Instruction requires a change in either the Contract
Time or Contract Sum, contact the Engineer five (5) days of receipt
and do not proceed with the following. Otherwise, this change(s)
shall be binding to the contract.
Issued by
By Date:
Accepted by Contractor
By Date:
Form 1036
PROJECT NAME PROJECT NO
DATE FILE NAME CD
CONTRACT DATE
OWNER
OWNER S
REPRESENTATIVE
TO
COPIES TO
C O N S T R U C T I O N C H A N G E D I R E C T I V E
NO
Recommendation
Make the following change(s) in this contract:
ATTACHMENTS
ADJUST THE CONTRACT SUM AS FOLLOWS
ADJUST THE CONTRACT TIME AS FOLLOWS
By. Date:
Owner Directive
Upon receipt of this signed document, you are hereby directed to proceed immediately
with the change(s) described above.
By. Date:
Contractor Agreement /Disagreement
We have carefully examined the above adjustment and (o agree) (o disagree) with the
adjustments to the Contract Sum and Contract Time.
By Date:
Following agreement by the Contractor on above adjustments to the Contract Sum and
Contract Time, a Change Order will be issued.
Form 1037
C H A N G E O R D E R P R O P O S A L N O
PROJECT Olympic Medical Center
Chiller Replacement Chilled Water
System Modifications
OWNER Olympic Medical Center
OWNER S REPRESENTATIVE
TO
COPIES TO
PROJECT NO
CONTRACT DATE
Engineers Request:
Please furnish your proposal to us for performing the following change(s):
ATTACHMENTS
BY DATE
Contractor Proposal:
We propose to perform the change(s) described above for the following change(s) in the Contract
Sum and the Contract Time (a detailed cost estimate is attached)
Contract Sum. o addition o deduction of (excluding state sales tax)
Contract Time: o extension o reduction of calendar days
This proposal includes any and all necessary adjustments to the construction schedule and all
direct and indirect costs. All further claims for additional compensation, time, or damages arising
out of the changed work addressed in this proposal are waived upon the Owner's acceptance of
this proposal.
Contractor
BY DATE
Engineers Recommendation:
We have carefully examined the above proposal, find it to be in order and the cost reasonable,
and recommend its acceptance.
BY DATE
Owner Acceptance:
We hereby accept the above proposal.
BY DATE
Form 1038
r
1
1
1
i
1
i
1
1
1
1
I
1
1
1
C H A N G E O R D E R N O
PROJECT Olympic Medical Center
Chiller Replacement Chilled Water
System Modifications
OWNER Olympic Medical Center
OWNER S REPRESENTATIVE
The Owner and the Contractor agree to the following change(s)
ATTACHMENTS
ISSUED BY
BY
CONFIRMED BY Contractor
BY
AUTHORIZED BY Olympic Medical Center
BY
PROJECT NO
CONTRACT DATE
Contract Time:
Before this Change Order, the date of substantial completion was:
The Contract Time change because of this Change Order is: days
With this Change Order, the new date of substantial completion will be:
Contract Sum
The original contract sum was:
The net change in the Contract Sum by previously authorized Change Orders is:
The amount of this Change Order is:
The new Contract Sum will be:
The above summary does not reflect changes in the Contract Sum or Contract Time which have
been authorized by Construction Change Directive.
This Change Order becomes valid once signed by the Owner, Contractor, and Engineer, and
is effective on the date of Owner's Authorization.
DATE
DATE
DATE
Form 1039
t
1
1
1
i
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 USE OF DOCUMENTS
A. Divisions 0 and 1 apply to the work specified in this section.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. A list of standards is located in Section 01091 Reference Standards.
1.3 DESCRIPTION
A. Definition: Cutting and patching is hereby defined to include but is not necessarily limited to the
cutting and patching of nominally completed or previously existing work in order to
accommodate the coordination of work or the installation of other work or to uncover other work
for access or inspection or to obtain samples for testing or for similar purposes and is defined to
exclude integral cutting and patching during the manufacturing, fabricating, erecting, and
installing process for individual umts of work. Drilling the work to install fasteners and similar
operations are included under their specific sections.
B General Work: The Contractor represents that he has carefully reviewed all demolition, removal,
modification, cutting, and patching requirements of all subtrades and that he has included in his
bid the cost for all such requirements for work specified and as further stated below
C Mechanical and Electrical Work, Divisions 15 and 16, and Site Utilities. The Contractor
represents that he has advised his bidders for the mechanical and electrical work to include in
their work all costs of cutting, patching, and coring; disconnectmg electrical services,
disconnecting and capping utility lines at present locations, connections to new locations and
modification in piping runs; and electrical devices, as may be required for the installation and
completion of other work m the area. The Contractor represents that he has reviewed the site and
will remove and replace any and all mechanical and electrical items as required for new work
whether shown on the drawings or not to produce a complete product as required by code and
implied by the balance of the contract documents.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Comply with Section 01300 Submittals.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General. Comply with Section 01400 Quality Control.
B Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural work in a manner resulting in
a reduction of load carrying capacity or load/deflection ratio Notify Engineer if work resulting
in structural integrity loss is apparent.
C. Operational and Safety Limitations. Do not cut and patch operational elements and safety- related
components in a manner resulting in a reduction of capacities to perform m a manner intended or
resulting in decreased operational life, increased maintenance, or decreased safety
D Visual Requirements Do not cut and patch work which is exposed to the exterior or exposed m
occupied spaces of the building in a manner resulting in a reduction of visual qualities or
resulting in substantial evidence of the cut and patch work, both as judged solely by the
Engineer Remove and replace work judged by the Engineer to be visually unsatisfactory
1.6 DELIVERY STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Comply with Section 01610 Delivery Storage, and Handling.
SECTION 01045 PAGE 1
CUTTING AND PATCHING
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Verify conditions at site affecting work to ensure the best and most complete cutting and
patching per industry standards.
B Comply with Section 02070 Selective Demolition.
1.8 SCHEDULING
A. Comply with Section 01310 Progress Schedule.
1.9 WARRANTY
A. Comply with Section 01745 Warranty Procedures.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
A. Except as otherwise indicated or approved by the Engineer, provide materials for cutting and
patching which will result in equal or better work than the work being cut and patched in terms
of performance characteristics and including visual effect where applicable Comply with the
requirements and use materials identical, including color with the original where feasible and
where recognized that satisfactory results can be produced thereby
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSPECTION
A. Inspect existing conditions, including elements subject to damage or movement, during cutting
and patching.
B Inspect after uncovering cutting and patching.
C. Beginning of cutting or patching means acceptance of existing conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
SECTION 01045 PAGE 2
CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Temporary Support: Provide adequate temporary support for work to be cut to prevent failure.
Do not endanger other work.
B Protection. Provide adequate protection of other work during cutting and patching to prevent
damage and provide protection of the work from adverse weather exposure. Take precautions
not to cut existing pipe, conduit, or duct serving the building but scheduled to be relocated until
provisions have been made to bypass them.
3.3 PERFORMANCE
A. General
1 Execute cutting, fitting, and patching, including excavation and fill, to complete work and
to
a. Fit the several parts together to integrate with other work.
b Uncover work to install ill-timed work.
c Remove and replace defective and nonconforming work.
d. Remove samples of installed work for testing.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 01045 PAGE 3
CUTTING AND PATCHING
e. Provide openings in elements of work for penetrations of mechanical and electrical
work.
2. All work to be performed m a 'workmanlike' manner Employ skilled tradesmen to
perform cutting and patchmg. Except as otherwise indicated or approved by the
Engmeer, proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, in each instance,
and perform the work promptly
3 Execute work by methods to avoid damage to other work and to provide proper surfaces
to receive patching and finishing.
4 If possible, employ ongmal installer or fabricator to perform cutting and patching for
sight- exposed surfaces.
5 Restore work with new products in accordance with requirements of contract documents.
6. Fit work airtight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces.
7 At penetrations of fire -rated material, provide proper thickness of the construction
element to maintain the required fire rating. For penetrations and recessed items larger
than or more numerous than allowed by Uniform Building Code Section 709 7 provide
appropriate blocking, and continuation of the construction element to maintain the
required fire rating.
8 Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finishes. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest
intersection, for an assembly refinish entire unit.
B Cutting
1 Cut work by methods least likely to damage work to be retained and work adjoining.
Review proposed procedure with original installer where possible and comply with his
recommendations.
2. In general, where mechanical cutting is required, cut work with sawing and grinding tools,
not with hammering and chopping tools. Core drill openings through concrete work.
C. Patching
1 Patch with seams which are durable and as invisible as possible. Comply with specified
tolerances of the work. Where feasible, inspect and test patched areas to demonstrate
integrity of work.
2 Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and, where necessary extend finish restoration
onto retained work adjoining in a manner which will eliminate evidence of patching.
3 Where patch occurs in a smooth painted surface, extend final paint coat over the entire
unbroken surface containing the patch.
D Cutting and Patching for Work by Subcontractors Cutting and patching for mechanical and
electrical work will be included in the cost for mechanical and electrical work, respectively and
will be performed in accordance with this section and Division 15 Mechamcal, and Division 16,
Electrical. See Divisions 15 and 16 for additional instructions.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Comply with Section 01400 Quality Control.
B Provide experienced supervision of all elements of the work of this section.
3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Comply with Section 01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls, and Section
01710 Final Cleaning.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
END OF SECTION
SECTION 01045 PAGE 4
CUTTING AND PATCHING
B Thoroughly clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching is performed or used as access.
Remove completely paint, mortar, oils, putty and items of similar nature. Thoroughly clean
piping, conduit, and similar features before painting or other finishing is applied. Restore
damaged pipe covering to its original condition.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
t
1
1
1
1
1
t
1
1
TBS ENGINEERING SECTION 01064 PAGE 1
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT SEISMIC ANCHORING
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 USE OF DOCUMENTS
A. Divisions 0 and 1 apply to the work specified in this section.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. A complete list of standards is located in Section 01091 Reference Standards.
1.3 DESCRIPTION
A. The purpose of this section is to provide instruction relating to the design and construction of
anchorage requirements for mechanical and electrical equipment and components. It is required
that these items .be anchored to the facility in a manner whereby the overall reliability of the
facility is not compromised.
B Unless otherwise determined by the Engineer it is not intended that any item of purchased
equipment be modified to meet the requirements of this section.
C. Related work specified elsewhere includes.
1 Division 15 Mechanical
2. Division 16, Electrical
1.4 INSPECTION
A. Installation of all wedge- anchors shall be performed under the continuous inspection of a
certified inspector
B Field tests of the anchorage shall be performed by a licensed testing laboratory under the
supervision of a certified inspector.
1.5 GENERAL CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. All supports and connections shall be designed by a registered structural engineer licensed in the
State of Washington m accordance with the International Building Code, Zone 3 The Contractor
shall retain this engineer to perform the design work.
B SMACNA guidelines shall be used for the design of seismic restraints of mechanical systems
(and cabinets), with the additional requirements dictated by Part 1 03 above and the specific
requirements and exceptions specified in this section.
C. Acquisition of design data and installation of gravity and seismic anchorages (restraints) shall be
the responsibility of the Contractor unless otherwise noted in this section. Design data and shop
drawings shall be provided in accordance with Part 1 06 below
1.6 DISTRIBUTION OF GRAVITY AND SEISMIC LOADS TO STRUCTURE
A. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to see that the combined equipment and system and
piping loads do not exceed the capacity of any individual supporting structural member or group
of structural members.
B Supplemental structural distribution members shall be required when equipment gravity and
seismic loads exceed design loads shown on the structural drawings and specifications.
Requirements will be established by the Engineer
C All systems and equipment shall be connected to the building's structural system in a rigid
manner except units with special vibration isolation mounting requirements.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 01064 PAGE 2
SEISMIC ANCHORING
D The Contractor shall make available to the Engineer that information required to verify the
anchorage (restraint) of the following critical equipment:
1 Chillers and pumps
2. Coolmg Towers
E. Information to be provided shall include, but not necessarily be linuted to, the following:
1 Center of gravity
2. Weight
3 Footprint
4 Space envelope
5 Tie -down provisions
1.7 CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS BY LOCATION AND STRUCTURAL MEMBER
A. Slabs on Grade
1 Conduits, pipe, and ducts may be fastened to the grade slab with supports spaced m
accordance with the requirements of Division 15 Mechanical, and Division 16,
Electrical.
2. For heavy buildmg equipment (500 pounds or more), submit information on the following
for review-
a. Weight
b Dimensions
c. Center of gravity
d. Vibration criteria
e. Base connection details
3 The type of fastener to be used on the grade slab connections shall be either cast in -place
anchor bolts or wedge- anchors as specified in Part 1 08 below
B Suspended Slabs
1 Same as requirements for Part 1 07A above with modifications specified in Part 1 07E
below
2. For heavy building equipment (500 pounds or more), submit information on the following
for review.
a. Weight
b. Dimensions
c. Center of gravity
d. Vibration criteria
e. Base connection details
3 The type of fastener to be used on the suspended floor and roof slabs shall be wedge
anchors as specified in Part 1 08 below
C. Suspended Ceilings. Support and brace in accordance with IBC requirements.
D Lighting Fixtures. In suspended ceilings, provide auxiliary supports to the structure in
accordance with IBC requirements.
E. Equipment and Systems Suspended from Underside of Suspended Slabs or Roof
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
1 Provide gravity hangers or frames for conduit and pipes running perpendicular to the
floor joists or beams. Space the hangers as follows.
Pine Size Maximum Snacint
2 1/2 -inch 11 feet
4 -mch 14 feet
6 -inch 16 feet
8 -inch 14 feet
10 -mch and over Layout subject to
approval of Engineer
SECTION 01064 PAGE 3
SEISMIC ANCHORING
2. Provide gravity hangers at 10 feet maximum for ducts running perpendicular to joists and
beams.
3 Pipes, conduits, and ducts that are oriented parallel to foists or beams shall have vertical
supports spaced at a maximum of 10 feet. Supports shall be attached to spreader beams
connected to two or more foists as required by the Architect.
4 Lateral or transverse seismic sway bracing shall be provided at 25 feet maximum. It may
be anchored at each girder that is oriented perpendicular to the pipe, conduit, or duct.
Location of the intermediate bracmg between mam girder lures shall be staggered for the
individual runs and trades to avoid the concentration of loads on any individual joist or
beam.
5 Longitudinal seismic bracmg may be located at girders, with a maximum spacing of
50 feet on center and at ends, turns, and bends with the same restriction as noted m Part
1 07E.4 above.
F Vertical Runs Between Floors: Provide tube or metal stud supports in accordance with
requirements of this section. Connect to concrete floor or steel franung as noted in Part 1 08
below
1.8 GENERAL CONNECTIONS TO STRUCTURE
A. The following wedge- anchors (approved by ICBO) may be used as attachments to the concrete
slabs. Phillips Red -head, Parabolt, Dynabolt, Star, and Ramset For seismic design of the
anchorage, a safety factor of 3 shall be used with the ultimate -rated capacity of the anchorage.
For gravity load design at working stress, a safety factor of 5 shall be applied to the ultimate
rated capacity of the anchorage. These safety factors apply for continuous inspection, as
specified in Part 1 10 below Installation of wedge- anchors shall be field tested as specified in
Part 1 10 below
B At suspended slabs, wedge- anchors shall be located at the thickened areas of slabs with metal
deck.
C Welded and bolted connections are not permitted to the mam structural members (e.g. beams,
girders, columns, braces, etc.) except as noted in the following or by special approval.
1 Clip angles or plate angles may be welded to structural columns, girders, and beams
(flanges and webs) with 3/16 -inch by 3 -inch maximum fillet welds.
2. Verify all bolted connections used to webs of steel shapes with Architect.
D Clamps with positive grip or threaded fasteners may be used to attach to steel beam or girder
webs. No 'C' clamps are permitted.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
1.9 CERTIFICATION OF CONNECTION DESIGN
SECTION 01064 PAGE 4
SEISMIC ANCHORING
A. All design data and shop drawings shall be submitted for approval by the Architect before the
equipment anchorage is fabricated or installed. Allow 4 weeks from time of submittal of design
data and shop drawings for review The following information must be included in the design
data and shop drawings.
1 Exact dimension and intended locations of each unit
2. Verification and location of weight (e.g. plan and height location of the center of gravity)
3 Scale drawings showing base details with original intended connection system
1 10 FIELD TEST
A. A calibrated torque wrench shall be used to field test the installation of selected wedge
anchorage. The wrench shall be calibrated by a licensed testing laboratory through tensile tests
on the wedge- anchors. In the field verification test, the wedge- anchors shall be torque tested to
1/2 the ultimate pull -out capacity
B Fifty percent of the wedge- anchors shall be field- tested if their design tensile load is more than
250 pounds. If the design tensile load is 250 pounds or less, 10 percent of the anchorages shall
be field- tested.
C. One percent of the wedge- anchors shall be field- tested for withdrawal at 1 1/2 times the design
loadings.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not used.
END OF SECTION
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 USE OF DOCUMENTS
A. Divisions 0 and 1 apply to the work specified in this section.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. A list of standards is located in Section 01091 Reference Standards.
1.3 APPLICABLE CODES AND ORDINANCES
A. International Building Code, latest edition
B International Mechanical Code, latest edition
C. International Fire Code, latest edition
D Life Safety Code, NFPA 101 latest edition
E. International Plumbing Code, latest edition
H. State Electrical (National Electrical Code, latest edition)
I. State Environmental Protection Act
J WAC 212 14 State Fire Alarm Code
K. City of Port Angeles Building and Zoning Code
PART 2 BUILDING CODE REOUIREMENTS
SECTION 01065 PAGE 1
CODE AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS
F Washington State Board of Health Hospital Rules and Regulations, latest edition, with
Amendments
G State Fire Marshal Requirements
2.1 REFERENCED CODE
A. The International Building Code, latest edition
2.2 PROJECT CLASSIFICATION
A. Seismic Zone No 3
B Fire Zone. N/A
C Occupancy Groups. N/A
D Construction Type. Type I or Type II
E. Fire Protection. Building is protected throughout by fire sprinklers by decision of Owner New
enclosure is non combustible construction, non- spnnklered.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 3 ENERGY CODE REOUIREMENTS
3.1 GOVERNING CODE
A. Washington State Energy Code, WAC 51 11 latest edition. The following sections apply to this
building.
1 Section 101.3.2 Application to Existing Building
3.2 PROJECT CLASSIFICATION AND ANALYSIS
A. Value of alteration does not exceed 60 percent of the replacement value of the existing building.
PART 4 PERMITS AND FEES
4.1 GENERAL
A. Comply with Section 00510 Form of Agreement.
B Owner shall pay for permit review fees and obtain and pay for the Port Angeles building permit.
The Contractor shall obtain and pay for all additional permits, approvals, licenses, fees, bonds,
and inspections necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work. Any drawings,
received from governing agencies, which are obtained by the Contractor and have corrective
notes attached or on such drawings shall be reviewed by the Contractor prior to construction.
Notify Engineer of any corrective notes pnor to doing the Work.
C. Contractor shall coordinate and obtain all Certification for Owner's occupancy and use of this
project or portions of this Work.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 01065 PAGE 2
CODE AND PERMIT REQUIREMENTS
t
1
1
1
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 USE OF DOCUMENTS
A. Divisions 0 and 1 apply to the work specified in this section.
1.2 USE OF STANDARDS
1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS
SECTION 01091 PAGE 1
REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. Not all organizations listed below are referenced m the Contract Documents. This list is
provided to help the Contractor locate referenced standards, and every effort has been made to
provide accurate information. The Contractor is responsible for adherence to all standards
referenced in the Contract Documents whether or not they are included in this section.
A. Applicability of Standards: Except where the Contract Documents include more stringent
requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if
bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents. Such standards are made a part of the
Contract Documents by reference. Individual sections indicate which codes and standards the
Contractor must keep available at the project site for reference.
B Publication Dates. Where the date of issue of a reference standard is not specified, comply with
the standard in effect as of date of Contract Documents.
C. Updated Standards. At the request of the Engmeer, Contractor, or authority having junsdiction,
submit a change order proposal where an applicable code or standard has been revised and
reissued after the date of the Contract Documents and before performance of work affected. The
Engineer will decide whether to issue a change order to proceed with the updated standard.
D Conflicting Requirements
1 Where compliance with two or more standards is specified and they establish different or
conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, the most stringent
requirements will be enforced unless the Contract Documents indicate otherwise. Refer
requirements that are different but apparently equal, and uncertainties as to which quality
level is more stringent to the Engineer for a decision before proceeding.
2. In every mstance, the quantity or quality level shown or specified shall be the minimum to
be provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly within specified
tolerances, with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed that
minimum within reasonable limits. In complying with these requirements, indicated
numenc values are minimum or maximum values, as noted, or appropnate for the context
of the requirements. Refer instances of uncertainty to the Engineer for a decision before
proceeding.
E. Copies of Standards
1 Each entity engaged in construction on the project is required to be familiar with industry
standards applicable to that entity's construction activity Copies of applicable standards
are not bound with the Contract Documents.
2. Where copies of standards are needed for performance of a required construction activity
the Contractor shall obtain copies directly from the publication source.
F Abbreviations and Names. Trade association names and titles of general standards are frequently
abbreviated. The following acronyms or abbreviations as referenced in Contract Documents are
defined to mean the associated names. Names and addresses are subject to change and are
believed to be, but are not ensured to be, accurate and up to date as of date of Contract
Documents.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 01091 PAGE 2
REFERENCE STANDARDS
1.4 LIST OF STANDARDS
AA Aluminum Association
900 19th Street NW Suite 300 Washington, D C 20006
(202) 862 5100
DAF -45 Designation System for Aluminum Finishes
AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers' Association
2700 River Road, Suite 118, Des Plaines, Illinois 60018
(312) 699 -7310
AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials
444 North Capitol Street, Suite 225 Washington, D C 20001
(202) 624-5800
AATCC American Association of Textile Chemists and Colorists
P 0 Box 12215 Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27709
(919) 549-8141
ACI American Concrete Institute
P 0 Box 19150, Detroit, Michigan 48219
(313) 532 2600
214 Recommended Practice for Evaluation of Strength Test
Results of Concrete
301- 84(88) Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings
304 Recommended Practice for Measuring, Mixing, Transporting,
and Placing Concrete
315 Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced
Concrete Structures
318 Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete
506R Recommended Practice for Shotcreting
506.2 Matenals, Proportioning, and Application of Shotcrete
AGC Associated General Contractors of America
1200 Westlake North, Seattle, Washington 98109
(206) 284 -0061
AHA American Hardboard Association
520 N Hicks Road, Palatine, Illinois 60067
(312) 934-8800
AI Asphalt Institute
Asphalt Institute Building, College Park, Maryland 20740
(301) 277-4258
AIA American Institute of Architects
1735 New York Avenue Northwest, Washington, D C. 20006
(202) 626-7300
AISC American Institute of Steel Construction
400 North Michigan Avenue, 8th Floor Chicago, Illinois 60611
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 01091 PAGE 3
REFERENCE STANDARDS
(312) 670 -2400
AISI American Iron and Steel Institute
1133 Fifteenth Street NW Washington, D C. 20036
(202) 452 7100
Specification for Design of Cold- Formed Steel Structural
Members
ALI Associated Laboratories
641 S Vermont Street, Palatine, Illinois 60067
(312) 358 -7400
ALSC American Lumber Standards Committee
P 0 Box 210 Germantown, Maryland 20874
(301) 972 1700
AMCA Air Movement and Control Association
30 W University Drive, Arlington Heights, Illinois 60004
(312) 394-0150
ANSI Amencan National Standards Institute
1430 Broadway New York, New York 10018
(212) 354-3300
A10 Series Safety Requirements for Construction and Demolition
APA American Plywood Association
P 0 Box 11700 Tacoma, Washington 98411
(206) 565 -6600
APWA Amencan Public Works Association, Washington Chapter
Standard Specifications for Municipal Public Works Construction
ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air Conditioning
Engineers
1791 Tullie Circle NE, Atlanta, Georgia 30329
(404) 636 -8400
Handbook, Fundamentals (1981 Errata)
ASM Architectural Specification Manual
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
345 East 47th Street, New York, New York 10017
(212) 705-7722
Elevator Code
ASPE Amencan Society of Plumbing Engineers
3617 Thousand Oaks Boulevard, Suite 210 Westlake, California 91362
(805) 495-7120
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19103
(215) 299 -5400
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
A36
A53
A82
Al20
Al23
A153
A167
A185
A 193/A 193M
A276
A307
A312/A312M
A361
A366
A446/A446M
A500
A501
A525 General Requirements for Steel Sheet, Zinc- Coated (Galvanized)
by the Hot -Dip Process
A526/A526M
A527/A527M
A554
A563
A569/A569M
A570/A570M
A611
A615
A775/775M
A780
A786/A786M
B32
B209
B211
SECTION 01091 PAGE 4
REFERENCE STANDARDS
Standards in Building Codes
Standard Specification for Structural Steel
Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot Dipped, Zinc- Coated Welded and Seamless
Steel Wire, Plam, for Concrete Reinforcement
Pipe, Steel, 'Black and Hot Dipped Zinc- Coated (Galvanized) Welded and
Seamless, for Ordinary Uses
Zinc (Hot -Dip Galvanized) Coatings on Iron and Steel Products
Zinc Coatmg (Hot -Dip) on Iron and Steel Hardware
Stainless and Heat Resisting Chromium- Nickel Steel Plate, Sheet, and Strip
Steel Welded Wie Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement
Alloy -Steel and Stainless Steel Bolting Mateials for High
Temperature Service
Stainless Steel and Heat Resisting Steel Bars and Shapes
Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 PSI Tensile Strength
Seamless and Welded Austemtic Stainless Steel Pipes
Steel Sheet, Zinc- Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process
for Roofing and Siding
Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Cold- Rolled, Commercial Quality
Steel Sheet, Zinc- Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process,
Structural (Physical) Quality
Cold- Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Rounds
and Shapes
Hot Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing
Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process,
Commercial Quality
Steel Sheet, Zinc Coated (Galvanized) by the Hot -Dip Process,
Lock Forming Quality
Welded Stainless Steel Mechanical Tubing
Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts
Steel, Carbon (0 15 Maximum, Percent), Hot Rolled Sheet and
Strip Commercial Quality
Steel, Sheet and Strip, Carbon, Hot Rolled, Structural Quality
Steel, Sheet, Carbon, Cold- Rolled, Structural Quality
Deformed and Plain Billet -Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
Epoxy- Coated Reinforcing Steel Bars
Standard Practice for Repair of Damaged Hot -Dip Galvanized Coatings
Rolled Steel Floor Plates
Solder Metal
Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Sheet and Plate
Alummum and Aluminum -Alloy Bar, Rod, and Wire
1
1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 01091 PAGE 5
REFERENCE STANDARDS
B221 Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Bars, Rods, Wire, Shapes, and Tubes
B316 Aluminum and Aluminum -Alloy Rivet and Cold- Heading Wire
and Rods
B429 Aluminum -Alloy Extruded Structural Pipe and Tube
C33 Concrete Aggregates
C36 Gypsum Wallboard
C42 Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores
and Sawed Beams of Concrete
C94 Ready -Mix Concrete
C143 Method of Test of Slump of Portland Cement Concrete
C150 Portland Cement
C260 Air Entraining Admixtures for Concrete
C332 Lightweight Aggregates for Insulating Concrete
C495 Compressive Strength of Lightweight Insulating Concrete
C513 Securing, Preparing, and Testing Specimens from Hardened
Lightweight Insulating Concrete for Compressive Strength
C518 Standard Test Method for Steady -State Heat Flux Measurements
and Thermal Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter
Apparatus
C578 Preformed, Cellular Polystyrene Thermal Insulation
C612 Mineral Fiber Block and Board Thermal Insulation
C665 Mineral -Fiber Blanket Thermal Insulation for Light Frame
Construction and Manufactured Housing
D 146 Methods of Sampling and Testing Bitumen Saturated Felts and
Fabrics Used in Roofing and Waterproofing
D412 Standard Test Methods for Rubber Properties in Tension
D573 Standard Test Method for Rubber Deterioration m an Air Oven
D624 Test Method for Rubber Property- Tear Resistance
D746 Standard Test Method for Brittleness Temperature of Plastics and Elastomers by
Impact
D882 Test Methods for Tensile Properties of Thin Plastic Sheeting
D1149 Standard Test Method for Rubber Deterioration Surface Ozone
Cracking in a Chamber
D1751 Preformed Expansion Jomt Fillers for Concrete Paving and
Structural Construction (Nonextrudmg and Resilient Bituminous
Types)
D 1752 Preformed Sponge Rubber and Cork Expansion Joint Fillers for
Concrete Paving and Structural Construction
D1938 Test Method for Tear Propagation Resistance of Elastic Film and
Thin Sheeting by a Single Tear Method
D2626 Specification for Asphalt Saturated and Coated Organic Felt Base Sheet Used in
Roofmg
D4637 Vulcanized Rubber Sheet Used in Single Ply Roof Membrane
E84 Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Material
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 01091 PAGE 6
REFERENCE STANDARDS
1
E119 Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction
and Materials
E136 Standard Test Method for Behavior of Materials in a Vertical Tube Furnace at
750 Degrees C
E605 Standard Test Methods for Thickness and Density of Sprayed Fire Resistive
Material Applied to Structural Members
E736 Standard Test Method for Cohesion/Adhesion of Sprayed Fire
Resistive Materials Applied to Structural Members
AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute
13924 Braddock Road, Suite 100 Centreville, Virginia 22020
(703) 222 1100 Fax (703) 222 2499
Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards, Guide Specifications and Quality
Certification Program (referred to in contract documents as AWI quality
standards
AWPA American Wood Preservers' Association
P 0 Box 849 Stevensville, Maryland 21666
(301) 643 -4163
AWPB American Wood Preservers' Bureau
P 0 Box 5283 Springfield, Virginia 22150
(703) 339-6660
AWPI American Wood Preservers' Institute 11
1651 Old Meadow Road, McLean, Virginia 22101
AWS American Welding Society
P 0 Box 351040 550 LeJeune Road Northwest, Miami, Florida 33135
(305) 443-9353 1
D1 1 Structural Welding Code -Steel
D1.2 Structural Welding Code
D1.3 Structural Welding Code -Sheet Steel
D1 4 Structural Welding Code Reinforcing Steel
AWWA American Water Works Association
6666 W Quincy Avenue, Denver Colorado 80235
(303) 794 -7711
BANC Brick Association of North Carolina
P 0 Box 13290, Greensboro, North Carolina 27415
(919) 273 -5566 1
BHMA Builders' Hardware Manufacturers Association
60 East 42nd Street, Room 511 New York, New York 10165
(212) 682 -8142
CRSI Concrete Reinforcmg Steel Institute
933 Plum Grove Road, Schaumburg, Illinois 60195
(312) 490 -1700
1
1
1
1
1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 01091 PAGE 7
REFERENCE STANDARDS
MSP 1 Manual of Standard Practice
Placing Reinforcing Bars
Bar Support Specifications
CSI The Construction Specifications Institute
601 Madison Street, Alexandria, Virginia 22314
(703) 684-0300
CTI Ceramic Tile Institute of America
700 North Virgil Avenue, Los Angeles, California 90029
(213) 660-1911
FGMA Flat Glass Marketing Association
White Lakes Professional Building, 3310 West Harrison,
Topeka, Kansas 66611
(913) 266-7013
Glazing Manual
Sealant Manual
FM Factory Mutual Engineering and Research
1151 Boston Providence Turnpike, Norwood, Massachusetts 02062
(617) 762 -4300
FMS 1 28 Insulated Steel Deck
FMS 1 -49 Perimeter Flashing
FMS P7825 Approval Guide
GA Gypsum Association
1603 Orrington Avenue, Evanston, Illinois 60201
(312) 491 1744
GTA Glass Tempering Association
66 -9 -20 Specification for Ceramic Enameled Spandrel Glass Fully
Tempered or Heat Strengthened
IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers
345 East 47th Street, New York, New York 10017
(212) 705-7900
IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council
Route 11 Industrial Park, Cortland, New York 13045
(607) 753-6711
MLA Metal Lath Association
221 North LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60601
ML /SFA Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association
600 South Federal Street, Suite 400 Chicago, Illinois 60605
(312) 922 -6222
Specification for Metal Lathign and Furring
NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 01091 PAGE 8
REFERENCE STANDARDS
600 S. Federal Street, Suite 400, Chicago, Illinois 60601
(312) 922 -6222
MBG 531 Metal Bar Grating Manual
Metal Fuushes Manual
NBS National Bureau of Standards
Washington, D C. 20234
NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association
P 0 Box 781 Herndon, Virginia 22070
(301) 435 -4900
Tek Bulletin No. 45
NCRPM National Council on Radiation Protection and Measurement
7910 Woodmont Avenue, Suite 1016, Bethesda, Maryland 20814
(301) 657 2652
NEC National Electric Code (from NFPA)
NECA National Electrical Contractors Association
7315 Wisconsin Avenue, Bethesda, Maryland 20814
(301) 657 3110
NJG -6 Temporary Job Utilities and Services
NEII National Elevator Industry Inc.
630 Third Avenue, New York, New York 10016
(212) 986 -1545
Mimmum Passenger Elevator Requirements for the Handicapped
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association
2101 L Street NW Suite 300, Washington, D C. 20037
(202) 457-8700
NFPA National Fire Protection Association
Batterymarch Park, Quincy Massachusetts 02269
(617) 770 -3000
80 Standard for Fire Doors and Windows
241 Building Construction and Demolition Options
252 Standard Methods of Fire Tests of Door Assemblies
NHLA National Hardwood Lumber Association
P 0 Box 34518, Memphis, Tennessee 38184
(901) 377 1818
NTMA National Terrazzo and Mosaic Association
3166 Des Plaines Avenue, Suite 132, Des Plaines, Ilhnois 60018
(312) 635 -7744
NWWDA National Wood Window and Door Association (formerly NWMA)
1400 E. Touhy Avenue #G54 Des Plaines, Ilhnois 60018
(312) 299 -5200
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
I.S. 1 Industry Standard for Wood Flush Doors
SECTION 01091 PAGE 9
REFERENCE STANDARDS
PCI Prestressed Concrete Institute
175 W Jackson Boulevard, Chicago, Illinois 60604
(312) 786 -0300
MNL 116 Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of
Precast and Prestressed Concrete Products
MNL 117 Manual for Quality Control for Plants and Production of
Architectural Precast Concrete Products
MNL 127 Recommended Practice for Erection of Precast Concrete
PDCAPainting and Decoratmg Contractors of America
614 Industry Drive, Tukwila, Washington 98188
(206) 364 -5165
Architectural Specification Manual
SAMA Scientific Apparatus Makers Association
1101 Sixteenth Street NW Washington, D C. 20036
(202) 223 -1360
SDI Steel Door Institute
c/o A. P Wherry and Associates, Inc.
712 Lakewood Center N 14600 Detroit Avenue, Cleveland, Ohio 44107
(216) 226 -7700
105 Recommended Erection Instructions for Steel Frames
SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council
Route 11 Industrial Park, Cortland, New York 13045
(607) 753-6711
SJI Steel Joist Institute
1205 48th Street North, Suite A, Myrtle Beach, South Carolina 29577
(803) 449-0487
SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association
P 0 Box 70 Merrifield, Virginia 22116
(703) 790-9890
Architectural Sheet Metal Manual
SSPC Steel Structures Painting Council
4400 Fifth Avenue, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15213
(412) 268 -3327
PA 1 Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting
Paint 12 Cold Applied Asphalt Mastic (Extra Thick Film)
Paint 20 Zinc Rich Primers (Type I, 'Inorganic, and Type II,
'Organic
SP 1 Solvent Cleaning
SP 3 Power Tool Cleaning
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 01091 PAGE 10
REFERENCE STANDARDS
SP 5 White Metal Blast Cleaning
SP 6 Commercial Blast Cleaning
SP 8 Pickling
SP 10 Near White Blast Cleaning
Sweet's Sweet's Catalog File
Sweet's Division
McGraw -Hill Information Systems Company
Attn. Direct Marketing Dept. 20th Floor
1221 Avenue of the Amencas, New York, New York 10124
(800) 521 2737
TCA Tile Council of America, Inc.
P 0 Box 326, Princeton, New Jersey 08542
(609) 921 7050
UBC Uniform Building Code
International Conference of Building Officials
5360 Workman Mill Road, Whittier, California 90601
UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, Illinois 60062
(312) 272 -8800
Building Matenals Directory
The Recognized Component Directory
Fire Resistance Directory
WABO Washington Association of Building Officials
WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau
P O Box 23145 Portland, Oregon 97223
(503) 639-0651
WMMP Wood Molding and Millwork Producers
WM4 General Requirements For Wood Molding
WWPA Western Wood Products Association
522 SW 5th Avenue, Yeon Building, Portland, Oregon 97204 -2122
(503) 224 -3930
1.5 FEDERAL GOVERNMENT AGENCIES
CE Corps of Engineers
(U.S. Department of the Army)
Chief of Engineers Referral
Washington, D C. 20314
(202) 272-0660
CRD C621 Specification for Nonshrink Grout
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
1
I
1
1
1
1
t
t
1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
C S
DOD
DOT
EPA
FS
GSA
N Capitol Street (between G and H Streets NW)
Washmgton, D C. 20402
(202) 783 -3238
(available from the Government Printing Office)
(material is usually first published m the Federal Register)
16 CFR Part 1201
29 CFR 1926 Asbestos, Tremolite, Anthophyllite, and Actmolite
40 CFR 763 Interim Method of the Determination of Asbestos in Bulk
Insulation Samples
Commercial Standard
(U.S. Department of Commerce)
Government Pnnting Office, Washington, D C. 20402
(202) 377 2000
Department of Defense
P 21035A Paint, High Zinc Dust Content, Galvanizing Repair (Metric)
(Navy)
Department of Transportation
400 Seventh Street SW Washington, D C. 20590
(202) 366 -4000
Environmental Protection Agency
401 M Street SW Washington, D C. 20460
(202) 382 2090
Federal Specification (from GSA)
Specifications Unit (WFSIS)
7th and D Streets SW Washington, D C 20406
(202) 472 2205 or
(202) 472 2140
FF B -561C Bolds (Screw), Lag
FF -S -325 Shield, Expansion, Nail Expansion, and Nail, Drive Screw
(Devices, Anchoring, Masonry)
FF W -84A Washers, Lock (Spring)
FF W 92B Washer Flat (Plain)
HH I 1972/1 Insulation Board, thermal, Polyurethane or Polyisocyanurate,
Faced with Aluminum Foil on Both Sides of the Foam
HH I 558B Insulation, Blocks, Boards, Blankets, Felts, Seeving (Pipe and
Tube Covering), Thermal (Mineral Fiber, Industrial Type)
TT- C -494B Coating Compound, Bituminous, Solvent Type, Acid Resistant
TT P -645A Primer Paint, Zinc Chromate, Alkyd Type
General Services Administration
F Street and 18th Street NW Washington, D C 20405
(202) 472 1082
SECTION 01091 PAGE 11
REFERENCE STANDARDS
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
MIL
OSHA
PS
Military Standardization Documents
(U.S. Department of Defense)
Naval Publications and Forms Center
5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19120
MIL -M 17194D Metal, Expanded, Steel
MIL -M 17999C Metal, Expanded, Aluminum
Occupational Safety and Health Administration
(U.S. Department of Labor)
Government Printing Office
Washington, D C 20402
(202) 523-6091
29 CFR Part 1910
Product Standard of NBS
(U.S. Department of Commerce)
Government Printmg Office
Washington, D C 20402
(202) 783 -3238
END OF SECTION
SECTION 01091 PAGE 12
REFERENCE STANDARDS
1
1
1
1
l
1
I
I
1
l
1
I
I
1
I
t
1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 USE OF DOCUMENTS
A. Divisions 0 and 1 apply to the work specified this section.
SECTION 01095 PAGE 1
EXPLANATIONS, DEFINITIONS,
ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS
B. Definitions and use of the contract documents shall be per Section 00700 General Conditions,
and as follows. In case of conflict, the General Conditions shall take precedence.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. A list of standards is located in Section 01091 Reference Standards.
1.3 DESCRIPTION
A. This sections includes the following:
1 Explanation of contract documents
2. Definitions
3 Abbreviations
4 Symbols
5 Keynotes
1 4 BIDDER AND CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY
A. Bidders and Contractors are responsible for providmg subbidders and subcontractors with all
contract documents necessary to achieve accurate completion of the work.
PART 2 EXPLANATIONS
2.1 PURPOSE
A. The contract documents collect mto a single organization system all bid, contract, and technical
documents related to project construction in section format.
2.2 SPECIFICATION CONTENT
A. Language. This specification uses certain conventions in the use of language and the intended
meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations or
circumstances. These conventions are explained as follows.
1 Wording of the contract documents is abbreviated or streamlined and frequently includes
incomplete sentences.
2 Shall, 'the Contractor shall, shall be, and similar words and phrases are hereby
defined to have mandatory compulsory meaning.
3 These specifications are written in imperative and streamlined form. This imperative
language is directed to the Contractor, unless specifically noted otherwise.
B Assignment of Specialists
1 The specification requires that certain specific construction activities shall be performed
by specialists who are recognized experts in the operations to be performed. The
specialists must be engaged for those activities, and assignments are requirements over
which the Contractor has no choice or option. Nevertheless, the ultimate responsibility for
fulfilling contract requirements remains with the Contractor
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 01095 PAGE 2
EXPLANATIONS, DEFINITIONS,
ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS
2. This requirement shall not be interpreted to conflict with enforcement of building codes
and similar regulations governing the work. It is also not intended to interfere with local
trade union jurisdictional settlements and similar conventions.
3 Use of titles such as carpentry' is not intended to imply that certain construction
activities must be performed by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding
generic name, such as carpenter It also does not imply that requirements specified
apply exclusively to tradespersons of the corresponding genenc name
4 The term 'installer' shall be used to refer to all specialists.
2.3 DESCRIPTION OF DOCUMENTS
A. Volume 1 Project Manual
1 Division 0• Bidding requirements, contract forms, and conditions of the contract
2. Division 1 General requirements
3 Division 15 Mechanical technical specifications
B Volume 2, Project Drawings
1 Division E. Electrical Drawings
2. Division M. Mechanical Drawings
3 Division S Structural Drawings
C. Size and Color
1 Project Manual Volume 1 is prepared in 8- 1/2 -by -11 inch format and bound. Divisions 0
through 16 are copied on white paper
2. Project Drawings Volume 2 is m large drawing sheet format and bound. Drawings are
reproduced as blackline on white paper
D Page Number Section page number are consecutive only for each section as noted in page
heading. Section 00003 Table of Contents, fists each section and its number of pages.
E. Section Format
1 The technical specifications are organized per the Amencan Institute of Architects
MASTERSPEC.
2 The use of the section format of MASTERSPEC has been extended to provide a similar
format for all bid and contract documents, including drawings.
3 Basic groups of documents and information are organized into divisions, sections, parts,
or paragraphs.
4 References to and withm the contract documents shall state item section number and
name (and part or paragraph number if required) This paragraph is referred to as
Paragraph 2.01H.4 (or Part 2.O1H to refer to all four paragraphs), Section 01095
Explanations, Definitions, Abbreviations, Symbols.
F Reference System
1 References may be general (broadscope) or specific (narrowscope). Broadscope shall be
meant to include derivative sections (example Section 01300 Submittals, also includes
Section 01310 Progress Schedule)
2. Numbering of sections is for identification only and may not be consecutive Contractor
shall check his copies of the contract documents with Section 00003 Table of Contents,
to venfy that they are complete. Notify Engineer of incomplete copies.
1
1
1
A
l
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
3 Section number references used on drawings serve to identify a material or detail with its
applicable specification section. Other materials not so identified shall be provided by the
respective trades in the customary manner
4 In the event of an apparent conflict between the reference number and the item which is
being referred to, notify the Architect. With the Engmeer's review and approval, follow
the requirements of the specification section which most logically applies to the item.
5 Section number and name shall be used to identify the subject of any correspondence with
its related specification section.
PART 3 DEFINITIONS
3.1 GENERAL
A. A substantial amount of the contract document language constitutes specific definitions for terms
found in other contract documents. Certain terms used more generally throughout the contract
documents are defined as follows.
3.2 TERMINOLOGY
SECTION 01095 PAGE 3
EXPLANATIONS, DEFINITIONS,
ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS
Addenda Additions made to the contract documents during the bidding period. Used to revise,
delete, or add to any of the bidding requirements or contract documents.
Approve -Where used in conjunction with the Engineer's response or submittals, requests,
applications, inquiries, reports, and claims by the Contractor, the meaning will be held to
the limitations of the Engineer's responsibilities and duties as specified in Section 00700
General Conditions. In no case will approval by the Engineer be interpreted as an
assurance to the Contractor that the requirements of the contract documents have been
fulfilled
As built Drawings -Set of reproducible drawings prepared by the Contractor to indicate
construction changes per Section 01700, Contract Closeout.
Bidding Requirements —Used to attract bidders and explain the procedures they are to follow in
preparing and submitting their bids.
Construction Documents All of the written and graphic documents prepared or assembled by
the Engineer for communicating the design and admmistering the construction contract.
They include the following categories. bidding requirements, contract forms, conditions
of the contract, specifications, drawings, addenda, and contract modifications. This term
is interchangeable with contract documents.
Contract Documents—The legally enforceable requirements which become part of the contract
when the agreement is signed. See construction documents above.
Contract Modifications- -After the agreement has been signed, any additions, deletions, or
modifications of the work to be done are accomplished by change order or supplemental
instructions.
Directed, Requested, etc. -Where not otherwise explamed, terms such as directed,
"requested, authorized, selected, approved, 'permitted, 'required, and
"accepted' mean directed by the Engineer, 'requested by the Engineer, etc However
no such implied meaning will be interpreted to extend the Engineer's responsibility into
the Contractor's area of construction supervision.
Drawings Graphic representation of the work to be done Also referred to as project, design, or
construction drawmgs.
Furnish Except as otherwise defined in greater detail, the term 'furmsh is used to mean
"supply and deliver to the project site, ready for unpacking, assembly and installation.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 01095 PAGE 4
EXPLANATIONS, DEFINITIONS,
ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS
General Requirements Synonymous with "Division 1 sections.
Guarantee -A separate contract by a third party analogous to a surety bond, covering
responsibility m case the principal fails to perform. Contractor provides a guarantee for
materials and a warranty for field workmanship "Guarantee" and 'warranty' are used
interchangeably in these specifications as they relate to Section 00700 General
Conditions.)
Indicated -A cross reference to details, notes, or schedules on the drawings, other paragraphs or
schedules m the specifications, and similar means of recording requirements m the
contract documents.
Install -To describe operations at project site, including the actual unloading, unpacking,
assembly erection, placing, anchonng, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing,
protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.
Installer —The person or entity engaged by the Contractor or his subcontractor or sub
subcontractor for the performance of a particular unit of work at the project site, including
installations, erections, application, and similar required operations. It is a general
requirement that installers be recognized experts in the work they are engaged to perform.
Project Site The space available to the Contractor for the performance of the work, either
exclusively or in conjunction with others performing other work as part of the project.
The extent of the project site is shown on the drawings and may or may not be identical
with the description of the land upon which the project is to be built.
Provide Except to the extent further defined, means 'to furmsh and install, complete and ready
for the mtended use.
Record Drawings -Set of prints kept on site and updated by the Contractor to indicate
construction changes per Section 01720 Project Record Documents.
Shop Drawings Drawings, schedules, and other information prepared by the Contractor to
describe fabrication and installation of elements of the work.
Specifications- -Define the qualitative requirements for products, materials, and workmanship
upon which the contract is based. Consist of Divisions 1 through 16.
Testing Laboratory -An independent entity engaged to perform specific inspections or tests of
the work, either at the project site or elsewhere, and to report and (if required) interpret
the results of those inspections or tests.
Warranty An assurance by the pnncipal that it will assume stipulated responsibilities for
completed units. Manufacturer warrants its material. "Guarantee and 'warranty' are
used interchangeably m these specifications as they relate to Section 00700 General
Conditions.)
PART 4 ABBREVIATIONS
4.1 STANDARD ABBREVIATIONS
A. Following is a list of abbreviations commonly used in specifications and on drawings.
AFF above finished floor
AS architectural schedule
EXG existing
FCIO furnished by contractor installed by owner
FIC furnished and installed by contractor
FIO furnished and installed by owner
1
t
�l
1
r
1
t
f
I
1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
4.2 SCHEDULES
FOIC furnished by owner installed by contractor
MISC miscellaneous
NIC not in contract
O C o.c on center
OPP opposite
R radius 1
SIM similar
TYP typical
IBC International Building Code
A. Refer to Volume 2, Project Drawings, for schedules and their applicable abbreviations.
PART 5 SYMBOLS
5.1 GENERAL
A. Refer to project drawings or details for symbols and special designations.
5.2 GRAPHIC SYMBOLS
A. Where not otherwise noted, symbols are defined by Architectural Graphic Standards,
published by John Wiley Sons, Inc. eighth edition.
5.3 MECHANICAL /ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS
A. Graphic symbols used on mechanical and electrical drawings are generally aligned with symbols
recommended by ASHRAE. Where appropriate, they are supplemented by more specific
symbols recommended by technical associations including ASME, ASPE, IEEE, and similar
organizations. Refer instances of uncertainty to the Engineer for clarification before proceeding.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 01095 PAGE 5
EXPLANATIONS, DEFINITIONS,
ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS
WS 110 III 1111111 Mit 'WO SIN NM In. Int 1110 111111 VIM 11111 .111111'' Sip 0.11 101 11111
TBS ENGINEERING SECTION 01121 PAGE 1
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS PROCEDURES
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 USE OF DOCUMENTS
A. Divisions 0 and 1 apply to the work specified in this section.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. A list of standards is located in Section 01091 Reference Standards.
1.3 DESCRIPTION
A. The presence of hazardous materials, including but not limited to, asbestos and similar materials
or substances, has not been identified at the project site. A good faith survey will be issued to the
Contractor prior to commencement of demolition.
1.4 OWNER RESPONSIBILITY
A. The abatement of hazardous materials shall be the responsibility of the Owner The Owner will
contract directly with a hazardous materials contractor to remove identified hazardous materials.
B Any questions that arise related to hazardous matenals and their abatement work shall be
referred to the Owner for resolution.
C The Owner may elect to carry the costs of hazardous materials abatement through the general
contract. The Owner will reimburse the Contractor via change order for the cost of hazardous
materials abatement.
1.5 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY
A. The Contractor shall not be responsible for the abatement of hazardous materials.
B The Contractor shall have an employee who is a Certified Asbestos Supervisor This employee
working with the Contractor project superintendent must be present at all tunes during the
demolition stage of the contract to ensure that no trades damage any asbestos containing or other
hazardous material.
1.6 ENGINEER RESPONSIBILITY
A. The Engineer will not be responsible for the content of the hazardous materials abatement
documents nor for the work done thereunder
B The Engineer will not be required to provide any service or render any opinions related to
hazardous materials.
C. The Engineer may issue a construction change directive to add the cost of identification and
abatement of hazardous materials to the contract amount.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used.
TBS ENGINEERING SECTION 01121 PAGE 2
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS PROCEDURES
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. The Contractor shall suspend work and inform the Owner when materials suspected of being
hazardous are encountered at the project site. The Contractor shall protect suspect materials
from further disturbance until the Owner's hazardous materials contractor can perform
appropriate tests and abatement.
B Neither the Contractor nor the Owner will be penalized for delays in the project schedule due to
work required for hazardous materials abatement.
C. Upon notice of completion of the hazardous materials abatement work, the Contractor shall
resume work.
END OF SECTION
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 USE OF DOCUMENTS
A. Divisions 0 and 1 apply to the work specified in this section.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. A list of standards is located m Section 01091 Reference Standards.
1.3 DESCRIPTION
A. Attending or Conductmg
1 General preconstruction conference
2. Subtrade preconstruction conferences
3 Progress payment meetings
B Related Work Specified Elsewhere
1 Section 01026, Payment Procedures
2. Section 01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls
PART 2 PROJECT MEETINGS
2.1 GENERAL PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE
A. Attendance
SECTION 01200 PAGE 1
PROJECT MEETINGS
1 Owner Engineer, Contractor and his superintendent, major subcontractors, including the
individuals responsible for earthwork, scheduling, mechanical, and electrical work.
B Agenda
1 The purpose is to discuss all matters affecting progress and administration of the work.
The Engineer has the agenda on file which is available upon request.
C. Responsibility
1 Conference will be called by Engineer at mutually agreeable time and place prior to
issumg the Notice to Proceed.
2.2 SUBTRADE PRECONSTRUCTION (PREINSTALLATION) CONFERENCES
A. Attendance
1 Meetmgs shall be held prior to start of work of certain subtrades per Divisions 2 through
16
2. Attendance shall include Contractor and representative(s) of subtrade(s) as required. The
Engineer and Owner shall be notified at least 48 hours in advance for their optional
attendance.
B Agenda
1 Purpose of these meetings is to ensure full understanding of necessary relation to the
work, safety precautions, and other contract requirements of subject work.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
C. Responsibility
1 Contractor shall arrange and conduct meetings at mutually agreeable time and place.
Contractor shall record significant discussions and agreement and disagreements of each
conference, along with the approved schedule. Distribute the record of the meeting to
everyone concerned promptly including the Owner and Engineer Do not proceed if the
conference cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to
resolve impediments to performance of work and reconvene the conference at the earliest
feasible date.
2.3 WEEKLY PROGRESS MEETINGS
A. Attendance
1 Owner Engineer, and Contractor
2. Engineer's consultants and Contractor's subcontractors shall attend when required.
B Agenda
1 Agenda is attached to this section and shall be used by the Contractor All items requiring
action will be assigned to the appropriate individual and carried forward to each
subsequent meeting retaining the ongmal meeting and item number The agenda is on disc
and available to the Contractor upon request.
C. Responsibility
1 Day of week and time shall be as agreed at general preconstruction conference.
2. Engineer and Contractor shall determine in advance if consultant or subcontractor
attendance is required.
3 Meeting minutes shall be by the Contractor and distributed electronically to all involved
individuals within 2 working days of the meeting.
END OF SECTION
SECTION 01200 PAGE 2
PROJECT MEETINGS
1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 USE OF DOCUMENTS
A. Divisions 0 and 1 apply to the work specified in this section.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. A complete list of standards is located m Section 01091 Reference Standards.
1.3 DESCRIPTION
A. General. Preparing and processing submittals as required by Section 00700, General Conditions,
the specifications, and as follows.
B Required Submittals
1 Schedule of values
2. Construction progress schedule
3 Schedule of submittals
4 List of proposed subcontractors
5 Matenal and product data
6. Shop drawings and samples
7 Record documents
8 Maintenance and operation manuals
9 Warranty manual
10 Miscellaneous submittals
C. Related Requirements Specified Elsewhere
1 Substitutions, Section 01630, Product Options and Substitutions
2. Project closeout requirements, Section 01700, Contract Closeout
3 Particular submittal requirements, individual sections of Divisions 2 through 16
1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE
SECTION 01300 PAGE 1
SUBMITTALS
A. When applicable, each section of Divisions 2 through 16 will include submittal requirements
specific to that section (i.e. shop drawings, samples, product data, etc.). The general submittal
requirements listed in this section will apply to all sections whether specific requirements are
listed or not.
B Each copy of each submittal should have the following information on the cover, on the first
page of the submittal, or on a permanent label attached to the submittal, as applicable
1 Project name
2 Submittal number correlated with the submittal schedule provided per 3 10.2 of the
General Conditions
3 Date of submittal
4 Name of the Contractor
5 Name of the Engineer
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 01300 PAGE 2
SUBMITTALS
6 Name and phone number of subcontractor, supplier, and installer
7 Name of manufacturer
8. Number and title of applicable specification section
9 Drawing number and detail references, when applicable
10 Other necessary identifying information, such as stating the different parts of the submittal
(i.e. product data, samples, etc.) and how many of each item are provided
C. Contractor shall sign or initial each copy of each submittal to certify compliance with
requirements of the contract documents or shall notify the Engineer, in writing at time of
submittal, of all deviations from requirements of contract documents.
D Address to Engineer Copy and distribute as specified for each type of submittal (below)
E. Submittals to receive Engineer's action marking should have blank space provided on cover first
page, or label for action marking.
F Package submittals required for each particular specification section together Incomplete
submittals will generally be returned to the Contractor without review
G Engineer to receive submittals no less than 15 working days in advance of required approval
time to allow proper review by Engineer or his consultants. Submittals requiring action m less
than 15 working days are not timely submittals.
H. Submittals will be accepted from the Contractor only Submittals received from other entities
will be returned without action.
I. Copies in excess of the number requested will not be retumed.
1.5 FORMAT
A. Unless otherwise specified or impractical, use paper no larger than 8 -1/2 by 11 inches, except
drawings to be size required, but folded to 8 -1/2 by 11 inches where possible.
1.6 TIMING OF SUBMITTALS
A. The Contractor's first payment request will not be processed prior to receipt of:
1 Schedule of Values
2. Construction Progress Schedule
3 Schedule of Submittals
4 List of Proposed Subcontractors
B Transmit each submittal at or before the time indicated on the approved schedule of submittals.
C Prepare and transmit each submittal requirmg approval sufficiently in advance of scheduled
performance of the work to which it relates to allow for adequate review and processing time,
including time for resubmittal if necessary
D Prepare and transmit each mformational submittal prior to start of the work involved, unless the
submittal is of a type which cannot be prepared until after completion of the work. Submit
promptly
E. If processing time for a particular submittal will be critical to progress of the work, so advise the
Engineer on the submittal.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
F The Engineer will notify the Contractor when a submittal is being delayed for coordination.
G No extension of time will be authorized because of the Contractor's failure to transmit submittals
sufficiently m advance of the work.
1.7 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of the work. Coordinate
each separate submittal with other submittals and related activities that require sequential
performance.
B Coordinate submittal of different umts of interrelated work so that no submittal will be delayed
by the Engineer's need to review a related submittal. The Engineer reserves the nght to withhold
action on any such submittal until the related submittals are received.
C. Coordinate schedule so that casework shop drawings are not submitted for review during the
same two week period as any other submitttal.
1.8 REVIEW AND RETURN OF SUBMITTALS
A. Engineer shall review and mark with appropriate action per Section 00700 General Conditions.
1 Reviewed. Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies with
requirements of the contract documents. Reviewed shall also mean subject to plans and
specifications, dimensions and quantities not guaranteed.
2. Furnish as Corrected. Work covered by the submittal may proceed provided it complies
both with notations and corrections on the submittal and with requirements of the contract
documents.
3 Revise and Resubmit: Do not proceed with work covered by the submittal. Revise the
submittal or prepare a new submittal m accordance with notations made. Resubmit the
submittal without delay
4 Submit Specified Item: Do not proceed with work covered by the submittal. Prepare a
new submittal in accordance with the specified item required in the contract documents.
5 Rejected. Do not proceed with work covered by the submittal.
B Submittals will be returned to the Contractor by most economical mode.
C. Contractor shall perform resubmittals in the same manner as original submittals. Indicate all
changes other than those requested by the Engineer
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. Prepare per Section 01027 Schedule of Values.
3.2 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
A. Prepare per Section 01310 Progress Schedule
SECTION 01300 PAGE 3
SUBMITTALS
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
3.3 SCHEDULE OF SUBMITTALS
A. Title 'Schedule of Submittals.
B Prepare and submit for approval a schedule showing all submittals and their initial submittal
dates required for coordination of the work.
C. Organize the schedule by the applicable specification section number
D Submit the schedule within 30 days after commencement of the work.
E. Revise and resubmit the schedule for approval when required to keep current.
3.4 LIST OF PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS
A. Format
C. Distribution. Submit three copies to Engineer
3.5 MATERIAL AND PRODUCT DATA
A. General
SECTION 01300 PAGE 4
SUBMITTALS
1 Title 'List of Proposed Subcontractors.
2. List items in order they occur m specification sections.
3 Each list item shall state specification section number(s) and name(s) of subcontract work
and subcontractor's name.
B Required Information
1 Section 00700 General Conditions, requires identification of subcontractors. This is
hereby interpreted to mean those subcontractors who shall install or furmsh and install
work in the project.
2. If, with Engineer's approval, identification of certain subcontractors is delayed, so
indicate in list. Furnish prior to first progress payment application.
1 Purpose of these submittals is to establish the materials and products to be used in the
work.
2. Submit to the Engineer, shop drawings, samples, and maintenance and operation manuals
for related submittal work.
B Format
1 Provide with "cover sheet' information per Part 1 04B
2. Bind to allow removal or insertion of pages. Provide suitable protective cover
3 Present items in order they occur in specification sections.
C Required Information
1 Contractor's statement of approval and identification of any deviations from contract
documents per Section 00700 General Conditions. Place on face or cover sheet" of
submittals.
2. Description of materials, products, or systems required by all sections of the
specification. Provide sufficient technical information to establish conformance with
specification via.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 01300 PAGE 5
SUBMITTALS
a. Manufacturer's literature or other necessary descriptive materials, includmg
installation instructions
b Contractor's letter that mmor miscellaneous items (nails, bolts, etc.) shall conform to
specified standards
c. Information requirements for mechanical and electrical items (refer to Divisions 15
and 16)
3 Where possible, submittal should include rough -in and dimension information to preclude
need for further submittal per below
4 Indicate clearly for each item the need for selection by Engineer of color, style, mounting,
etc Selections will be returned with approval.
5 Include recommendations for application and use.
6. Show special coordination requirements for the product.
D Distribution
1 Subnut four copies to Engineer for all structural, civil, mechanical, and electrical
submittals. one each for consultant, Owner, and Engineer and one for return to
Contractor
2. Engineer will forward reviewed copy of submittal to Contractor
3.6 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES
A. General
1 Purpose of these submittals is to determine installation and erection requirements for
components of the work.
2. Submit with product data, samples, test data, and installation or application procedures
and other submittals as delmeated for each section of the specifications.
3 Show all conditions and connections to other work on shop drawings.
4 Submittals under this part are not intended to duplicate those specified under Part 3 05
above.
B Format
1 Provide with cover sheet' information per Part 1 04B
2. Submit one set of blueline or blackline prints of appropriate size and one sepia copy of
drawings or two 8- 1 /2 -by -11 inch or 11 -by -17 inch copies, whichever applies. Provide
one additional copy of all civil, structural, mechanical, and electrical shop drawings.
Reviewed sepia will be returned to Contractor
3 Sample size (2 inches minimum) to be as necessary to display requested color, texture,
pattern, or construction. Provide four samples total, one sample will be retained by the
Engineer and one sample is to be kept at the jobsite at all times.
C. Required Information
1 Submittal information required per specifications for subject work.
2. Reference to work "by others" shall be assumed to mean "by Contractor' unless otherwise
noted.
3 Samples to include accurate samples of all substrates and coverings, by same or other
trades, as required to produce example of final result.
D Distribution
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
B Format
SECTION 01300 PAGE 6
SUBMITTALS
1 Submit one copy and one sepia to Engineer for each review
2. For work concerning Engineer's consultant, submit all copies and sepias to Engineer for
distribution.
3 Engineer will forward reviewed sepia of submittal to Contractor
4 Engineer may return sepia or one copy of approved submittal requesting return of
corrected sepia or copy Contractor will return one corrected copy each directly to
Engineer Consultant, and Owner's representative
5 Engineer will return all copies and sepias of disapproved submittals for resubmittal.
3.7 RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Prepare per Section 01720 Project Record Documents.
3.8 MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION MANUALS
A. General
1 Purpose is to provide Owner with record information necessary for his future operation
and maintenance of the project.
2. Refer to Part 3 05 above for related work.
3 Provide two complete manual sets for all mechanical and electrical work.
1 Bind each manual m a three- ringed, heavy -duty vinyl- covered hardboard binder
2. On cover imprint 'Equipment Operation and Maintenance Manual names of project,
Owner, Engmeer (include name of appropnate consultant engineer on mechanical and
electrical manuals); and year of substantial completion, include Contractor's name and
date. On bound edge, imprint name of project and Owner, year of substantial completion.
3 On bound edge, imprint name of project and owner and year of substantial completion.
4 Pages to be neat, clean sheets 8- 1 /2 -by -11 inch maximum size or accordion foldouts to
same size.
5 Items to be identified with tabbed dividers showing section name and number of
appropnate specification sections.
6 Arrange dividers and items in order they occur in specifications.
C. Required Information
1 Table of contents
2. Consecutive page number in lower right corner of each page
3 All information needed to operate and maintain systems and equipment provided in the
project presented and arranged in a logical manner for efficient use by the Owner's
operating personnel
4 Includes, but not limited to, the following:
a. Equipment manufacturer, make, model number size, etc. Include distributor phone
number, etc as required to obtain replacement parts.
b Equipment nameplate data of major items.
c Description of system configuration and operation, including component
identification and interrelations. A master control schematic drawing will be
required for this purpose
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 01300 PAGE 7
SUBMITTALS
d. Dimensional and performance data for specific unit provided. Extraneous catalog
data must be eliminated.
e. Manufacturer's recommended cleaning methods and materials.
f. Manufacturer's recommended operating instructions as appropriate.
g. Manufacturer's recommended lubrication and servicing data.
h. Complete parts list, including reordering information, recommended spares, and
anticipated useful life (if appropriate)
i. Emergency instructions.
j Inspection procedures.
5 Refer to Divisions 15 and 16 for further requirements for mechanical and electrical
manuals.
D Distribution
1 Prior to bmdmg, submit one preliminary copy to Engineer for approval. Prelmunary copy
shall be complete, except include temporary cover showing intended layout for final
cover and bound edge.
2. Upon approval of preliminary copy prepare and submit to Engineer two final copies of
each manual to be forwarded to Owner
3.9 WARRANTY MANUAL
A. Prepare per Section 01745 Warranty Procedures.
3.10 MISCELLANEOUS SUBMITTALS
A. Maintenance Instruction
1 Completely describe manufacturer's recommended maintenance methods, procedures, and
matenals.
2. Submit one copy to Owner in advance of Owner's use or maintenance of product or
material to preclude incorrect action by Owner
3 Submit one copy in Maintenance and Operation Manual.
B Materials for Maintenance
1 Provide quantities specified in Divisions 2 through 16
2 Deliver to Owner as directed.
3 Colors, patterns, and textures shall match work installed and shall be taken from same run
of stock.
END OF SECTION
SUBMITTAL COVER SHEET /TRANSMITTAL
PROJECT NAME OMC Chiller Replacement PROJECT NO
DATE
SPECIFICATION SECTION SUBMITTAL NO
TO
FROM
SUBCONTRACTOR PHONE
SUPPLIER PHONE
INSTALLER PHONE
MANUFACTURER PHONE
Description of Submittals
COPIES DWG NO REV /RET SUBMITTAL TYPE
Contractors Comments:
I have examined this submittal and certify compliance with requirements of the Contract
Documents.
BY DATE
Description of Deviation from Requirements.
Engineers Comments:
Submittal Review Response Required
o No Exception Taken o Note Markings o Confirm
o Rejected o See Attached o Resubmit
Engineer's review is for general conformance with the design content and Contract
Documents Markings or comments shall not be construed as relieving the Contractor from
compliance with the proejct plans and specifications, nor departures therefrom. The
Contractor remains responsible for details and accuracy for confirming and correlating all
quantities and dimensions, for selecting fabrication processes, for techniques of assembly
and for performing the work in a safe manner
By Date:
Date Approvals Requested Date Submittal Received Date Submittal Returned to
by Contractor Contractor
Form 1046
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1 1 USE OF DOCUMENTS
A. Divisions 0 and 1 apply to the work specified in this section.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. A list of standards is located in Section 01091 Reference Standards.
1.3 DESCRIPTION
A. Work includes.
1 Construction progress schedule
2. Schedule updates and revisions
B Related work specified elsewhere includes.
1 Section 01010 Summary of Work
2. Section 01011 Contract Time and Sequence
3 Section 01026, Payment Procedures
4 Section 01200 Project Meetings
5 Section 01300 Submittals
6. Section 01700 Contract Closeout
7 Divisions 2 through 16, Technical Specifications
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE
A. General
B Prepare per Section 01300 Submittals, and Section 00700 General Conditions.
C Format
SECTION 01310 PAGE 1
PROGRESS SCHEDULE
1 Title 'Construction Progress Schedule
2. Date to be that of original submission with revision date noted for each subsequent
update.
3 Use paper size and production method suitable for updating and reproduction throughout
duration of project.
D Required Information
1 Submit, within 30 days after Notice to Proceed, a time- scaled critical path method (CPM)
network schedule diagram of the project for the entire construction penod.
2. Create, update, and revise all schedules and execute the plan described by the schedule
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 01310 PAGE 2
PROGRESS SCHEDULE
3 Submit imtial schedule to the Owner and Engineer and review as appropriate for meetmg
the scheduling requirements of the contract. The construction schedule shall.
a. Be an "activity -type CPM schedule clearly identifying the activity and time required
for the activity
b Be plotted to a calendar- day -based horizontal time scale divided mto weekly
increments.
I. Distribution
c. Clearly display the specific start and completion date of every activity in the schedule
(basing the plotting of the CPM schedule on a time- scaled calendar shown at the top
of the schedule will fulfill the requirement) and the critical path of activities.
d. Show a logical sequence of the work to be accomplished.
e. Show the order and interdependence of the Contractor's planned activities. Indicate
CPM dummy constraints.
f. Have as many activities as practical broken down such that no individual CPM
activity element is for a duration greater than 21 calendar days.
Identify phases or major areas of construction of the CPM schedule by logically
grouping activities and indicating phase or area in large print.
h. Indicate any required actions of Owner or Engineer affecting progress or completion
date.
g.
1. Be updated as required to stay current with job progress and the relationship to the
final completion date.
j Clearly display the precedence of submittal schedule activities, i.e the nodal pomt
on the construction schedule by which a particular submittal/review /fabrication and
delivery must be accomplished.
k. Display the phases of the project clearly and the effects (if any) of the other
scheduled projects that will occur simultaneously
E. Scheduling Update Requirements
F This schedule shall be updated bi- weekly
G Schedule Revision Requirements
H. When, in the opinion of the Owner with consultation from the Engineer it appears that the
Contractor's work progress is generally not conforming to the representations of the schedule to
such a degree as to significantly reduce the effectiveness of the schedule as a management tool,
the Contractor shall revise the schedule.
1 The revised schedule shall show actual as -built progress for all executed activities and
shall show the scheduling of all future activities.
2 The revised schedule shall be submitted to the Engineer for review as appropriate for
meeting the scheduling requirements of the contract.
3 The Contractor will be allowed 30 calendar days to prepare each schedule update. Delay
beyond this 30 -day period will be cause for withholding progress payments since the
schedule of values for payments is based on the CPM schedule.
J Following imtial submittal to and response by Engineer, print and distribute progress schedule to
Engineer Owner principal subcontractors, suppliers or fabricators, and others with a need to
know the schedule. Post copies in project meetmg rooms and field office Distribute and post
subsequent updated issues to same entities when revisions are made except, delete entities from
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
K. Procedure During Construction
END OF SECTION
SECTION 01310 PAGE 3
PROGRESS SCHEDULE
distribution when they have completed assigned work and are no longer involved in performance
of scheduled work.
L. The Contractor and Owner, with the assistance of the Engineer shall analyze actual construction
progress at each construction progress meeting. If, during the course of the work, changes are of
such nature as to cause resequencing or rescheduling of events from that originally shown, the
Contractor will submit updated and revised CPM reflecting the actual progress of the work.
Should the Contractor fail to meet the scheduled dates shown, the Owner, through the Engineer,
may direct the Contractor to accelerate his efforts in order to complete the project within the
time indicated on the latest approved schedule Such acceleration costs shall be borne by the
Contractor
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 USE OF DOCUMENTS
A. Divisions 0 and 1 apply to the work specified m this section.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. A list of standards is located in Section 01091 Reference Standards.
1.3 DESCRIPTION
A. General
1 Quality control work by Contractor as indicated
2. Inspections and testing by Owner's testing laboratory
B Requirements
1 Comply with Section 00700, General Conditions
2. Comply with Section 01065 Code and Permit Requirements
3 Comply with Section 01630 Product Options and Substitutions
C Related Work Specified Elsewhere
1 Section 01300 Submittals
2. Section 01310, Progress Schedules
D Contract Conditions
SECTION 01400 PAGE 1
QUALITY CONTROL
1 Independent testing agencies, whether employed by the Owner or the Contractor are not
authorized to release, revoke, alter, or enlarge the requirements of the Contract
Documents or to approve or accept any portion of the work.
2. Employment of testmg agencies, by the Contractor or the Owner, shall not relieve the
Contractor of his obligation to perform the work in accordance with the Contract
Documents.
E. Owner's Responsibility for Inspections and Tests
1 The Owner will employ and pay for the services of an independent testing laboratory to
perform the required services which are indicated in this section as the Owner's
responsibihty (if any)
F Contractor's Responsibility for Inspections and Tests
1 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspections and tests required in Division 2
through 16 and not indicated to be the Owner's responsibility
2 The Contractor shall be responsible for and pay the expense of additional inspections and
tests by the Owner's testing laboratory caused by defective work or ill -timed notice
3 The Contractor shall remove and replace defective work at no cost to the Owner
G Code Inspections
1 Inspections and tests specified herein are m addition to those performed by code officials
as required by the applicable codes. Any costs associated with code inspections shall be
included in the contract sum.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
14 SUBMITTALS
SECTION 01400 PAGE 2
QUALITY CONTROL
A. The Contractor shall forward four copies of inspections and tests to the Engineer for his use and
for distribution to the Owner and consultants.
B The Owner's testing laboratory shall forward one copy each of inspections and tests directly to
the Owner, the Engineer, the Engineer's consultants as directed, and the Contractor Additional
copies shall be forwarded to the building official or other authorities as requested.
C. Include the following information m all types of reports.
1 Date of report
2. Project name and number
3 Description of the quality control activity
4 Name, address, and phone number of entity performing activity
5 Date quality control activity was performed
6 Specification section(s) involved
7 Basis for evaluation (test method, etc.)
8 Results or conclusions, mcludmg evaluations and interpretations
9 Title, name, and signature of person performing activity
D Include the following information in all test reports.
1 Locations from which samples were taken, if any
2. Ambient conditions at time of activity
3 Recommendations on retesting, if any
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General Workmanship Standards. Except as specifically defined in individual sections, conform
to the recognized workmanship quality standards (including ANSI standards where applicable)
equal in all respects to best recognized practice of trade Every installer performing a category of
work is required to be
1 Prequalified to the extent of being familiar with the applicable and recognized quality
standards for his/her category of work.
2. Capable of workmanship complying with those standards.
B Industry Standards and Recommendations
1 Applicable standards of construction industry shall be considered a part of the Contract
Documents whether or not referenced.
2. Where industry associations are referenced, their published standards related to work
specified shall be considered a part of the Contract Documents.
3 Industry or manufacturer's recommendations shall be considered mandatory
4 Referenced standards shall take precedence over nonreferenced standards.
5 Unless otherwise mdicated, standards shall be those m effect as of date of Contract
Documents.
C Qualifications for Owner's Testing Laboratory The testing laboratory will be selected by the
Owner and approved by local jurisdiction. The laboratory will meet ASTM E329 -67T standards.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
D Qualifications for Contractor's Testing Laboratory
1 As indicated in individual sections.
SECTION 01400 PAGE 3
QUALITY CONTROL
2. A firm independent from the Contractor's organization.
3 Expenenced in the testing specified and having the capability of conducting satisfactorily
the testing specified without delaying the progress of the work as shown by information
supplied as required by ASTM E699
E. General Testing Laboratory Coordination. Where the Owner has employed a testing agency to
test or inspect a portion of the work and the Contractor also is required to employ a testing
agency for the same or a related element, do not employ the same testing agency unless
otherwise agreed upon in writing by the Owner
F Qualifications of Manufacturers
1 As indicated in individual sections.
2. The term expenenced, unless otherwise indicated, means having 5 years of successful
production of products similar to those to be used on this project.
3 Where qualifications are required to be submitted but no specific qualifications are
specified, use only experienced manufacturers.
4 Manufacturer's field personnel shall be employed directly by the manufacturer and
normally performing the activities specified.
G Testing Equipment: Calibrated at reasonable intervals with devices of an accuracy traceable to
either the National Bureau of Standards (NBS) standards or to accepted values of natural
physical constants.
1.6 COORDINATION WITH OTHER ENTITIES
A. Cooperate with other entities performing quality control activities.
B Provide samples of materials and design criteria as indicated and when requested.
C. Provide other assistance, equipment, tools, and storage facilities as specified.
D If desired, make arrangements with those entities and pay for additional similar or related testing
or inspection required for the Contractor's use or convenience.
17 SCHEDULING
A. Prepare a schedule of quality control activities required.
1 Include activities of the Owner's testing agencies.
2. Provide the following information for each activity
a. Specification section number
b Description of the activity
c Identification of test or inspection methods
d. Enumeration of results required
e. Number of tests required
f. Number and type of samples to be taken, if any
g. Starting time of activity
h. Date work will be ready for the Owner's testing agency access
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
1. Elapsed time required for activity
j Entity responsible
k. Special requirements for activity
SECTION 01400 PAGE 4
QUALITY CONTROL
B Coordinate quality control activities to avoid delay and to avoid the necessity of removing and
replacmg construction to accommodate testing and inspections.
C. Notify the Owner's testing agencies 14 working days prior to commencement or completion of
work which is to be tested or inspected, whichever is applicable.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Provide work of the specified quality Where quality level is not indicated, provide work of
quality customary in similar types of work.
1 Where codes, laws, or regulations require work of higher quality or performance, provide
work complying with those codes, laws, and regulations.
2. Where two or more quality provisions of the Contract Documents conflict, comply with
the most stringent requirement. Where requirements are different but apparently equal,
and where it is uncertain which requirement is most stringent, obtain clarification from the
Engineer before proceeding.
3 Actual quality may exceed the specified quality Venfy that such differences are
acceptable to the Owner (other criteria may make excessive quality undesirable).
B Control products, suppliers, manufacturers, site conditions, installers, and workmanship in such
a manner as to produce work of the specified quality
C. Comply with manufacturers' instructions and recommendations.
1 Keep a record of instructions and recommendations which supplement or conflict with the
manufacturer's written instructions.
2. When manufacturers' instructions and recommendations conflict with the Contract
Documents, obtain clarification from the Engineer before proceeding.
D Use installers who are capable of producing work of the specified quality
E. Perform all quality control activities specified unless indicated to be performed by other entities.
F Perform tests as specified. When results of tests are unsatisfactory make whatever changes or
repairs are necessary and retest.
G Perform inspections as specified. When inspections reveal unsatisfactory work, make whatever
changes or repairs are necessary and reinspect.
3.2 CONTRACTOR'S PREINSTALLATION QUALITY CONTROL
A. Coordination of Work: Well in advance of the installation of every major unit of work which
requires coordination with other work, the Contractor shall ensure that the unit of work can be
installed and function as intended and required in conjunction with other work which has
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 01400 PAGE 5
QUALITY CONTROL
preceded or will follow In event of conflicts, the Contractor shall determine corrective action
required, inform the Engineer, and proceed with Engineer's concurrence
B Inspection of Conditions. The Contractor shall require the installer of each major unit of work to
(1) inspect the substrate to receive the work, (2) inspect the conditions under which the work
will be performed, and (3) report (in writing to the Contractor) unsatisfactory conditions. The
installer shall not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected in a
manner acceptable to him.
C. Notice for Owner's Testing Lab. The Contractor shall notify the Owner's testing laboratory the
structural engineer, and the Engineer not less than 24 hours before work requiring inspection or
testing is started.
3.3 CONTRACTOR'S INSTALLATION QUALITY CONTROL
A. Manufacturer's Instructions. Where installations include manufactured products, the Contractor
shall comply with the manufacturer's applicable instructions and recommendations for
installation. To whatever extent these are more explicit or more stringent than applicable
requirements, indicate in the Contract Documents.
B Inspection. The Contractor shall inspect each item of material or equipment immediately prior to
installation and reject damaged and defective items.
C. Attachments and Connections. Provide attachment and connection devices and methods for
secunng work properly as it is installed, true to line and level, and within recognized industry
tolerances if not otherwise indicated. Allow for expansions and building movements. Provide
uniform joint widths in exposed work, organized for best possible visual effect. Refer
questionable visual effect choices to Engineer for final decision.
D Verify Dimensions. Recheck measurements and dimensions of the work as an integral step of
starting each installation.
E. Conditions for the Work: Install work during conditions of temperature, humidity exposure,
forecasted weather, and status of project completion which will ensure the best possible result
for each unit of work m coordination with the entire work. Isolate each unit of work from
noncompatible work as required to prevent deterioration.
F Closing -in the Work: Coordinate enclosure of work with required inspections and tests so as to
avoid the necessity of uncovering work for that purpose.
G Mounting Heights. Except as otherwise indicated, mount individual units of work at the
industry- recognized standard mounting heights for the applications indicated. Refer
questionable mounting height choices to the Engineer for final decision.
H. Finished Height for Site Items
1 Adjust finished elevations and locations of site items, including fire hydrants, catch basins
and other drains, and light standards, as required for perfect operation on grades per
Engineering site plans.
2. Adjust grades and site items as required or directed to maintain drams at low points and
maintain functional slopes toward all drains.
3.4 RESPONSIBILITIES OF OWNER'S TESTING LABORATORY
A. Provide inspection of work listed below
B Make tests required by applicable building codes and these specifications.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 01400 PAGE 6
QUALITY CONTROL
C Submit written reports of inspections and tests to Superintendent of Buildings, the Engineer and
his structural engmeer, and the Contractor
3.5 SCHEDULE OF TESTS AND INSPECTIONS BY OWNER'S TESTING LABORATORY
A. Soil Compaction
1 Tests and inspections are as specified in Division 2, Sitework.
2. Field density tests and laboratory compaction tests are per ASTM D1556
3 Sieve analysis to include material finer than #2005 sieve size per ASTM C136 and
ASTM D1140 Frequency of tests to be approved.
4 Compaction test per modified AASHO (T180 -57) compaction procedures.
B Metals
1 Reinforcing Steel Inspection
a. Inspector shall inspect all reinforcement for concrete work for size, dimensions,
locations, and proper placement. Inspector shall be present during welding of all
reinforcing steel.
b. Reinforcing steel need not be tested except as shown, however mill certificates or
affidavits will be required and all reinforcing steel shall be tagged for identification at
the jobsite by the inspector
2. Metal Decking
a. Tests. Continuous inspection of all deck welding and stud welding will be made. The
Contractor shall supply samples and test pieces and provide facilities for inspection
without extra charges. The Contractor shall schedule his work so that costs of
inspection to the Owner will be kept to a minimum. The provisions of continuous
inspection by the Owner will not relieve the Contractor from performing the work in
accordance with the Contract Documents.
b Inspection of Steel Welding: Shall be made to ensure that seam welds and puddle
welds are made in accordance with these plans and specifications. Inspection shall
ensure that proper electrodes, current, travel, and speed are used and that no cracks,
serious undercutting, overlap, surface holes, or slag inclusions occur
c. Weld Test: In addition to the required welder qualifications, prior to each welder
starting work on the job and periodically as the inspector determines, each welder
shall perform a weld test to demonstrate to the inspector his ability to produce a
satisfactory weld. The weld test shall be as follows.
(1) Weld at least two samples of deck material to a base steel section simulating
the framing with one weld each sample. Twist the deck sample with respect to
the base until failure occurs. If the decking tears or if the weld on shearing in
torsion show the proper fusion area, the welds are satisfactory
(2) Questionable welding of the permanent decking may be checked by the
inspector by suitable means, including ultrasonic methods if applicable.
3 Structural Steel
a. General
(1) Testing laboratory shall perform inspections and testing of structural steel
work in accordance with this section and as required to certify materials and
installation are in compliance with the Contract Documents and
Section 05120 Structural Steel, and Section 05500 Metal Fabrications.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 01400 PAGE 7
QUALITY CONTROL
(2) Contractor shall notify the testing laboratory at least two weeks in advance of
the mill and shop schedules before the start of any qualification testing or
weldmg.
Corrective measures, including additional and more complete testing which
may result from these tests, shall be by the Contractor at his expense.
(4) Contractor shall furnish the testing laboratory with the following:
(a) Complete set of approved shop and erection drawings and
modifications
(3)
b Unidentified Steel
(3)
(1) Structural steel which is not clearly identified by mill shipping statements and
certified mill reports shall be tested.
(2) Construction manager shall furnish samples for testing 5 percent of the
unidentified steel.
(3)
(b) Mill test reports
(c) Information as to time and place of all rollings and shipment of
matenals to shop
(d) Proper facilities, including scaffoldmg, temporary work platforms,
adequate access to all structural members, etc. for inspection and
testing of the work in the shop and field
(e) Representative sample pieces requested for testing
(f) Each person installing connections shall be assigned an identifying
symbol or mark and all shop and field connections shall be so identified
so that the inspector may refer back to the person making the
connection.
Cost of testing materials and cost of testing shall be paid by construction
manager
c. Plant Inspection
(1) Inspection testing laboratory shall inspect structural steel at the plant before
shipment as well as during erection.
(2) Engineer reserves the right to reject any material at any time before final
acceptance which does not conform to all of the requirements of the Contract
Documents.
d. Shop Inspection
(1) Visually inspect all structural steel elements and components during
fabrication.
(2) Inspect and test shop welds in accordance with requirements for welding
specified in this section.
Check shapes, sizes, classes, and types of steel, high strength and unfurnished
threaded fasteners, and testing and welding materials.
(4) Verify and report all special corrections performed by the fabricator on his
own initiative
(5) Inspect bolted connections in accordance with Section 05120 Structural Steel.
(6) Review reports of inspections performed by the construction manager's testing
agency
e. Field Inspection and Testing
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 01400 PAGE 8
QUALITY CONTROL
(1) Venfy locations and anchorages, inserts, and adjustments.
(2) Visually inspect erection of all structural steel components.
(3) Inspect and test all field welding, including welded studs m accordance with
requirements specified m this section.
(4) Inspect and test all field- bolted connections in accordance with Section 05120
Structural Steel.
(5) Inspect and verify plumbness and tolerances of structural frame for
compliance with AISC "Code of Standard Practice.
(6) Venfy and report all special corrections performed by the fabricator on his
own mihative
f. Welding Requirements
(1) Review all field and shop welding procedures for compliance with AWS
specifications.
(2) Review all shop and field welder certifications.
(3) Visually inspect all welded connections.
(4) Perform magnetic particle testing m accordance with ASTM E709 and at the
discretion of testing agency for all questionable welds.
(5) Ultrasonically test 100 percent of all complete penetration welds m
accordance with AWS D1 1 Section 6, by American Society of Non
Destructive Testing (ANST) level II technicians.
(6) Ultrasomcally test 100 percent of all partial- penetration column splice welds.
Ultrasonic test may ignore defects in first 1/8 inch of root pass.
(7) Visually mspect meal deck welds on a random, 15 percent minimum, basis for
quality of welds.
(8) Review field plug weld certification procedure and welders for this procedure.
(9) Visually mspect all shear stud installation for complete fusion and weld flash
or fillet for a minimum of 90 percent of the circumference.
(10) Conduct standard m -place shear stud testing as outlined in AWS D1 1
g. Bolting Requirements. See Section 05120, Structural Steel.
h. Testing Laboratory Reports. Shall be complete as specified elsewhere in this section
and include the following information.
(1) Adequate description of each weld testing, the identifying mark of the welder
responsible for the weld, a critique of any defects noted by visual inspection or
testing, and a statement regarding the acceptability of the weld tested as
judged by current AWS standards
(2) Survey readings of all columns
(3) Statement indicating final approval of welded and bolted connections
(4) Statement indicating that materials and installation comply with Contract
Documents and specifications applicable to this work.
Weld Testing
(1) Full -time steel shop fabrication inspection shall be provided by a special
inspection who is also a level II or III ultrasonic technician.
(2) Ultrasonic testing shall be performed on 100 percent of the full penetration
welds.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
j
SECTION 01400 PAGE 9
QUALITY CONTROL
4 Testing of Shear Stud Connectors
a. Testing laboratory shall perform inspections of shear stud connectors m accordance
with this section and as required for compliance with Contract Documents.
b Provide verification that shop and field installation of all shear stud connectors is m
accordance with AWS D1 1 Sections 4.29 and 4.30
c Where the rejection rate for any welder exceeds 5 percent, each stud welded by that
welder shall be struck twice by a hammer with a force sufficient to indicate whether
or not a quality weld has been obtained. This hammer test is in addition to the two
stud 30- degree bend test required by Section 4.29
d. Visual inspection shall be done after ferrule removal.
e Check for plumbness, other dimensional requirements, including required stud layout
patterns.
f. When welding is through metal deck, check to see that fusion is complete between
studs and underlying beams.
Certification of stud base qualification by manufacturer per AWS D1 1 Section 4.31
shall be supplied to Owner's testing agency
g.
Ultrasonic Testing
(1) All penetration multi -pass groove welds shall be subject to ultrasonic testing.
(2) All defective welds shall be repaired and retested with ultrasonic equipment.
(3) Initially all multi -pass groove field welds shall be tested at the rate of
100 percent of each mdividual welder, if rejectable defects occur m less than
5 percent of the welds tested. If the rate of rejectable defects increases to
5 percent or more, 100 percent testing shall be re- established until the rate is
reduced to less than 5 percent. The percentage of rejects shall be calculated for
each welder independently
(4) When ultrasonic indications arismg from the weld root can be interpreted as
whether a weld defect or the backing strip itself, the backing strip shall be
removed at the expense of the Contractor and, if no root defect is visible, the
weld shall be re- tested. If no defect is indicated on this re -test and no
significant amount of the base and weld metal have been removed, no further
repair or welding is necessary If a defect is indicated, it shall be repaired at
the Contractor's expense.
(5) The ultrasonic instrumentation shall be calibrated by the technician to evaluate
the quality of the welds in accordance with AWS D1 0 -79
(6) Should defects appear in welds tested, repairs shall be similarly inspected at
the Contractor's expense and at the direction of the Engmeer until satisfactory
performance is assured.
(7) Other methods of inspection (for example. X -ray gamma ray magnetic
particle, or dye penetrant) may be used on welds if the Engineer feels
necessary
3.6 SCHEDULE OF TESTS AND INSPECTIONS BY CONTRACTOR
A. Comply with requirements of this section and Divisions 2 through 16 Provide inspections and
tests required for complete and proper execution of the work, including:
1 Dewatering, Shoring: Inspect for conformance to specifications, Division 2, Sitework.
2 Road Subgrade Provide proof rollmg per Division 2, Sitework.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
D Determine over excavation requirements.
E. Observe proof rolling and compaction of subgrades and fills.
F Provide other field observations as required.
SECTION 01400 PAGE 10
QUALITY CONTROL
3.7 RESPONSIBILITIES OF OWNER'S SOILS ENGINEER
A. A qualified technician shall observe and monitor under the direction of the soils engineer
B Submit wntten reports of observations and test to the building official, the Engineer, the
structural engineer and the Owner
C. Determine bearing stratum for foundations and structural replacement fills.
G Allow sufficient time for testing and evaluation of results before material is needed. The Soils
Engineer shall be sole and final judge of suitability of all materials.
H. Number of tests will be determined by Engineer Materials m question may not be used pending
test results.
I. Soils Engmeer will visually or otherwise examine excavation and embankment areas for bearing
values.
3.8 REPAIR AND PROTECTION BY CONTRACTOR
A. Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged
construction and restore substrates and finishes to eliminate deficiencies, including deficiencies
in visual qualities of exposed finishes. Comply with Section 01045 Cutting and Patching.
B Protect construction exposed by or for quality control service activities and protect repaired
construction.
C. Repair and protection is the Contractor's responsibility regardless of the assignment of
responsibility for inspection, testing, or similar services.
3.9 ADJUSTMENT AND CLEANING
A. Adjust, clean, lubricate, restore marred finishes, and protect newly installed work to ensure that
it will remain without damage or deterioration dunng the remainder of the construction period.
END OF SECTION
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 USE OF DOCUMENTS
A. Divisions 0 and 1 apply to the work specified in this section.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. A list of standards is located in Section 01091 Reference Standards.
1.3 DESCRIPTION
A. Work Includes
1 The temporary construction service facilities of all kinds required to complete the work as
specified herein.
2. Removal of temporary facilities prior to acceptance.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulations
1 Conform with Section 01065 Code and Permit Requirements.
B Precautions
SECTION 01500 PAGE 1
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES
1 Take all necessary precautions for the safety of employees and other personnel on the site
of the work; comply with all applicable provisions of Federal, State, and Municipal Safety
Laws and Building Codes to prevent accidents or injury to persons on, about or adjacent
to the premises where the Work is being done.
1.5 RESPONSIBILITY
A. Unless otherwise specified, the Contractor for the general Contract shall be responsible to
provide and maintain during the construction period the Temporary Facilities named herein.
They shall be located as directed and terminated and removed from the premises prior to the
Final Payment.
PART 2 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION
2.1 FIELD OFFICE BUILDING
A. Provide substantial weathertight office space on the site. Locate where directed. Include one
room of approximately 75 square feet of area with the following features and accessories.
1 Windows arranged so as to overlook the work, if possible, and a door with lock.
2. Shelving, plan, rack, stools, chairs, and plan table located so the orientation of laid -out
plans is the same as actual project, if possible
3 Adequate heat, light, power, and telephone
B Remove building from premises upon completion of the contract, or sooner if directed.
2.2 DUSTPROOF ENCLOSURES
A. Provide dust -proof enclosures sufficient to protect occupied spaces from remodeling work for
the duration of the work.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 01500 PAGE 2
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES
B Take all necessary precautions to prevent the migration of dust and debris into the existing
mechanical system. Any damage to the existing mechanical systems caused by dust or debris will
be repaired by the Contractor immediately at the Contractor's expense.
C. Construct dust -tight barriers within or at the edge of the existing building (depending on the
phase) Survey the existing air duct system and seal appropriate grilles so dust will not be
deposited within or through the system. Dust barriers shall be constructed of non combustible
studs with 5/8' GWB on public side, painted with two coats of paint, color to match adjacent
surfaces or as selected. Extend dust barriers above the finish ceilings to underside of structure
Where passageways must be maintained for the Owner's or Contractor's access, provide
temporary solid core wood door with latching hardware in hollow metal frame. Provide
adhesive sheet floor mats at both sides of door to prevent spread of construction dust to other
areas of the building.
2.3 FIRE PROTECTION
A. Provide fire protection dunng all phases of construction as required by state and local fire
marshals. Existing Life Safety and Fire Protection and Detection systems m occupied portions of
the building shall be maintained.
2.4 PAINTING OF TEMPORARY STRUCTURES
A. Coat temporary structures and barriers with two (2) coats prepared paint, color selected.
2.5 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION SAFETY BARRIERS
Provide 6 -0' high temporary chain link fencing with locked gates around all structures under
construction and around all hazardous conditions caused by construction or excavation. Provide
signage m all principle directions reading: Danger Construction Area Keep Out. Take care
to keep construction safe and free of hazards at all times. Secure the site at the end of each day
Remove all ladders and access to building.
2.6 TEMPORARY TOILETS
A. Provide adequate toilet facilities for all those connected with the work.
B The Owner's facilities may not be used.
2.7 PUBLIC UTILITIES
A. Take care of all pubhc utilities encountered in connection with his work; he shall pay all
expenses therewith. He shall properly support all water, sewer gas, electric, telephone, and other
services and shall immediately notify persons or corporations owning the same granting them the
opportunity to take such precautions as they see fit. The Contractor shall be responsible for all
damage caused by his operations.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 PROTECTION OF PROPERTY AND UTILITIES
A. Fire Watch
1 Conduct operations in a fire -safe manner subject to approval of the Owner or his
authonzed representative
2. Provide and maintain a sufficient number of fire extinguishers of the proper type m
locations readily available in case of a fire.
3 Clear the premises of excessive rubbish and debris.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 01500 PAGE 3
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES
4 Comply with the applicable provisions of the governing fire code which, by reference,
shall be incorporated into these specifications.
5 Immediately correct any deficiencies identified by the Engineer or Owner
6 Where sigmficant or contmued non compliance is noted, the Owner reserves the right to
stop the work, at no extra cost or extension of time, pending remedial action.
B Protection of Existing Utilities
1 If indications of underground utilities of record shown on the drawings are not necessarily
exact or complete, the Contractor shall take the following steps.
a. Notify owner in writing, on each occasion, of intent to work near existing
underground utility services or structures.
b Employ the services of a locator to survey the area with X -ray magnetic or other
detection means and prominently mark the locations of utilities and services.
c. Submit procedure for approval to ensure safe and continuous operation of services.
d. Proceed with sufficient caution to preclude damaging any utilities known or
unknown.
e. In the event unidentified utilities are encountered, notify the Owner immediately
f In the event utilities are damaged during construction, temporary services and/or
repairs must be made immediately to maintain continuity of service at the
Contractor's expense.
2. Include in bid all expenses connected with detection and protection of existing utilities
encountered. Properly protect and support all water, sewer gas, electric, telephone, and
other services.
C. Continuity of Utility Services
1 Continuity of utility services to and within existing buildings shall be reasonably
maintained at all times.
2. Submit a schedule of utility shutdowns within thirty (30) days after the Notice to Proceed.
3 Confirm all requests for utility shutdowns in writing to the Owner not less than two (2)
weeks prior to the proposed date. Requests shall include as a rmmmum the following
information.
a. Utility services affected.
b Reason shutdown is required.
c. Work to be accomplished during the shutdown.
d. Proposed shutdown date and time
e. Duration of the shutdown.
4 The actual time and date of all shutdowns will be subject to approval of the Owner
5 In general, they will be scheduled for nights, weekends, or other low intensity use periods.
6 The duration of all shutdowns shall be held to a reasonable minimum as determined by
the Owner
7 Materials and equipment required for the work to be accomplished during shutdown shall
be complete and available on the job for review by the Owner three (3) days prior to the
shutdown.
8. If the Contractor is not adequately prepared, the shutdown will be canceled and re-
scheduled.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 01500 PAGE 4
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES
9 Only Owner's personnel will shut down and restart utilities.
10 Owner will inspect the installation prior to restarting and will not restart if an unsafe
condition exists.
11 In the event the Contractor's work is not completed during the time scheduled for the
shutdown, the Owner may elect to restart the utilities service. In that event, additional
shutdown requirements shall be re- scheduled in accordance with the preceding
requirements.
12. Restarting shall not be construed as acceptance of the work as complete.
13 Include in the bid all costs associated with utilities shutdowns.
14 The Owner will make no extra payment for overtime work, schedule changes or failure to
complete utilities connections within authorized shutdown periods.
D Fire Alarm Bypass.
1 Obtain a copy of the Fire Alarm Bypass Guidelines from the Owner's Engineering
Department at the beginning of the project, and review the specified procedures with the
appropriate sub contractors.
2. When work requires that the fire alarm system be interrupted, notify the Owner's
Engineering Department and coordinate with the Owner's Security Department as
described in the Fire Alarm Bypass Guidelines.
E. Work During Other Than Normal Working Hours
When work durmg other than normal working hours is to be accomplished, the Owner must be
notified so that the Owner's Security Department may be properly coordinated.
F Cleaning and Protection of Existing Surfaces.
1 Keep public areas adjacent to construction area and along access route to construction
area free of dust and debris. Provide daily cleaning at end of work shift to prevent
accumulation of dust and permanent soiling of finishes.
2. Provide floor protection along route of access to construction area when removing debns
or dehvering materials.
3 Provide protection mats for intenor of elevator cabs that are m route of access to
construction.
3.2 WASTE REMOVAL
A. All refuse and waste material, including excess or unusable earth from excavation, shall be
disposed of by the Contractor off the Owner's property
B Waste material shall not be stockpiled on the Owner's property
C. Immediately clean up any spilled material from buildings, roads, etc.
3.3 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION SERVICE FACILITIES
A. General
1 Provide those temporary construction service facilities, prior to acceptance by Owner, as
required, including all public utility connections, heating systems, and electrical services.
2. All installations shall comply with applicable Federal, State and local codes.
3 All temporary construction service facilities shall be removed by the Contractor prior to
acceptance by the Owner
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
B Temporary Sedimentation Controls (Not Used)
SECTION 01500 PAGE 5
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES
C Temporary Heat
1 Provide temporary heat as required to protect materials and equipment from dampness
and cold.
2. The method of heating is subject to approval of the Engineer
3 The project's permanent heating plant may not be used for temporary heating.
D Electrical Power
A. Intent
1 Furnish a temporary electrical distribution and wiring installation as required to serve all
construction power temporary heating, lighting, and other loads requiring electrical
service. Installation to conform with applicable codes and ordinances and shall be
maintained in a safe and workmanlike manner
2. All costs of transformers, cable, installation, and removal at the completion of the work
shall be paid by the Contractor
3 All temporary equipment shall be installed and maintained m accordance with all
applicable safety regulations and subject to approval by the Owner
E. Temporary Illumination
1 Furnish a temporary illumination system which will provide not less than 10 footcandles
or adequate illumination of building areas as required to maintain a high level of
workmanship for all trades. In addition, provide adequate security and safety lighting for
all stairways, corridors, passageways and other areas as required for pathway lighting
throughout the building. Pathway illumination level shall be a minimum of 2 footcandles.
Provide and maintain security lightmg as appropriate to provide general illumination of
the work area during night time hours.
F Telephone
1 Provide non -coin box telephone connected to nearest city exchange.
2. Install when work is started, maintain until full completion, pay all charges.
3 Allow all those connected with the Work to use, provided they pay for toll calls.
G. Fax
1 Provide in office; pay all charges.
H. Water
1 Water for construction purposes will be furnished by the Contractor
2. All costs of temporary piping, including pressure reducing stations, removal of piping and
restoration of Owner's utilities at the completion of work, shall be paid by the Contractor
3 Piping of temporary water service shall not exceed the capacity of the Owner's system and
shall be limited to 1 1/2 mch pipe size.
4 Provide drinking water from a proven safe source for all those connected with the work.
5 Pipe or transport water in such manner as to keep it clean and fresh.
6. Serve in single service containers or sanitary drinking fountains.
3.4 NOISE CONTROL
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 01500 PAGE 6
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES
1 The purpose of this specification is to keep the level of construction noise inside adjacent
existing buildings and/or rooms from exceeding a dBA 55 curve (with windows closed)
during all occupied hours. The Contractor may meet this criteria by erecting barriers
between equipment and occupied areas.
B Outdoor Vehicle and Internal Combustion Engine Noise
1 Noise level of each piece of equipment shall not be greater than 86 DBA at a distance of
50 feet as measured under noisiest operating conditions. Rubber -tired equipment will be
used whenever possible instead of equipment with metal tracks. Construction traffic shall
be routed through the nearest campus exit, subject to approval of the Owner Mufflers for
stationary engines shall provide hospital area quality of silencing.
C. Indoor Noise
1 Use of noise producing vehicles and equipment within existing buildings is subject to
Owner's approval.
D Air Compressors
1 Equipment with silencing packages. Electric driven preferred.
E. Jack Hammers
1 Use prohibited. Use core drilling or saw cutting equipment whenever possible.
F General
1 Any equipment that can be electrically driven instead of gas or diesel is preferred. If
noise levels on any gear cannot reasonably be brought down to criteria, either that gear
will not be allowed on the job or use times will have to be scheduled subject to approval
of the Owner Conformance to this specification shall be included in the Contract pnce
and no compensation will be allowed for special equipment, overtime, etc. that may be
required.
3.5 VEHICULAR CONTROL
A. Traffic Regulation
1 Prepare a construction traffic plan subject to the Owner's approval.
2. Existing walkways and roadways leading past new work areas shall remain clear and safe
at all times. This shall include access and paths for pedestrian flow
3 Provide carriers, flashing lights, walkways, guard rails, and night lighting as required.
4 The Owner's Security Department will make periodic inspections of adequacy of
pedestrian facilities and violations must be corrected immediately
5 Maintain fire lanes and roadways to exiting buildings continuously as required by the
Owner's Security Department and Fire Depaitinent.
6 Provide qualified flagmen as required by the Owner or the City of Port Angeles to
maintain efficient traffic movement.
B Refer to additional requirements in 01010 Summary of Work and 01011 Contract Time and
Sequence
C On campus parking for the Contractor's vehicles is subject to the limitations imposed by the
Owner
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
3.6 SMOKING
A. Olympic Medical Center is a non smoking environment. Smoking will not be allowed in the
construction area or anywhere withm the hospital. Smoking is only allowed in designated
smoking areas outside the hospital buildings.
3.7 WEAPONS POLICY
END OF SECTION
SECTION 01500 PAGE 7
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES
A. Olympic Medical Center is a weapons -free facility Firearms are not allowed anywhere on the
hospital campus, except those in the possession of recognized city county state, or federal kw
enforcement agents.
1
1
1
1
II
II
I
1
1
1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 USE OF DOCUMENTS
A. Divisions 0 and 1 apply to the work specified m this section.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. A list of standards is located m Section 01091 Reference Standards.
1.3 DESCRIPTION
A. General
1 Administrative and procedural requirements governmg the Contractor's selection of
products for use in the project.
B Requirements
1 Compliance with industry standards and recommendations
2. Product selections and substitutions
3 Warranties
C. Related Requirements Specified Elsewhere
1 Section 01091 Reference Standards
2. Section 01300, Submittals
3 Section 01310 Progress Schedule
4 Section 01400, Quality Control
5 Section 01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls
6. Section 01610 Delivery Storage, and Handling
7 Section 01630 Product Options and Substitutions
8. Section 01745 Warranty Procedures
D Definitions
1.4 SUBMITTALS
1 Definitions used in this section are not intended to change or modify the meaning of other
terms used in the contract documents.
a. Products. Items purchased for incorporation m the work, whether purchased for the
project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term 'product" includes the
terms 'material, equipment, system, and terms of similar intent.
b Named Products. Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or
model designation, indicated in the manufacturer's published product literature, that
is current as of the date of the contract documents.
c Materials. Products that are substantially shaped, cut, worked, mixed, finished,
refined, or otherwise fabricated, processed, or installed to form a part of the work.
d. Equipment: A product with operational parts, whether motorized or manually
operated, that requires service connections such as winng or piping.
A. Comply with Section 01300 Submittals.
SECTION 01600 PAGE 1
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 01600 PAGE 2
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with Section 01400 Quality Control, and Section 01091 Reference Standards.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Comply with Section 01610 Delivery Storage, and Handling.
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Verify conditions at site affecting work to ensure the best and most complete installation per
industry standards.
1.8 SCHEDULING
A. Comply with Section 01310, Construction Progress Schedule
1.9 WARRANTY
A. Comply with Section 01745 Warranty Procedures.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL LIMITATIONS
A. Where possible, provide entire required quantity of each generic product from single source.
Where not possible to do so, match separate procurements as closely as possible.
B To extent selection process is under Contractor's control, provide compatible product.
C Where available and complying with requirements, provide standard products which have been
used previously and successfully m similar applications and which are recommended by the
manufacturers for the applications indicated.
2.2 PRODUCT SELECTIONS
A. General
1 It is the Contractor's responsibility to select products which comply with the contract
documents and which are compatible with one another
a. Verify that electrical characteristics of products are compatible with electrical
systems. Notify Engineer of all discrepancies.
b Where visual matching to an established physical sample is required, the Engineer's
decision will be final.
c. Provide products complete with all accessories, trim, finish, safety guards, and other
devices and details needed for a complete installation and for the intended use and
effect.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 01600 PAGE 3
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
B Single Product Named
1 Provide only the product(s) specified, unless determined with prior approval to be
unavailable, noncompatible with the work, or noncomplying with requirements or
governing regulations.
C. Two or More Products Named
1 Selection from named products is Contractor's option, provided selection complies with
requirements specified.
D Equivalent Products
1 Where specification allows for or equivalent' product, product selection shall be
submitted for review and Engineer's approval during the bidding period per
Section 00100 Instructions to Bidders.
E. Acceptable Manufacturers Named
1 Where a particular manufacturer's product is named, similar products by other named
manufacturers may be used provided they comply with requirements of the contract
documents
F Quality Standard Product Named
1 Where a quality standard product or material is named, the manufacturer's product data
and specifications, as most recently published, are incorporated m the contract
documents.
PART EXECUTION
2. Components of the quality standard product may be referenced in the contract documents
using manufacturer's model or part numbers. The work shall conform, or be equivalent,
to the quality standard product and components as indicated.
3 Identification of a quality standard product is intended to establish quality standard.
Equivalent products by approved manufacturer's are acceptable if approved m addenda.
G Substitutions
1 Products other than those named in this manual shall be only those approved during
bidding penod per Section 00100 Instructions to Bidders.
H. Visual Selection
1 Where specified product requirements include the phrase .as selected from
manufacturer's standard colors, patterns, textures. or a similar phrase, select a product
and manufacturer that complies with other specified requirements. The Engineer will
select the color, pattern, and texture from the product line selected.
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Require installer of each major unit of work to inspect substrate and conditions for installation
and to report (in wasting) unsatisfactory conditions to satisfaction of installer before proceeding.
B Inspect each product immediately before installation and do not install damaged or defective
product.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
3.2 PREPARATION
SECTION 01600 PAGE 4
MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT
A. Prior to starting installation of each major component of the work, hold a premstallation
conference, attended by each entity involved or affected by planned installation. Include
technical representatives of product manufacturers and others recognized as expert o,r otherwise
capable of influencing success of the mstallation. Review significant aspects of requirements for
the work. Record discussion and distribute as plan of action.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. General
1 Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Anchor securely in
place; accurately locate and align with other work. Clean and protect to ensure that
products will be free from damage and deterioration at time of acceptance.
B Nameplates
1 Where needed for operation and maintenance, provide permanent engraved plastic
laminate nameplates on equipment, located in inconspicuous places, and containing
suitable information and operational data.
2. Otherwise, do not allow manufacturer's trademarks or similar labels or nameplates to be
placed on products m locations where exposed to view after installation.
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Comply with Section 01400, Quality Control.
3.5 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Comply with Section 01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls, and Section
01710 Final Cleaning.
B Clean each element of work at time of installation.
C. Provide sufficient maintenance and protection during construction to ensure freedom from
damage and deterioration at time of substantial completion.
END OF SECTION
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
I
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
TBS ENGINEERING SECTION 01610 PAGE 1
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT DELIVERY STORAGE, AND HANDLING
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 USE OF DOCUMENTS
A. Divisions 0 and 1 apply to the work specified in this section.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. A list of standards is located in Section 01091 Reference Standards.
1.3 DESCRIPTION
A. Deliver store, and handle products in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations,
usmg means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, includmg theft.
B Schedule delivery to minimize long -term storage at the site and to prevent overcrowding of
construction spaces.
C. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure nunimum holding tune for items that are
flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to detenoration, theft, and other losses.
D Deliver products to the site in the manufacturer's ongmal sealed container or other packaging
system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and
installing. Labels to include
1 Name of product
2. Name of manufacturer
3 Date of manufacture, where applicable
4 Shelf life, where applicable
5 Quality or grade, where applicable
6. Lot number, where applicable
7 Fire performance characteristics, where applicable
E. Store products at the site in a manner that will facilitate inspection and measurement of quantity
or counting of units.
F Store heavy materials away from the project structure in a manner that will not endanger the
supportmg construction.
G Store products subject to damage by the elements above ground, under cover m a weathertight
enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. Maintain temperature and
humidity within range required by manufacturer's instructions.
END OF SECTION
0111 MIN lilt 11111111 MI SIN MIS MINI SIMI SIM 111111 IMO MN 111/16 IMO alit IMO 'OS
TBS ENGINEERING SECTION 01630 PAGE 1
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT PRODUCT OPTIONS AND
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS SUBSTITUTIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 USE OF DOCUMENTS
A. Divisions 0 and 1 apply to the work specified in this section.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. A list of standards is located m Section 01091 Reference Standards.
1.3 DESCRIPTION
A. General Admuustrative and procedural requirements for handling product options and requests
for substitutions made after award of the contract.
B Requirements
1 Compliance with mdustry standards and recommendations
2. Product selections and substitutions
3 Warranties
C. Related Requirements Specified Elsewhere
1 Section 01091 Reference Standards
2. Section 01300 Submittals
3 Section 01310, Progress Schedule
4 Section 01400 Quality Control
5 Section 01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls
6 Section 01600 Material and Equipment
7 Section 01610 Delivery Storage, and Handhng
8 Section 01745 Warranty Procedures
D Definitions. Definitions used in this section are not intended to change or modify the meaning of
other terms used in the contract documents.
1 Products: Any product, material, or equipment.
2 Substitution: Requests for changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of
construction required by contract documents proposed by the Contractor after award of
the contract. The following are not considered substitutions and are not subject to
requirements specified in this section for substitutions.
a. Substitutions requested by bidders dunng the bidding penod, and accepted prior to
award of contract.
b Revisions to contract documents requested by the Owner or Engineer
c. Specified options of products and construction methods included in contract
documents.
d. The Contractor's determination of and compliance with governing regulations and
orders issued by governing authorities.
TBS ENGINEERING SECTION 01630 PAGE 2
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT PRODUCT OPTIONS AND
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS SUBSTITUTIONS
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Substitution Request Submittal. Request for substitution will be considered if received within
60 days after commencement of the work. Requests received more than 60 days after
commencement of the work may be considered or rejected at the discretion of the Engineer
1 Submit three copies of each request for substitution for consideration. Submit requests in
the form and in accordance with procedures required for change order proposals.
2. Identify the product or the fabncation or installation method to be replaced in each
request. Include related specifications section and drawing numbers. Provide complete
documentation showing compliance with the requirements for substitutions and the
following information, as appropriate:
a. Product data, including drawings and description of products, fabncation, and
installation procedures.
b Samples where applicable or requested.
c A detailed companson of significant qualities of the proposed substitution with those
of the work specified. Significant qualities may include elements such as size, weight,
durability performance, and visual effect.
d. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to
other parts of the work and to construction performed by the Owner and separate
Contractors that will become necessary to accommodate the proposed substitution.
e. A statement indicating the substitution's effect on the Contractor's construction
schedule compared to the schedule without approval of the substitution. Indicate the
effect of the proposed substitution on overall contract time.
f. Cost information, including a proposal of the net change, if any in the contract sum.
g.
Certification by the Contractor that the substitution proposed is equal to or better m
every significant respect to that required by the contract documents, and that it will
perform adequately m the application indicated. Include the Contractor's waiver of
rights to additional payment or time that may subsequently become necessary
because of the failure of the substitution to perform adequately
B Engineer's Action. Within 5 working days of receipt of the request for substitution, the Engineer
will request additional information or documentation necessary for evaluation of the request.
Withm 15 working days of receipt of the request, or 10 working days of receipt of the additional
information or documentation, whichever is later, the Engineer will notify the Contractor of
acceptance or rejection of the proposed substitution. If a decision on use of a proposed substitute
cannot be made or obtained within the time allocated, use the product specified by name.
Acceptance will be in the form of a change order
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with Section 01400 Quality Control, and Section 01091 Reference Standards.
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Comply with Section 01610 Delivery Storage, and Handling.
1 7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Verify conditions at site affecting work to ensure the best and most complete installation per
industry standards.
TBS ENGINEERING SECTION 01630 PAGE 3
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT PRODUCT OPTIONS AND
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS SUBSTITUTIONS
1.8 SCHEDULING
A. Comply with Section 01310 Progress Schedule.
1.9 WARRANTY
A. Comply with Section 01745, Warranty Procedures.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 SUBSTITUTIONS
A. The Contractor's substitution request will be received and considered by the Engineer when one
or more of the following conditions are satisfied, as determined by the Engineer Otherwise,
requests will be returned without action except to record noncompliance with these
requirements.
1 The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided within the contract
time. The request will not be considered if the product or method cannot be provided as a
result of failure to pursue the work promptly or coordinate activities properly
2. The specified product or method of construction cannot receive necessary approval by a
governing authority and the requested substitution can be approved.
3 A substantial advantage is offered the Owner in terms of cost, time, energy conservation,
or other considerations of merit after deducting offsetting responsibilities the Owner may
be required to bear Additional responsibilities for the Owner may include additional
compensation to the Engineer for redesign and evaluation services, increased cost of other
construction by the Owner or separate contractors, and similar considerations.
4 The specified product or method of construction cannot be provided in a manner that is
compatible with other materials and where the Contractor certifies that the substitution
will overcome the incompatibility
5 The specified product or method of construction cannot be coordinated with other
materials and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution can be
coordinated.
PART 3 EXECUTION
Not used.
6 The specified product or method of construction cannot provide a warranty required by
the contract documents and where the Contractor certifies that the proposed substitution
provide the required warranty
B The Contractor's submittal and Engineer's acceptance of shop drawings, product data, or samples
that relate to construction activities not complying with the contract documents does not
constitute an acceptable or valid request for substitution nor does it constitute approval.
END OF SECTION
1
1
SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM
PROJECT Olympic Medical Center
Chiller Replacement Chilled Water
System Modifications
SPECIFICATION SECTION
TO
FROM
SIGNATURE
FIRM
ADDRESS
PHONE
FOR USE BY ENGINEER
(Bidder /Contractor)
PROJECT NO
DATE
PARAGRAPH
PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION
MANUFACTURER
MODEL NO
Attached data includes product description, specifications, drawings, photographs,
performance, and test data adequate for evaluation of the request (applicable portions of the
data are clearly identified).
Attached data also includes description of changes to contract documents which proposed
substitution will require for its proper installation.
The following paragraphs, unless modified on attachments are correct:
The proposed substitution does not affect dimensions shown on drawings.
I /We will pay for changes to the building design, including engineering design,
detailing, and construction costs caused by the requested substitution.
The proposed substitution will have no adverse affect on other trades, the construction
schedule, or specified warranty requirements.
Maintenance and service parts will be locally available for the proposed solution.
I /We state that the function, appearance, and quality of the proposed substitution are
equivalent or superior to the specified item.
Accepted Accepted as Noted Not Accepted Received Too Late
BY DATE
Form 1063
MI XIII 111111 'ill. ION ONE IMO ,1111111 Mall SIN 1110 '11111 11E11 111111111. 'MIR' ONO NMI allli
t
1
1
1
I
1
I
1
1
1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 USE OF DOCUMENTS
A. Divisions 0 and 1 apply to the work specified in this section.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. A list of standards is located in Section 01091 Reference Standards.
1.3 DESCRIPTION
A. This section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project closeout.
B Work includes.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Comply with Section 01300 Submittals.
1.5 SCHEDULING
A. Comply with Section 01310, Construction Progress Schedule.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. Comply with Section 01745 Warranty Procedures.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
1 Substantial completion and punch list procedures
2. Record documents
3 Operating and maintenance instructions
4 Maintenance and operation manuals
5 Warranty manual
6 Warranty list items
7 Final cleanup
8 As -built drawings
9 Final acceptance
3.1 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AND PUNCH LIST PROCEDURE
SECTION 01700 PAGE 1
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
A. Imtiation by Contractor
1 The Contractor shall initiate process of determination for substantial completion.
2. He shall do so by giving written notice to the Engineer that the project is substantially
complete (or portion thereof as previously agreed to with the Owner and Engineer) and
that the building official has granted permission or certification for occupancy
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 01700 PAGE 2
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
B Deficiency List
1 Prior to giving notice of substantial completion, and if it is agreed to be helpful, the
Owner will walk through the project with the Contractor to point out work needing
completion. The hst of such work, to be called the "Deficiency List, will be compiled
and written by the Contractor during the walkthrough.
2. Once the Deficiency List has been corrected, the Contractor may commence with notice
to the Engineer indicating the area is ready for substantial completion.
3 The Deficiency List is not the Punch List.
C. Determination of Substantial Completion
1 Upon written notification by the Contractor the Engineer will review the project (or
parts) and determine whether or not substantial completion can be recommended to the
Owner If the determination cannot be made, the Contractor will be so notified.
2. If the determination can be made, the Engineer will prepare a certificate of substantial
completion for the respective part for the Contractor's signature and the Owner's
acceptance. The Owner will occupy the building or part of the building the day after the
date of substantial completion.
3 Prior to or at the same time of substantial completion, the Contractor will apply and
receive a certificate of occupancy from the inspectors having jurisdiction. This must be a
part of granting the substantial completion certificate.
D Issuance of Punch List
1 Attached to the certificate of substantial completion, the Engineer will provide the punch
list indicating items of work which must be completed prior to final acceptance.
NOTE Final payment and release of retainage will not be granted until all punch list
items are complete. Each punch list item, when completed by the contractor, must
be initialed by the project superintendent prior to resubmission to the Engineer
2. Upon receipt of punch list, with all items initialed as complete, Engineering back -check
will be performed.
3.02 RECORD DOCUMENTS
A. Prepare and provide per Section 01720 Project Record Documents.
3.03 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS
A. General
1 Provide per Divisions 15 and 16 and as follows.
2. Time to be per Section 01011 Contract Time and Sequence, and arranged for Owner's
convenience.
B Required Information
1 Operation instruction period(s) shall be conducted by Contractor for operating personnel.
2. Instructions shall be provided in all phases of operation and maintenance for all systems,
including but not limited to, the following:
a. Startup
b Shutdown
c Emergency operations
d. Noise and vibration adjustments
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
3.04 MAINTENANCE AND OPERATION MANUALS
3.05 WARRANTY MANUAL
3.06 WARRANTY LIST ITEMS
A. Prepare and provide per Section 01745 Warranty Procedures.
3.07 FINAL CLEANUP
A. Comply with Section 01710, Final Cleaning.
3.08 AS BUILT DRAWINGS
A. General
B Format
1 Prepare per Section 00700, General Conditions, and as follows.
2. Submit per Section 01011 Contract Time and Sequence.
4 Make notations clearly legibly Accurately draft changes in the work.
SECTION 01700 PAGE 3
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
e Safety procedures
f. Economy and efficiency adjustments
g. Effective energy utilization
3 Contractor representatives shall be foremen or superintendents for the trade involved or
manufacturer's representatives.
4 Place of the instruction period shall be as mutually agreed to.
A Prepare and provide per Section 01011 Contract Time and Sequence, and Section 01300,
Submittals.
A. Prepare and provide per Section 01011 Contract Time and Sequence, and Section 01745
Warranty Procedures.
1 Contractor shall provide one set of Division M, S, and E field mark -up drawings, along
with scanned images of the same m Adobe pdf format.
2. Contractor shall provide one set of Division M, S, and E drawings of black on white
prints entitled As -built Drawings.
3 In addition to the above, the Contractor shall provide an AutoCad version 2006 computer
file disk copy of Division M, S, and E As -Built drawings. This copy shall be based on the
design drawing files provided by the Engineer, updated by the Contractor to show as -built
information.
C Required Information
1 Significant changes made during construction. Identify source of changes.
2. Significant detail not shown m original Contract Documents.
3 Location of underground utilities and appurtenances as actually installed or encountered,
referenced to permanent surface improvements. Show and locate changes in direction by
dimension and elevation as utilities are actually installed.
4 Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in building structure as actually
installed or encountered, reference to visible and accessible features of the structures.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
D Distribution
3 Engineer will forward accepted submittal to Owner
3.09 FINAL ACCEPTANCE
B Final Acceptance Process
SECTION 01700 PAGE 4
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
1 Submit one copy to Engineer
2. Engineer will return submittal for corrections as necessary two copies are required for
final submittal.
A. Requirements Prior to Final Acceptance
1 Contractor's submission of, and Engineer's acceptance of, all record drawings and as -built
drawings.
2. Submission and approval of warranties.
3 Issuance of final certificate of occupancy and submission of copies of all permits with
signature of inspector indicating final approval, or equivalent, if not already obtained at
time of substantial completion.
4 Final cleanup by the Contractor
5 Execution of all change orders.
6 Completion of all punch list items.
When all items described above have been completed, the following are required.
1 Engineer's recommendation of final acceptance to the Owner
2. Contractor's submission of fmal request for 100 percent payment and payment of
retainage Supporting documents shall include.
a. Affidavit for Payment of Retained Percentage per Section 01026, Payment
Procedures.
b Consent of Surety per Section 01026, Payment Procedures.
c. Contractor's Affidavit of Release of Liens per Section 01026, Payment Procedures.
d. Contractors Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims per Section 01026, Payment
Procedures.
e. State of Washington Department of Revenue Certification, as proscribed in the
agreement between the Owner and the Contractor
f. Affidavit of wages paid m a form acceptable to the Owner Affidavit shall receive
certification from the state of Washington, Department of Labor and Industries, prior
to submission to Owner
1
1
1
1
t 1
1
1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 01700 PAGE 5
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
B Final Payment and Release of Retainage• Final payment and release of retainage shall be in
accordance with the conditions of the contract upon fmal acceptance by the Owner and receipt of
properly prepared invoice vouchers from the Contractor In any case, release of retainage will
not occur until 30 days after fmal acceptance by the Owner
END OF SECTION
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
&.CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 USE OF DOCUMENTS
A. Divisions 0 and 1 apply to the work specified in this section.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. A list of standards is located in Section 01091 Reference Standards.
1.3 DESCRIPTION
A. This section specifies procedural requirements for final cleaning.
B General cleaning during construction is required by Section 00700 General Conditions, and
mcluded m Section 01500 Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls.
C. Cleaning required for specific trades of work is specified in sections pertaining to that trade of
work.
1.4 SUBMITTALS (NOT USED)
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with Section 01400, Quality Control.
1.6 DELIVERY STORAGE, AND HANDLING (NOT USED)
1 7 PROJECT CONDITIONS (NOT USED)
1.8 SCHEDULING
A. Comply with Section 01310 Progress Schedule.
1.9 WARRANTY (NOT USED)
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3 EXECUTION
SECTION 01710 PAGE 1
FINAL CLEANING
3.1 GENERAL
A. Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning.
B Clean each surface or unit to the condition expected in a normal, hospital cleaning and
maintenance program.
C Use only cleaning materials and methods recommended by manufacturer on surface to be
cleaned.
D Materials producing flammable or harmful vapors are deemed not appropriate.
3.2 FINAL CLEANUP
A. Upon completion of all other work under the contract, and prior to final acceptance, the
Contractor shall be responsible for final cleanup of all work under this contract.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
3.3 PEST CONTROL
SECTION 01710 PAGE 2
FINAL CLEANING
B Leave entire project perfectly clean and ready for occupancy All building and fixture surfaces
shall be turned over to the Owner in a new condition, free of all damage, dust, dirt, spots, stains,
encrustations, and other blemishes.
C Perform the following minimum cleaning operations after all trades have completed their work
under this contract:
1 Vacuum entire interior of project.
2. Clean all air ducts and ventilation equipment.
3 Hand dust and clean shelves and cabinets.
4 Remove labels that are not permanent.
5 Clean exposed exterior and interior hard surfaced finishes to a dust -free condition, free of
stains, films, and similar foreign substances.
6 Clean finish floors and floor coverings, wax when so specified.
7 Leave concrete floors broom clean and damp moped to collect dust.
8 Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove
glazing compound and other substances that are noticeable vision obscuring materials.
Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials.
9 Restore reflective surfaces to their original reflective condition.
10 Remove all protective coverings from all accessories furnished or mstalled.
11 Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication and
other substances. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition. Clean light fixtures and
lamps.
12. Clean the site, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, litter, and other foreign
substances. Sweep paved areas broom clean, remove stains, spills, and other foreign
deposits. Rake grounds that are neither paved nor planted to a smooth, even textured
surface
D Contractor shall continue final cleanup as may be required by the punch list or other corrective
work until such work is complete
A. Engage an experienced exterminator to make a final inspection and rid the project of rodents,
insects, and other pests.
3.4 REMOVAL OF PROTECTION
A. Remove temporary protection and facilities installed for protection of the work during
construction.
3.5 COMPLIANCE
A. Comply with regulations of authorities having junsdiction and safety standards for cleaning. Do
not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on the Owner's property Do not
discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste
materials from the site and dispose of in a lawful manner
B Where extra materials of value remaining after completion of associated work have become the
Owner's property arrange for disposition of these materials as directed.
END OF SECTION
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 USE OF DOCUMENTS
A. Divisions 0 and 1 apply to the work specified in this section.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. A list of standards is located in Section 01091 Reference Standards.
1.3 DESCRIPTION
A. This section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for record documents. Record
documents are defined as one set of construction documents kept on site for the purpose of
recording changes to the project and uncovered conditions during the course of construction, as
well as documenting approved products and colors.
B Work mcludes.
1 Record drawings
2. Record specifications
3 Record product data
4 Record sample submittals
5 Miscellaneous record submittals
C Related work specified elsewhere includes.
1 Section 01300 Submittals
2. Section 01700 Contract Closeout
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Comply with Section 01300 Submittals.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with Section 01400 Quality Control.
1.6 DELIVERY STORAGE, AND HANDLING (NOT USED)
1 7 PROJECT CONDITIONS (NOT USED)
1.8 SCHEDULING
A. Comply with Section 01310 Progress Schedule.
1.9 WARRANTY (NOT USED)
PART 2 PRODUCTS
Not used.
SECTION 01720 PAGE 1
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Comply with Section 00700 General Conditions.
SECTION 01720 PAGE 2
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
B Maintain documents in good condition, available at all times for inspection by Engineer and his
consultants.
C. Do not use for construction purposes.
D Protect from deterioration and loss m a secure, fire resistive location.
E. Make notations clearly and legibly Use color or other marking system for contrast.
3.2 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. General
1 Keep records current. Do not permanently conceal any work until required information
has been recorded.
2. Required information includes.
a. Significant changes made during construction. Identify source of change by assigned
ESI, RFI or COP numbers.
b Significant detail not shown in original contract documents.
c. Location of underground utilities and appurtenances as actually installed or
encountered, referenced to permanent surface improvements. Show and locate
changes m direction by dimension and elevation as utilities are actually installed.
d. Location of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed m building structure as
actually mstalled or encountered, referenced to visible and accessible features of the
structures.
B Format: Use one complete set of contract drawings titled 'Project Record Drawings.
C. Distribution
1 Submit one copy to Engineer
2 Engineer will return submittal for corrections as necessary Contractor shall refer to
corrected record drawings when prepanng as -built drawings.
3 Engineer will forward accepted submittal to Owner Contractor shall return corrected
record drawings to Engineer with as -built drawing submittal.
3.3 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS
A. General
B Maintain one complete copy of the Project Manual, including addenda, and one copy of other
written construction documents such as change orders and modifications issued in printed form
during construction. Mark these documents to show substantial variations in actual work
performed in comparison with the text of the specifications and modifications. Give particular
attention to substitutions, selection of options, and similar information on elements that are
concealed or cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observations. Note related
record drawing information and product data.
C Format: Use one Project Manual titled 'Project Record Specifications.
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
D Distribution
1 Submit one copy to Engmeer
2. Engineer will return submittal for corrections as necessary
3 Engineer will forward accepted subnuttal to Owner
3.4 RECORD PRODUCT DATA
A. General
SECTION 01720 PAGE 3
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
B Maintain one copy of each product data submittal. Mark these documents to show significant
variations m actual work performed in comparison with information submitted. Include
variations m products delivered to the site and from the manufacturer's installation instructions
and recommendations. Give particular attention to concealed products and portions of the work,
which cannot otherwise be readily discerned later by direct observation. Note related change
order and markup of record drawings and specifications.
C Format
D Use one set of product data submittals titled Project Record Product Data.
E. Distribution
F Upon completion of markup, submit completed set of record product data to the Engineer for the
Owner's records.
3.5 RECORD SAMPLE SUBMITTAL
A. Immediately prior to the date or dates of substantial completion, the Contractor will meet at the
site with the Engmeer and the Owner's personnel to determine which of the submitted samples
that have been maintained during progress of the work are to be transmitted to the Owner for
record purposes. Comply with delivery to the Owner's sample storage area.
3.6 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS
A. Refer to other specification sections for requirements of miscellaneous record keeping and
submittals in connection with actual performance of the work. Immediately prior to the date or
dates of substantial completion, complete miscellaneous records and place in good order,
properly identified and bound or filed, ready for continued use and reference. Submit to the
Engineer for the Owner's records.
END OF SECTION
1
r
1
1
1
1
1
e 1
1
1
1
a
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 USE OF DOCUMENTS
A. Divisions 0 and 1 apply to the work specified in this section.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. A list of standards is located in Section 01091 Reference Standards.
1.3 DESCRIPTION
A. Requirements
1 Comply with Section 00700, General Conditions.
2. Specific requirements for warranties for the work and products and installations that are
specified to be warranted are mcluded in the individual sections of Divisions 2 through
16
B Definitions
C. Types
SECTION 01745 PAGE 1
WARRANTY PROCEDURES
1 'Guarantee and 'warranty' are used interchangeably and are understood to mean the
same thing See Section 00700 General Conditions, for definition.
2. Standard product warranties are preprinted written warranties published by individual
manufacturers for particular products and are specifically endorsed by the manufacturer to
the Owner
3 'Special warranties are written warranties required by or incorporated in the contract
documents, either to extend time lmuts provided by standard warranties or to provide
greater rights for the Owner
Categories of warranties required for the work include.
1 Special project warranty issued by Contractor and, where required, countersigned by
installer or other recognized entity involved m performance of the work.
2 Specified product warranty issued by a manufacturer or fabncator for compliance with
requirements in contract documents.
3 Coincidental product warranty available on a product incorporated into the work, by
virtue of manufacturer's publication of warranty without regard for application
requirements (nonspecified warranty).
4 Refer to sections of Division 2 through 16 for requirements of specified warranties.
D Disclaimers and Limitations
Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve the Contractor of
the warranty on the work that incorporates the products nor does it relieve suppliers,
manufacturers, and subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with the
Contractor
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
1.4. SUBMITTALS
A. General
B
Format
SECTION 01745 PAGE 2
WARRANTY PROCEDURES
1 Prepare per Section 01300 Submittals, and as follows.
2. The Contractor's wntten warranty shall be submitted to the Engineer on the 'Contractor's
Warranty' form attached to this section or in a similar format.
3 For subcontractor warranties as specified, a warranty by each such subcontractor,
countersigned by the General Contractor shall be submitted to the Engineer on the
'Subcontractor's Warranty' form attached to this section or in a similar format.
1 Bind each manual in a three -ring, heavy -duty vinyl, hardboard cover binder
2. On cover, imprint title 'Warranty Manual' name of project, Owner, Engineer and date
of substantial completion.
3 On bound edge, imprint name of project and owner and date of substantial completion.
4 Pages to be neat, clean sheets, 8 -1/2 by 11 -inch maximum size or accordion foldouts to
same size.
5 Items to be identified with tabbed dividers showing name and number of appropriate
specification sections.
6 Arrange dividers and items in order they occur in specifications.
C. Information Required
1 Table of contents identifying separate warranties by specification section number and
name.
2. Contractor's warranty of the work per contract documents.
3 Warranties, certificates, and bonds for all portions of the work per specifications,
Divisions 1 through 16
4 Certificate of occupancy obtained from appropriate building officials.
D Distribution
1 Submit one preliminary copy to Engineer for approval.
2 Upon approval of preliminary copy prepare and submit two final copies to Engineer -one
for Engmeer and one for Owner
1.5 WARRANTY OBLIGATIONS
A. Restore or remove and replace warranted work to its originally specified condition at such time
during warranty as it does not comply with or fulfill terms of warranty Restore or remove and
replace other work which has been damaged by failure of warranted work or which must be
removed and replaced to gain access to warranted work.
B Except as otherwise indicated or required by governing regulations, warranties do not cover
damage to building contents (other than work of contract) which results from failure of
warranted work.
C. Cost of restoration or removal- and replacement is Contractor's obligation without regard to
whether Owner has already benefited from use of failing work.
TBS ENGINEERING SECTION 01745 PAGE 3
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT WARRANTY PROCEDURES
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
D The Contractor shall warranty for a period of 3 years from the date of substantial completion all
work performed under the provisions of the Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor
1.6 REINSTATEMENT OF WARRANTY
A. Reinstatement of warranty shall be per Article 4.5 of the General Conditions of the Contract.
1 7 OWNER'S RECOURSE
A. Warranties and warranty periods do not diminish implied warranties and do not depnve Owner
of actions, rights, and remedies otherwise available for Contractor's failure to fulfill requirements
of the contract documents. Owner reserves right to reject coincidental product warranties
considered to be conflicting with or detracting from requirements of the contract documents.
PART 2 PRODUCTS (NOT USED)
PART 3 EXECUTION (NOT USED)
END OF SECTION
1
1
1
Date: General Contract Date:
Owner Olympic Medical Center
Address. 939 Caroline Street
Port Angeles, WA 98362
Project: Olympic Medical Center Chiller Replacement Chilled Water System Modifications
(Contractor), the undersigned, warranties for a period of Three
(3) year(s) from the date of Certificate of Substantial Completions, all work performed under the provisions of the
Agreement Between the Owner and Contractor (Contractor) will
remedy any defects appearing during the warranty period which are due to failure, faulty materaals, poor
workmanship, or other nonconformity with or omission from the contract documents.
The following subcontractors perfomed the work or furnished materials subject to warranty
Trade Subcontractor and Address Phone Contact Person
This warranty does not include holding the Contractor responsible for defects caused by abuse, modifications not
executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or wear and tear under normal
usage (per Section 00700 General Conditions)
Contractor.
Address:
Phone:
Contact Person.
Signature:
CONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY
(authorized representative)
Date: General Contract Date:
Owner- Olympic Medical Center
Address: 939 Caroline Street
Port Angeles, WA 98362
Project: Olympic Medical Center Chiller Replacement Chilled Water System Modifications
The General Contractor and the Subcontractor
warranty for a period of three (3) years, as specified in Section
00700, General Conditions of the contract documents, all work performed under the provisions of the Agreement
Between the Owner and the Contractor The undersigned will remedy any defects appearing during the warranty
period which are due to failure, faulty materials, poor workmanship, or other nonconformity with or omission from
the contract documents.
This warranty does not include holding the Contractor responsible for defects caused by abuse, modifications not
executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or wear and tear under normal
usage (per Section 00700, General Conditions)
Trade:
Subcontractor-
Address.
Phone:
Contact Person.
Signature:
Contractor-
Address.
Signature:
SUBCONTRACTOR'S WARRANTY
(authorized representative)
(authorized representative)
TBS ENGINEERING SECTION 15010
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT GENERAL MECHANICAL
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 GENERAL
SECTION 15010
GENERAL MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
1.01 RELATED REQUIREMENTS
A. AIA Document A201 'General conditions of the Contract for Construction with supplements
thereto, special conditions and applicable portions of Division 1 are hereby made a part of this
division of the specifications and shall apply to work under this Division of the specifications.
1.02 WORK INCLUDED
A. The work of Division 15 consists of providing labor and products, and of performing all operations
required for the complete operating installation of all mechanical systems as shown and specified,
in strict accordance with this and all sections of these specifications, applicable drawings, terms,
and conditions of the contract, and all applicable codes and ordinances governing installation of
the various mechanical systems. Coordinate all work fully with the work of other crafts. Provide
all systems complete and in proper operating order This section of Division 15 is a part of all
other sections of Division 15
1.03 DIAGRAMMATIC DRAWINGS
A. Drawings and specifications are complementary each to the other what is shown on one is as
binding as if called for in both.
B The drawings are partly diagrammatic and do not show all offsets m ducts or piping or exact
location of piping, ducts, etc Also, the drawings do not necessarily show m detail all features of
the installation; however, the contractor is to provide a complete and satisfactorily working
installation.
C Refer to details, diagrams and schematics, in addition to all Mechanical Specifications, for detailed
requirements for isolating valves, drain valves, vents, instruments and similar components.
D If there appears to be insufficient space to mstall the mechamcal work as shown, the Engineer shall
be notified prior to proceeding with the work. Failure to comply with this requirement will be
considered sufficient cause to require altering the work, at no additional cost to the contract, as
directed by the Engineer
1.04 CODES, PERMITS, STANDARDS, INSPECTIONS AND FEES
A. All materials furnished and all work installed shall comply with the current versions of the
National Fire Codes of the National Fire Protection Association, National Electrical Code,
International Building Code, International Mechanical Code, International Plumbing Code,
International Fire Code, Federal, State and Local standards, applicable energy codes, with the
requirements of local utility companies, and with the requirements of all governmental agencies
and depai talents having jurisdiction.
B All matenals and equipment for the electrical portion of the mechanical systems shall bear the
approval label, or shall be fisted by the Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc
C. The Contractor shall give all necessary notices, obtain all permits and pay all government sales
taxes, fees and other costs, including utility connections or extensions, in connection with his
work; file all necessary plans, arrange for all necessary inspections, prepare all documents and
obtain all necessary approvals of all governmental depaitnients having jurisdiction, obtain all
required certificates of inspection for his work, and deliver three copies of same before request for
acceptance and final payment for work.
D The Contractor shall include in the work, without extra cost, any labor materials, services,
apparatus, drawings, in order to comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations.
E. Nothing m the Drawings or Specifications shall be construed as directing or permitting work which
is not fully in conformance with Codes and Regulations.
F Where the Drawings or Specifications indicate materials or construction which exceeds the quality
or size required by Codes and Regulations, the provisions of the Drawings or Specifications take
TBS Engineering, Inc 15010 Page 1
TBS ENGINEERING SECTION 15010
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT GENERAL MECHANICAL
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS REQUIREMENTS
precedence over the requirements of the. Codes and Regulations.
G Any variance from code requirements shall be promptly reported to the Engineer No work shall
be installed which is not m accordance with Codes and Regulations.
1.05 REVIEW OF MATERIAL AND EQUIPMENT SUBMITTALS
A. General. Procedures and requirements for submittals are addressed in Division 1 In addition,
comply with specific requirements of the individual sections and as noted herein.
B Submittals. Provide submittals for all products and systems described m Division 15 and shown
on the Drawings to demonstrate compliance with the requirements of the project. Furnish
equipment submittals in the manner described elsewhere in these Specifications. In addition,
include data for review organized as noted below No work shall begin or products ordered until
submittals are approved.
C. Data Required for Review: Mark submittal literature clearly bind 8 -1/2 x 11 literature in three
hole, hard backed, looseleaf binders by individual sets, and include all equipment and material
shown on drawmgs and specified. Submittals not organized and prepared as follows will be
returned to the Contractor for compliance prior to any detailed review Indicate the following:
1 Table of Contents listed by specification index sections.
2 Individual tabs numbered by specification section.
3 Specification reference and/or drawing reference for which literature is submitted.
4 Manufacturer's name and address, and supplier's name, address and telephone number
5 Catalog designation or model number
6 Rough -m data and dimensions.
7 Performance curves and rated capacities.
8 Motor characteristics and wiring diagrams.
9 Operation characteristics.
10 Catalogs, pamphlets, or other documents submitted to describe items on which approval is
being requested shall be specific and identification m catalog, pamphlet, etc. of item
submitted shall be clearly made. Data of a general nature will not be accepted. When
equipment submitted is of a different size or weight, or has different access, service or
installation clearances, than the designed equipment, the equipment submittals shall
clearly note the differences.
11 Wiring diagrams for the specific system operation.
12. Working construction drawings (shop drawings)
D Partial Submittals. If other than a complete submittal is made, the Contractor may make partial
submittals separated into complete specification section classifications. Piece -meal submittals will
be returned without review except for special situations.
E. Submittal review is for general design and arrangement only and does not relieve the Contractor
from any of the requirements of the Contract Documents. Submittals will not be checked for
quantity dimension, fit, or proper technical design of manufactured equipment. Where deviations
of substitute product or system performance have not been specifically noted in the submittal by
the Contractor, provision of a complete and satisfactory working installation is the sole
responsibility of the Contractor
F Equipment Deviations
1 Items of equipment or material designated in the plans or specifications by use of a
specific manufacture and number are so noted to indicate a standard of design and not
necessarily to be restrictive Substituted equipment or materials shall be equivalent in
capacities, pressure drop, point of connection, control compatibility footprint, and
electrical requirements to the equipment used as the basis for the design.
2 Where the Contractor proposes to use an item of equipment other than that specified or
detailed on the drawing which requires any redesign of the structure, partitions,
foundations, pipmg, utility distribution system, wiring or any other part of the mechanical
or electrical design, all such redesign, all new drawings and detailing required therefore,
and all additional construction costs, shall be prepared by the Contractor at his own
expense and approved by the Engineer Drawings shall be prepared and stamped by an
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15010 Page 2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
TBS ENGINEERING SECTION 15010
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT GENERAL MECHANICAL
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS REQUIREMENTS
engineer licensed to practice engineering in the State of Washington.
3 Where such approved deviation requires a different quantity and arrangement of
ductwork, piping, wiring, conduit, and equipment from that specified or indicated on the
drawings, the Contractor shall furnish and install any such equipment, piping, structural
supports, insulation, controllers, motors, starters, electrical winng and conduit, and any
other additional equipment required by the system, at no additional cost to the Contract.
4 If the dimensions or access requirements for equipment submitted differ from equipment
dimensions or access requirements indicated on the drawings the submittals shall be
clearly marked to indicate the differences. The Contractor shall be responsible for
selecting equipment which fits the available space as well as being equivalent to the
specified equipment.
5 All matenals shall be furnished and installed in conformance with Codes and Regulations.
6 All equipment of the same type, such as valves, fittings, fixtures, diffusers, control
components, etc. shall be products of the same manufacturer, used as recommended by
the manufacturer
1.06 SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Shop drawings shall be submitted in accordance with the requirements of Division 1 and as
specified under each Section of the specifications.
B Prepare and submit working construction drawings where required to demonstrate proper planning
for installation and arrangement of all work for specified systems. Drawings shall be drawn to
scale and show dimensions where accuracy of location is necessary for coordination or
communication purposes. Show work of all trades which may be pertinent to proper and accurate
coordination. Provide required shop drawings for all air systems, piping systems, mechanical
rooms, equipment supports, and any product which may be fabricated for the Contractor or by the
Contractor Shop drawings shall be prepared on reproducible paper, all of the same size. 24 x
36' is the preferred drawing size. Scale of drawings shall be as appropriate for the work shown,
with 1/4' =1 -0' the minimum acceptable scale. CAD drawings m AutoCAD 2006 format on a CD
shall be provided for all piping systems.
C. Combined or separate shop drawings shall be prepared, as required, indicating:
1 Location, size, and elevation of all piping systems, seismic bracing, supports, anchors,
valves, cleanouts, and appurtances.
2. Location and elevation of electrical cable trays, large conduits, and electrical equipment
where they may interfere with the mechanical installation.
5 Location, size and elevation of beams, trusses, framing- members, and other general
construction items where they may interfere with the mechanical installation.
D Following completion of preliminary shop drawings, the Contractor and subcontractors shall
review and coordinate the shop drawings, resolve any conflicts and modify the shop drawings.
The completed shop drawings, for submittal to the Engineer, shall represent all elements of the
complete installation, in conformance with the Contract requirements.
E. Review of shop drawings is to confirm compliance with the Contract Documents, and shall not be
considered as a guarantee of measurements of building conditions and conflicts. Where drawings
are reviewed, said review does not mean that the drawings have been checked in detail, said review
does not in any way relieve the Contractor from his responsibility or necessity of furnishing
material or perfommmg work as required by the Contract Drawings and Specifications. The
Contractor shall notify the Engineer of any deviation from requirements of the Contract
Documents.
F Failure of the Contractor to submit drawings in ample time for checking shall not entitle him to an
extension of contract time, and no claim for extension by reason of such default will be allowed.
1.07 SCHEDULE OF VALUES
A. The schedule of Values for Mechamcal work shall be prepared in accordance with Division 1
requirements. The breakdown of Mechanical work shall include the following categories.
Mobilization and Demobilization
TBS Engineermg, Inc. 15010 Page 3
TBS ENGINEERING SECTION 15010
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT GENERAL MECHANICAL
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS REQUIREMENTS
Pipe and Equipment Demolition
Non potable Cold Water Pipe, Fittings, and Insulation materials labor
Chilled Water Distribution Pipe, Fittings, and Insulation materials labor
Condenser Water Pipe, Fittings, and Insulation materials labor
Sewer pipe, Fittings, and tie -in materials labor
Backflow Prevention Devices
Electrical Variable Frequency Devices
Chillers, Cooling Towers, Pumps
Anchors and Supports
Valves
General Construction, Concrete Work, Earthwork
Training, Operation and Maintenance Manuals
As -Built Record Drawings
1.08 ABBREVIATIONS/DEFINITIONS
AGA American Gas Association
AISC Amencan Institute of Steel Construction
AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association
ANSI Amencan National Standards Institute
ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute
ASHRAE Amencan Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air- Conditioning Engineers
ASME Amencan Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials
AWS American Welding Society
AWWA American Water Works Association
CAGI Compressed Air and Gas Institute
CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute
ENG Engineer
F degrees, Fahrenheit
FRP Fiberglass Reinforced Plastic
FM Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation
ICBO International Conference of Building Officials
MSS Manufacturer's Standardization Society
NEMA National Electrical Manufacturer's Association
NEC National Electrical Code
NFPA National Fire Protection
psig pounds per square inch gage pressure
SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association
UL Underwriters Laboratories, Inc
v Volts
wp Working Pressure (psig)
wg Water gage
1.09 SPECIFICATION TERMINOLOGY
A. Streamlining: In many instances, the products, reference standards, and other itemized
specifications have been listed without verbiage. In these cases, it is implied that the Contractor
shall provide the products and perform in accordance with the references listed.
B 'Provide as used m this division of the specifications, means furnish all material, labor sub-
contracts, and appurtenances required, including mark -up, and install to a complete, operating,
finished condition.
C 'Install as used in this division of the specifications, means to set in place and connect, ready for
use and in complete, operating, finished condition, material that has been furnished by other than
the Mechanical Contractor
D 'Rough -in and Connect Only' means provide an appropriate system connection such as supplies
TBS Engineering, Inc 15010 Page 4
TBS ENGINEERING SECTION 15010
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT GENERAL MECHANICAL
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS REQUIREMENTS
with stops, continuous wastes with traps, shut -off valves required, and all piping connections,
testing, etc. for proper operation, and to connect equipment furnished by other than the
Mechamcal Contractor Equipment furnished is received, uncrated, assembled and set in place by
supportmg crafts unless they make prior arrangements to hire the mechanical installer for this
work.
E. Accessible means arranged so that an average size man may complete any service required
without disassembly or damage to the surrounding installation.
F 'Serviceable means arranged so that the component or product in question may be properly
serviced without disassembly destruction, or damage to the surroundmg installation or item being
serviced.
1.10 DEMOLITION
A. Demolition of all existing mechanical work is not specifically noted on the Drawings. The exact
extent of demolition required must be verified by on -site review The scope of demolition required
is as identified on the drawings and as follows:
B Remove all existing piping, including hangers, valves, insulation and fittings, which is not to be re
used.
C. Remove and replace or reinstall all equipment, piping, ductwork and accessones which must be
moved or disassembled in order to accomplish the work shown.
F Install new piping connections, valves, fittings, insulation, and hangers, as necessary on any piping
which is to remain m service, to provide a complete and functional system. Materials shall match
existing materials, where possible, or shall be made compatible with existing materials. Insulation
thickness shall be in accordance with the insulation specified for new piping.
G Where there is any question as to whether materials are to be removed or are to remain, the
Engineer shall be consulted.
H. The Owner has the right to retain ownership of any materials being removed. Other materials shall
be the property of the Contractor, and shall be promptly removed from the site.
I. Maximum precautions shall be taken to provide protection for the existing building and equipment
from damage. Prevent water and dust from entering the existing building.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
NOT USED
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 COOPERATION WITH OTHER TRADES
A. This Contractor shall give full cooperation to other trades and shall furnish in writing to other
contractors, with copies to the Engineer, any information necessary to permit the work of all trades
to be installed satisfactorily with the least possible interference or delay and with maximum
headroom and clearance
B The Contractor shall furnish to other trades, as required, all necessary templates, patterns, setting
plans, and shop details for the proper installation of work and for the purpose of coordinating
adjacent work.
3.02 PROTECTION
A. The Contractor shall protect all work and material from damage by his work or workmen, and shall
be liable for all damage thus caused.
B The Contractor shall be responsible for work and equipment until finally inspected, tested, and
accepted, he shall protect work against theft, injury or damage; and shall carefully store material
and equipment received on site which are not immediately installed. He shall close open ends of
work with temporary covers or plugs during storage and construction to prevent entry of
obstructing material.
3.03 SCAFFOLDING, RIGGING, HOISTING
TBS Engineering, Inc 15010 Page 5
TBS ENGINEERING SECTION 15010
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT GENERAL MECHANICAL
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS REQUIREMENTS
A. The Contractor shall furnish all scaffolding, rigging, hoisting, and services necessary for erection
and delivery into the premises of any equipment and apparatus furnished. Remove same from
premises when no longer required.
3.04 ELECTRICAL WORK
A. Interconnecting wiring between components of Mechanical equipment, when the wiring is not a
part of the power wiring to the equipment, shall be provided by the Mechanical Contractor
3.05 EXCAVATION AND BACKFILING
A. Mechanical Contractor shall do all trench and pit excavation and backfillmg required for
mechanical work inside and outside the building, including repairing of finished surfaces, all
required shoring, bracing, pumping, and all protection for safety of persons and property
Mechanical Contractor shall remove all excess earth from the site, as directed by the Engineer or
to a storage point on the site as directed by the Engmeer. Local or State Safety Codes shall be
strictly observed. In addition, it shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to check theLindicated
elevations of the utilities entering and leaving the building. If such elevations require excavations
lower than the footing levels, the Engineer shall be notified of such conditions and a redesign shall
be made before excavations are commenced. It is also the responsibility of the Contractor to make
the excavations at the minimum required depths in order not to undercut the footings.
3.06 MATERIAL AND WORKMANSHIP
A. All materials and apparatus required for the work shall be new of first -class quality and shall be
furnished, delivered, erected, connected and finished in every detail, and shall be so selected and
arranged as to fit properly into the buildmg spaces. Where no specific kind or quality of material
is given, a first -class standard article as approved by the Engineer shall be furnished.
B The Contractor shall furnish the services of an experienced superintendent, who shall be constantly
in charge of the installation of the work, together with all skilled workmen, fitters, metal workers,
welders, helpers and labor required to unload, transfer, erect, connect -up, adjust, start, operate, and
test each system.
C Unless otherwise specifically indicated on the plans or specifications, all equipment and materials
shall be installed with the approval of the Engineer in accordance with the recommendations of the
manufacturer This includes the performance of such tests as the manufacturer recommends.
3.07 INSTALLATION
A. Cutting and Patching: Keep cutting and patching to a minimum. If required, all patching shall
match existing work. Conform to Division 1
B Measurements. Verify space availability by field measurement prior to submitting shop drawings
for approval.
C. Roughing -In Dimensions: Obtain roughing -in dimensions for equipment from approved shop
drawings or actual equipment measurements.
D Manufacturer's Installation Instructions. Follow manufacturer's written instructions where
furnished. If the details are in conflict with design drawings, notify the Engineer prior to
proceeding with the installation.
E. Accessibility Install all equipment which requires periodic servicing or repairs so it is readily
accessible Otherwise, obtain the Engineer's approval of location.
F Dehvery, Storage, and Handling.
1 Handle, store and protect equipment and materials to prevent damage before and during
installation m accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and as approved by
the Engineer Replace damaged or defective items.
2. Factory finished equipment which is damaged shall be refinished as required to bring the
equipment to a like -new condition m accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.
If, in the opinion of the Engineer the equipment cannot be satisfactorily repaired, the
equipment shall be replaced.
3.08 TESTING AND DEMONSTRATION
TBS Engineering, Inc 15010 Page 6
TBS ENGINEERING SECTION 15010
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT GENERAL MECHANICAL
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS REQUIREMENTS
A. Perform all tests required by Codes and Ordinances. Engineer shall be notified of scheduled
testing. Give sufficient notice before performing such tests.
B Additional tests shall be performed as required m other sections of the specifications.
C. Systems Operation Demonstration. Subject systems to such operating tests as are required to
demonstrate that the equipment installed will operate within the specified limits through normal
ranges and sequences mcludmg simulation of possible abnormal conditions. Operate every device
manually and automatically in accordance with its purpose. If tests do not demonstrate
satisfactory system performance, correct deficiencies and retest systems.
D Operation of Equipment and Systems. Contractor is responsible during all penods of balancing
and testing.
E. Provide all equipment, instruments, personnel and supplies required to conduct all tests.
3.09 AS BUILT DRAWINGS
A. Furnish one set of as -built record drawings to the Engineer in conformance with the requirements
of Division 1 In addition, provide as -built drawings on CD in AutoCAD 2006 format.
B As -built drawings shall show all buried and concealed piping, with dimensions given to permanent,
easily identified building features.
C. As -built drawings shall indicate locations of all valves and other access points.
3.10 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AND MANUALS
A. Prepare three copies of an Operating and Maintenance Manual for all equipment provided under
Division 15 in accordance with Division 1
B Contents.
1 Operating and Maintenance Manuals shall include operating information, maintenance
information, control information, parts lists, filter information when applicable,
lubrication information and exploded view diagrams when applicable
2. Information shall be arranged in an orderly manner, generally in the sequence of the
specifications.
3 An index shall list the contents of each section of the manual, with index tabs matching
the index. The mdex page shall list the name, address, and telephone number of the
mechanical contractor The index page of each section shall list the name, address, and
telephone number of the contractor or subcontractor responsible for the products included
in that section of the manual.
4 The index page shall list the name, address, and telephone number of a 24 -hour seven
day emergency organization, either the contractor or a service organization authorized to
represent the contractor
5 The manuals shall include Testing and Balancing Reports.
C. Manuals shall be provided in high quality three -nng binders. The outside of the binders shall be
printed or stamped with the name of the project, the names of the Owner, Consulting Engineer and
Contractor, and the year the project was completed. The identification shall be permanently
attached, contrasting color to the binder and sized appropriately Plastic tape labels will not be
considered permanent labels.
D Submit one preliminary copy of the manual for review by the Engineer prior to assembling the
final copies. This preliminary copy will be returned, and with any required additions and
corrections, can be used as one of the final copies of the manual.
E. Submit the final manuals before requesting final payment.
3.11 INSTRUCTION PERIODS FOR OWNER'S PERSONNEL
A. Following initial operation of all mechanical equipment and pnor to acceptance of the mechanical
work conduct demonstrations of equipment operation and instruction periods for the Owner's
representatives during the time balancing work is being performed.
B Contractor's representatives, in general, who conduct these instructions and demonstrations shall
be qualified foremen or superintendents acquainted with this project and from the trade involved.
C. Representatives of Owner who will be present at these meetings may include Owners,
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15010 Page 7
TBS ENGINEERING SECTION 15010
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT GENERAL MECHANICAL
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS REQUIREMENTS
Administrative, Operating and maintenance personnel.
D General Description of Instruction Periods. Each period shall include preliminary discussion and
presentation of information from Maintenance Manuals with appropnate references to drawings,
followed by tours of equipment spaces explaining maintenance requirements, access methods,
servicing, and maintenance procedures, temperature settings and available system and equipment
adjustments.
E. Duration of Instruction Periods
Chillers 1 day
Cooling Towers and Water Treatment 1 day
Control Systems 1 day
F Scheduling of Instruction Periods. Notice of Contractor's readiness to conduct such instruction
and demonstration periods shall be given to Owner at least two weeks prior to each instruction
period and agreement reached on the date of each instruction period. Instruction periods shall be
no less than ten days after submittal of the Operating and Mamtenance Manuals to the Owner
3.12 GUARANTEES AND WARRANTIES
A. Submit written copies of all guarantees and warranties prior to requesting final payment.
3.13 COMPLETION OF WORK
A. When requesting final inspection/punch out, give ten days' notice. Submit written certification that
the work has been fully completed in strict accordance with plans and specifications.
3.14 INSPECTION
A. Submit written certification of inspection from the governing building authority stating that all
work has been inspected, accepted and approved as complymg with existing governing ordinances
and codes.
3.15 PROJECT FINALIZATION AND START UP
A. Upon completion of the equipment and systems installation and connections, the Contractor shall
assemble all equipment factory representatives and subcontractors together for system start-up
1 These individuals shall assist in start-up and check out of their systems and shall remain at
the site until the system operation is acceptable and understood to the Owner's
maintenance and/or operation personnel. To provide acceptance of operation and
instruction by the Owner's representative, the Contractor shall prepare a written statement
of acceptance for the Owner's signature.
2. The statement shall be worded similarly to the following:
'I, the Contractor, associated factory representative and subcontractor have started and
operated each system, have proved their normal operating to the Owner's representative,
and have instructed him in the operating and maintenance thereof.
Owner's Representative
Contractor
Date
Date
3 Copies of this acceptance shall be sent to the Engineer and one copy shall be put in each
maintenance manual.
END OF SECTION 15010
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15010 Page 8
1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 15050 BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.1 REQUIREMENTS
A. Provisions of Section 15010 "General Mechanical Requirements apply to this Section.
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Work in this Section includes sleeves, firestoppmg and smokestopping, access doors, coredrillmg, anchors,
electrical connections, and clean -up
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data
1 Beam Attachments
2. Ceiling Hangers
3 Firestopping Materials
4 Access Doors
SECTION 15050
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIAL
AND METHODS
SECTION 15050
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
1 4 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. The publication of the organizations fisted below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced.
1 American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC)
2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
3 American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)
4 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
5 American Welding Society (AWS)
6. Manufacturer's Standardization Society (MSS)
7 National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
8 National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
9 Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA)
10 Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL)
1.5 SERVICEABILITY OF PRODUCTS
A. Furnish all products to provide the proper orientation of serviceable components to access space provided.
B Coordinate installation of piping, ductwork, equipment, system components, and work of other trades to
allow proper servicing of all items requiring periodic maintenance or replacement.
C. Replace or relocate all products incorrectly ordered or installed under this contract, at no additional cost to
the owner to provide proper serviceability
1.6 ACCESSIBILITY OF PRODUCTS
A. Arrange all work to provide access to all serviceable and/or operable products. Lay out work to optimize
net usable access space within confines of space available. Advise the Engineer in a timely manner of
areas where proper access cannot be maintained. Furnish layout drawings to verify this claim, if requested.
B Provide access doors in ceilmgs, walls, floors, etc for access to traps, valves, dampers, automatic devices,
and all serviceable or operable equipment m concealed spaces unless specifically specified under other
divisions of these specifications.
C Access doors may not specifically be shown on the drawings. Coordinate requirements with reflected
ceiling plans. Sizes required are determined by specific component or piece of equipment serviced. Submit
shop drawings showing proposed sizes and locations of access panels.
17 ROUTING
TBS Engineenng, Inc 15050 Page 1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 15050
BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIAL
AND METHODS
A. Route all pipe parallel with building lines, and as high as possible, except where shown otherwise on the
plans.
B Route pipe to clear all doors and other openings and to avoid all other pipes, ducts, light fixtures, etc
C. Conceal all pipe where routed through finished areas, unless authonzed by the Engineer or otherwise
indicated on plans.
FART 2- PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Provide all products new unused, and undamaged, of current standard manufacture, and of latest design and
best quality
B Where more than one type of material is specified, the contractor may choose one type; however only one
type of material may be used in a specific piping system.
2.2 SLEEVES, INSERTS AND FOUNDATIONS
A. Sleeves. Provide galvanized steel pipe with unthreaded ends where piping passes through any slab above
grade. Provide other sleeves of sheet steel. Manufacturer Miracle or Adjus -to- Crete.
B Inserts. Steel or malleable concrete insert, Grinnell figure 281 282, 285 or equivalent.
C. Expansion Shells and Bolts
1 Expansion Shells for Rod Hangers. Phillips self drilling anchors, Gregory 'Bulldog' Omark 'Drill
Anchors" or Fastite shells, in holes drilled in structural concrete.
2. Expansion Bolts for Equipment: USM 'Molly Parabolt' or McCullough 'Kwik Bolt' in holes drilled in
concrete.
B Formed Steel Channels at Slab. 12 -Gage Minimum, 1 3/8 -inch x 1 5/8 -inch minimum cross section size
Unistrut P 3000 B -Line, or Powerstrut.
E. Welding to Building Structural Members. Not allowed except as indicated on the drawings.
F Anchor Bolts. Provide for all equipment; number and size per manufacturer's recommendations or as
shown. In concrete construction, provide galvanized bolts set m the form work before pouring. In building
floors, where equipment bases are cast iron over 18 inches maximum dimension, provide a pipe sleeve
around each bolt to allow for positioning.
2.3 ACCESS DOORS
A. Access Doors Bondenzed steel, 20 -gage doors and 16 -gage frames, with flush screw driver operated cam
latch, fitted with concealed hinges, factory prime coated. Manufacturer shall be Milcor, Elmdor or
equivalent
2.4 WELDING, BRAZING AND SOLDERING
A. Welding materials and procedures shall be in accordance with AWS 249 1
B Solder Lead Free Solder 95 percent tin, 5 percent antimony solder tin copper silver antimony and
nickel, or tin copper and silver ASTM B 32. Workable range of at least 60 degrees F
C. Brazing Alloy Melting temperature 1000 degrees F or higher AWS A5 8
2.5 NOT USED
2.6 FIRESTOPPING AND SMOKESTOPPING
A. Firestopping Manufacturers. Products made by the following manufacturers, provided they comply with
requirements of the contract documents, will be among those considered acceptable
1 3M.
2 Specified Technologies, Inc. (STI) as distributed by Sealant speciahsts.
B Firestopping Materials. Provide penetration seal assemblies whose fire- resistance ratings have been
determined by testing in the configurations required and which have fire- resistance ratings at least as high as
TBS Engineering, Inc 15050 Page 2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
TBS ENGINEERING SECTION 15050
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIAL AND
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS METHODS
that of the fire -rated assembly in which they are to be installed.
C. It is the contractor's responsibility to determine the types of penetrations to be sealed and to select
appropriate firestoppmg assemblies.
D If a tested assembly is not available for a particular penetration configuration, modify the penetration
configuration to suit available assemblies, do not modify assembly configuration except as specifically
stated in the test report or as approved by the authority having jurisdiction.
E. Provide products which.
1 Allow normal expansion and contraction movement of the penetrating item without failure of the
penetration seal.
2. Emit no hazardous, combustible, or irritating by- products dunng installation or curing period.
3 Do not require special tools for installation.
F Smokestopping Materials. Use any gunnable or pourable Joint sealant suitable for the application; use only
fully curing types where accessible m the finished work. Provide products which.
1 Allow normal expansion and contraction movement of the penetrating item without failure of the
penetration seal.
2. Emit no hazardous, combustible, or irritating by- products during installation or curing penod.
3 Do not require special tools for installation.
G Materials
1 Firestop Mortar
a. Specified Technologies Inc SpecSeal Mortar
2. Firestop Sealants and Caulks
a. STI SpecSeal Sealant
b. 3M Firestop Sealant No 2000
c. 3M CP25WB -Caulk
3 Firestop Putty
a. STI SpecSeal Firestop Putty Bars Pads
b 3M MPS -2 Moldable putty Stix Putty Pads
4 Firestop Collars
a. STI SpecSeal Firestop Collars
b 3M PPD Collars
5 Wrap Strips
a. SpecSeal Wrap Strip
b 3M FS -195 Wrap Strip
6. Accessories
a. For mmglDamming materials. Mineral fiberboard or other type recommended by Manufacturer
H. References
1 Fire Resistance Directory Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (UL), 2001
2. UBC Standard No. 7 1 7 5 Fire Tests of Buildmg Construction and Materials, Published in: Uniform
Building Code Standards, International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO), 1988
I. Quality Assurance
1 Testing Requirements. Testing shall have been conducted or witnessed by an independent testing agency
acceptable to governing authorities.
2 Test method. UBC Standard No 7 1 7 5
3 The listing of the assembly to be used in the current edition of one of the following classification guides will
be considered evidence of acceptable testing:
a. Underwriters Laboratories Inc. "Fire Resistance Directory
2.7 CONTROL WIRING
A. Provide all control wiring for controls specified under Division 15
B Extent: Provide wiring as required to provide the operations specified and as recommended by equipment
manufacturers, to serve specified control functions. Provide interlock control wiring between equipment.
Provide wiring for smoke /fire damper control and integration of all equipment associated with this project
with the existing Building Management Control System.
C. Do not install control wiring in power circuit conduit. Do not use magnetic starters and disconnect switches
TBS Engmeering, Inc. 15050 Page 3
TBS ENGINEERING SECTION 15050
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIAL AND
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS METHODS
as junction boxes. Provide auxiliary junction boxes as required. Coordinate location and arrangement of
all control equipment with the Project Officer prior to rough -m. Provide all control wiring m zinc- coated
rigid steel conduit, with conduit fittings at all junction points, connections and outlets.
2.8 MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION AND PAINTING
A. Tag all items of mechanical equipment with engraved nameplates. Nameplates shall be 1/16 -inch
thick, 3 x 5 laminated 3 -ply plastic, center ply white, outer ply black. Form letters by exposing
center ply
B Touch -up paint on factory finished mechanical equipment where finish is damaged, or repaint the entire unit
if pamt damage is extensive. The Engineer shall determine whether repainting is required. Pamt shall
match original factory finish.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 ACCESSIBILITY
A. The Contractor shall be responsible for the sufficiency of the size of shafts and chases, the adequate
clearance in double partitions and hung ceilings for the proper mstallation of his work. He shall cooperate
with all other contractors whose work is in the same space, and shall advise the other contractors of his
requirements. Such spaces and clearances shall, however be kept to the minimum required.
B The Contractor shall locate all equipment which must be serviced, operated, or maintained in fully
accessible positions. Equipment shall include but not be limited to valves, traps, cleanouts, motors,
controllers, switch -gear, and drain points. Minor deviations from drawings may be made to allow for better
accessibility and any change shall be approved.
C. The Contractor shall provide access panels for each concealed valve, control, damper, or other device
requiring service, to coordinate locations for access panels and access doors. Locations of these panels
shall be submitted in sufficient time to be installed m the normal course of work.
3.2 PIPING SLEEVES
A. Provide sleeves for all piping passmg through floors, roofs or walls.
B Size Annular clear space of approximately 114 -inch for bare pipe sleeves, 1/2 inch for caulked sleeves.
Provide insulation and covering continuous through sleeve, except caulked sleeves.
C. Projection Above Floor Wherever piping passes through any floor slab, provide sleeves extending 1 -inch
above fmished floor
D Installation. Set sleeves in place prior to pouring of concrete in new construction, core drill and grout
sleeves in place for unit masonry construction and existing construction. Fasten sleeves to wood forms with
centered lag screws or nails Attach sleeves to metal forms with Kalon type 'U' dnve screws and sheet
metal clips.
E. Sheet Metal Dams. For core drilled, saw cut and formed openings through above grade floor slabs, provide
galvanized sheet metal dams all around opening on top of floor, water -tight soldered or welded
construction, sealed and anchored to floor water tight, minimum 1 inch projection above floor, and 2 inch
flange width on floor or spigot end with 3/16 -inch bead.
3.3 SEALING OF SLEEVES AND PREPARED OPENINGS
A. Seating through Floor Slabs and Firewalls. 3M Fire Barrier cover CP25 or Putty 303 extending full depth
through the wall or floor Provide sheet metal around outside of insulation passing through sleeve before
caulking and sealing. Install in strict accordance with manufacturers instructions.
B For voids or holes to 6 -mch maximum diameter and 4 -inch maximum depth, 3M Fire Barrier Caulk CP25
or Putty 303 may be used. Apply in strict conformance with manufacturer's instructions.
C The annular space between pipe and sleeve or between insulation packet and sleeve does not require sealing
in intenor walls or pipe chase areas which are not designated as fire rated or acoustically rated.
D Penetrations through fire rated concrete floors and walls may be made using UL listed ProSet firestop
penetrators and Proset Firefill fire rated caulking.
TBS Engmeermg, Inc. 15050 Page 4
1
TBS ENGINEERING SECTION 15050
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIAL AND
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS METHODS
3.4 FLASHING REQUIREMENTS
A. Pipes passing through roof or floor waterproofing membranes shall be installed through a 4 -pound lead
flashing or a 16 -ounce copper flashing, each within an integral skirt or flange. Flashing shall be suitably
formed, and the skirt or flange shall extend not less than 6 inches from the pipe and shall be set over the
roof or floor membrane in a solid coating of bituminous cement. The flashing shall extend up the pipe a
minimum of 6 inches.
3.5 EXPANSION SHELLS AND BOLTS
A. Use only where necessary to hang piping or equipment from existing concrete slabs or walls.
3.6 FIRE STOPPING AND SMOKE STOPPING
A. Includes firestopping of all penetrations through fire barriers, including thevoid around pipes, ducts
conduit, and other openings, as required by authorities having junsdiction and where indicated on the
drawings.
B Includes smokestopping of all penetrations through smoke barriers, including voids around pipes, ducts
conduit, and joints between smoke barriers and other construction, and other openings, as required by
authorities having jurisdiction and where indicated on the drawings.
C. Work Not Included. Repairing penetrations made in error and repairing penetrations which are too large to
be sealed by the methods indicated, these are to be repaired using the onginal material of the construction.
D Definitions
1 Fire Barrier Any wall, floor, ceiling, or roof which is indicated as having a fire- resistance rating.
2. Smoke Barrier
a. Any wall, floor, ceiling, or roof which is indicated as being designed to prevent passage of smoke and
gases, may be indicated as smoke barrier, smoke partition, smoke wall, etc.
b. Any penetration through one -hour rated construction (i.e rated comdor enclosures)
E. Install firestopping materials in exact accordance with manufacturer's instructions and the conditions of the
testing; provide all accessory materials required.
F Remove combustible forming materials, unless they are a required component of the tested assembly
G Inspect completed installations for completeness and correct installation.
1 If installed work is to be covered in completed work, inspect and obtain approval prior to covering.
2. Obtain the approval of the authonty having jurisdiction.
H. Clean up excess material adjacent to penetrations promptly use methods and materials approved by the
manufacturers of the penetration seals and of surfaces to be cleaned.
I. Protect installed work during cunng period.
J Protect installed work from damage from construction operations using substantial barriers if necessary
K. Repair damaged materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
3.7 EQUIPMENT AND PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Provide supports for all equipment, piping and ducts as required, including braces for seismic restraint;
these include frames or supports.
B Manufacturer's Instructions All equipment, including ductwork and piping appurtenances, shall be
installed in strict accordance with manufacturer instructions.
C At wall attached fixtures and equipment weighing less than 50 pounds, provide backing plates of at least 1/8
x 10 inch sheet steel or 2 x 10 inch fire retardant treated wood securely built into the structural walls.
Subnut attachment details of heavier equipment for approval.
D Install suspended equipment and duct work as specified in Section 15140
3.8 NOT USED
3.9 ACCESS DOORS
A. Provide access doors as required to gain access to dampers, valves, fans, terminal units, and other
TBS Engineering, Inc 15050 Page 5
TBS ENGINEERING SECTION 15050
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIAL AND
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS METHODS
equipment, requiring periodic inspection, through fmished walls or ceilings. Coordinate with other trades.
B Minimum Size 12 -inch x 12 -inch for hand access, 24 -mch x 24 -mch for man entry
3.10 CORE DRILLING
A. The mechanical drawings will indicate the location of the required core drill this location shall also be
confirmed by the mechanical general contractor
B. The owner will occupy the existing building during the entire construction penod. Cooperate with the
Owner's operations, and notify owner or owner's representative when coring operations are to commence.
C. Provide containment for water debris such that damage to owner s facihties is avoided. Provide a visqueen
containment diaper below the slab to be core drilled to catch the cutting water directing it into a container
for proper disposal. The area below the core drill is occupied by storage shelving, protect this area during
conng operations.
B Remove and dispose of all debris off -site.
3.11 NOT USED
3.12 CONTROL WIRING
A. Install in conformance with current National Electrical Code and all requirements of Division 16.
B Provide and install all temperature control wiring, all equipment control wiring and all interlock wiring.
Control wiring shall be in conduit when so specified in other Sections of the specifications.
3.13 EQUIPMENT READINESS
A. Shippmg blocks and similar restraints shall be removed from equipment.
B Spring mounts, spring hangers, and pipe, duct and equipment supports shall be leveled and adjusted.
3.14 CLEANING
A. The contractor shall remove all waste material, debns and packing materials caused by his work.
B The contractor shall clean all dirt and debris from the inside and the outside of all equipment, ductwork and
piping. Fan equipment, plenums and .other systems shall be vacuum cleaned if extremely dirty if so
directed by the Engineer
END OF SECTION 15050
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15050 Page 6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
SECTION 15060
PIPE AND FITTINGS
SECTION 15060
PIPE AND FITTINGS
1.1 SUMMARY
A. This piping material specification has been prepared to form the basis for selection of material,
fabrication and installation of all piping required for the systems as indicated.
B The completed systems, as specified shall be supplied through a single Contractor who will be
responsible for the fabrication, installation, inspection and testing, so as to provide a complete
system which will perform the required functions.
C. Compliance by the Contractor with this specification does not relieve him of the responsibility for
the supply of a complete piping system of proper design and suitability for the specified
application.
1.2 REFERENCES
A. This section contams references to the following documents. The latest revision of these
references are a part of this section as specified and modified. In case of a conflict between the
requirements of this section, other sections, or the following references, the most stringent
requirements shall apply
1 AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (ANSI)
ANSI A13 1 Scheme for Identification of Piping Systems
ANSI B2 1 Pipe Threads
ANSI B16.5 Steel Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
ANSI B16 10 Face -to -Face and End -to -End Dimensions of Ferrous Valves
ANSI B16 11 Forged Steel Fittings, Socket Welding and Threaded
ANSI B16.21 Nonmetallic Flat Gaskets for Pipe Flanges
ANSI B 16.25 Buttwelding Ends
ANSI B 16.34 Valves Flanged and Buttwelding Ends
2. AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS (ASME)
ASME B31 1 Power Piping
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section 1
3 AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM)
ASTM A53 Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot Dipped,
Zinc Coated, Welded and Seamless
ASTM A74 Standard Specification for Cast Iron Soil Pipe Fittings
ASTM A105 Standard Specification for Forging, Carbon Steel, for Piping
Components
ASTM A106 Standard Specification for Seamless Carbon Steel Pipe for
High Temperature Service
ASTM A193 Standard Specification for Alloy -Steel and Stainless Steel
Bolting Materials
ASTM A194 Standard Specification for Carbon and Alloy Steel Nuts for
Bolting
ASTM A216 Standard Specification for Steel Castings, Carbon, Suitable for
Fusion Welding
ASTM A234 Standard Specification for Piping Fittings of Wrought Carbon
Steel and Alloy Steel for Moderate and Elevated Temperatures
ASTM A 716 Standard Specification for Ductile Iron Sewer Pipe
4 AMERICAN WATER WORKS ASSOCIATION
AWWA C110 Ductile Iron and Grey Iron Fittings, 3 inches through 48 inches
For Water and Other Liquids
AWWA C606 Standard for Grooved and Shouldered Type Joints
5 All State and Local Codes and Standards.
TBS Engmeering, Inc. 15060 Page 1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 15060
PIPE AND FITTINGS
1.3 NOTES PERTAINING TO ALL PIPING
A. Codes and Warranties
1.Basis for Specification: This specification is based on the American Society of Mechanical
Engineers Code For Power Piping, ASME B31 1 Latest Revision unless noted otherwise.
2.Compliance with Specification. All piping and valves shall comply with applicable local, state
or municipal laws and codes. In case of a conflict, the more rigid code, law or specification
shall prevail.
3 Warranty
a.The Contractor shall design all piping system components for a service life of forty
years unless specified otherwise.
b The Contractor shall guarantee that the supplied and installed piping will meet the
requirements specified for the full warranty period as described hereafter
c.The Contractor shall warrant that his product is free from fault in design, workmanship,
and material, and is of satisfactory size and capacity to fulfill satisfactorily the
operating conditions specified. The Contractor shall warrant his products conform to
the latest revision m effect at time of purchase of all applicable codes and standards.
Should any defect in design, material, workmanship, or operating characteristics
develop during the first twelve (12) months of operation, the Contractor shall make all
necessary or desirable alterations, repairs, and replacements of defective equipment to
satisfy this specification at no cost to the Owner
B Design Conditions. Unless otherwise noted, all pressures and temperatures referred to in this
specification represent design conditions.
C Manufacturer Reference Items specified or referenced by manufacturer and figure number are not
intended to exclude equivalent items offered by other manufacturers. Products of reputable
manufacturers and of comparable type, quality and characteristics may be submitted.
D Item Identification
1 Valve Locking Devices. When valves require locking devices, the contractor shall provide
appropriate tagging. Tags for locked open valves shall be stamped 'Lock Open' and painted
green. Tags for locked closed valves shall be stamped 'Lock Close and painted red.
2.System Identification. Pipmg and valves shall be labeled as indicated in specification section
15075 'Mechanical Identification
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 STEEL PIPE
A. Pressure Ratings. Provide pipe, fittings, accessories and all other components with minimum
pressure rating of 150 psig.
B
Pipe. Black or galvanized steel, ASTM A 53 Grade A or B, electric resistance welded or
seamless, standard weight unless otherwise noted.
C Fittings
1 2 Inches and Smaller
a.Threaded. 150 psig black malleable iron, ASME B16 03 and ASTM A 1097
b Welded. 3000 psig forged steel, socket weld.
2 2 1/2 Inches and Larger
a.Provide welded fittings for hot water piping. Provide standard weight, seamless steel,
butt welding, ANSI B16 09 Grade WPB
b Grooved Joint fittings are permitted at Contractor's option for cold water only Provide
the following UL fisted and FM approved couplings and fittings
(1)Couplmgs. ASTM A 536 ductile iron or ASTM A47 malleable iron with
EPDM gaskets with temperature range of 30 to 230 degrees F Victaulic
Style (07 rigid) (77 flexible) or equal of Grinnell or Gustm- Bacon.
(2)Fittings Fittings and tees constructed of ASTM A536 ductile iron, ASTM
A106 carbon steel or ASTM A4 malleable iron. Victaulic, Gnnnell or Gustin-
Bacon.
TBS Engineering, Inc 15060 Page 2
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
1 1/4 3 -1/2
5
SECTION 15060
PIPE AND FITTINGS
3 Fittings for steel drainage piping, ANSI B16.3
D Unions. 150 psig black or galvanized malleable iron, screwed, ASTM A 197 brass seat.
E. Flanges
1 2 Inches and Smaller 125 psig cast iron screwed, ANSI B16 1 and ASTM A 126, Class
B 150 psig forged steel weld neck or slip on, ASME B16.5 and ASTM A 181 Grade I,
150 psig forged steel socket weld, ANSI B16.5 and ASTM A 181 Grade I.
2. 2 1/2 Inches and Larger 150 psig forged steel weld neck or slip on, ASME B16.5 and
ASTM A 181 Grade I. NOTE Flanges facing flat faced cast iron flanges will have flat
face finish.
F Bolting: Machine bolts and nuts, hex head bolts, hexagon nut, ASTM A 307 Grade B dimensions
ANSI B18.2, threads ANSI B1 1
G Gaskets. ANSI B16.21 nonmetallic, 1/16 inch thick; Garlock Style 3000 Crane, Garlock or US
Rubber
H. Joint Compound: Teflon tape.
I. Manufacturers. US Steel, LTV Bethlehem, Laclede, Lone Star, Sawhill, Wheatland or Sharon.
2.02 COPPER PIPE AND TUBE
A. Pressure Ratings. Provide pipe, tubing, fittings, accessories and all other components with
minimum pressure rating of 150 psig.
B Tubing (Pipe) ASTM B88 type K and type L copper water tube, hard drawn.
C. Fittings
1 Wrought copper solder fittings and screwed adapters, ANSI B16.22.
2. Cast bronze solder joint fittings and screwed adapters, ANSI B16 18
D Unions
1 Wrought copper solder joint unions, ANSI B16.22.
2 Cast bronze solder joint fittings, ANSI B16.18
E. Flanges and Flanged Fittmgs. Cast bronze, 125 psig Class, ASME Standards.
F Bolting: Machine bolts and nuts, hex head bolt, hexagon nut, ASTMA 307 Grade B, dimensions
ANSI B 18.2, threads ANSI 131 1
G. Gaskets. ANSI B16.21 nonmetallic 1/16 inch thick. Garlock Style 3000
H. Threaded Joint Compound. Teflon tape.
I. Brazing Alloy Melting temperature 1000 F or higher AWS A5.8.
J Manufacturers. Chase, Anaconda, Revere, Mueller Reading Tube or Bridgeport.
2.03 DIELECTRIC UNIONS AND COUPLINGS
A. Provide at each joint between dissimilar metals
1.2 Inches and Smaller Dielectric unions rated at 250 psig at 180 F conforming to ANSI B16.39
2.2 1/2 Inches and Larger. Dielectric flange fittings conforming to ANSI B16.42 (iron) or ANSI
B16.24 (bronze)
3.Manufacturer• Watts 3000 Series, Epco or equivalent.
2.04 PIPING COMPONENTS
A. Pipe and Tubing
1 Pipe and tubing wall thickness shall be based on design pressure and temperature
conditions. The same shall apply to branch reinforcing.
2. Minimum pipe size shall be 1 inch, except where required for equipment connections
and/or where indicated on drawings. Tubing 1 -inch and smaller shall be used only as
indicated on drawings.
3 The following pipe sizes shall not be used except where required for matching up to
equipment connections or existing piping:
B Valves
1 Valves shall conform to the requirements of the following standards (latest edition),
where applicable.
API RP 526 Flanged Steel Safety Relief Valves
TBS Engineering, Inc 15060 Page 3
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 15060
PIPE AND FITTINGS
ANSI B2.1 Pipe Threads
ANSI B 16.34 Valves Flanged and Buttwelding Ends
ANSI B16.5 Steel Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings
ANSI B16.10 Face -to -Face and End -to -End Dimensions of Ferrous Valves
ANSI B16.25 Buttwelding Ends
ASTM American Society of Testing and Materials Standards
2. Valves shall be as scheduled on the drawings.
3 Control, safety safety-rehef and relief valves shall conform to the requirements specified
for the pipe, flanges, fittings and valves for the pressures and temperatures to which they
may be subjected.
C Fittings
1 Lap joint stub -ends shall have the same facing as specified for flanges in the individual
line classes.
2. When weld fitting thickness is specified to match pipe, fittings of commercially available
weights may be slightly greater than the pipe.
3 Miters, unless otherwise specified, shall be as follows:
45- Degree Turns Two Piece, One Weld
90- Degree Turns Three Piece, Two Weld, 1 1/2 Diameter Radius
a. Miter joints and fabricated pipe bends shall be used only within the limitations
prescribed by ASME B31 1
4 Socketweld fittings shall be used in place of screwed fittings for all underground piping
other than galvanized and ductile iron.
5 Screwed fittmgs may be used for open vent and drain piping downstream of block
valve(s)
D Flanges
1 The bore of weld -neck flanges shall match the pipe I.D
2.Where a 'Special Finish is specified, the gasket contact surface shall have concentric or
continuous spiral grooves, resulting m a roughness height within the range of 125 -200 AARH.
E. Grooved End Couplings.
1 Grooved end flexible -type couplmgs shall be Gustm -Bacon 100, Victaulic Style 77 or equal.
Grooved end rigid -type couplmgs shall be Gustm -bacon 120 Rigi -Grip, Victauhc Style 07 Zero
Flex, or equal. Grooved end flanged coupling adapters shall be either Gustin -Bacon 154
Victauhc Style 741 or equal. Snap joint grooved end couplmgs shall be Gustm -Bacon 115
Victaulic Style 78, or equal. Cut grooves are not permitted on fabricated or lightwall pipe.
Unless otherwise specified, bolts and nuts shall comply with AWWA C606 Gaskets will be
EDPM on all hydronic systems.
F Temporary (Cone) Strainers
1 Temporary cone type strainers shall be placed in the suction lines of all pumps prior to
start-up of new piping systems.
2. Temporary strainers shall be manufactured from steel plate with 1/8 inch perforated holes.
3 Plate material shall be suitable for the intended service.
4 Open area of cone shall be equal to or greater than 150 percent of the pipe flow area.
5 These strainers shall be removed by the Contractor after a minimum of 4 hours operation.
G Gaskets. Gaskets shall be asbestos free and conform to the requirements of ANSI B16.5 for each
pressure temperature rating class. Gasket material shall be suitable for the specified service.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Headroom
1.Mamtain the maximum possible headroom. Employ careful planning and proper fittings to give
the best results coordinated with all other trades. If excessive space is taken, remove and replace
the work m a proper manner
2.In ways of egress, pedestrian walkways, etc. maintain a minimum headroom of 6'8 from the
floor to the bottom of an obstruction.
B Diagram: Diagrams showing pipe connections are schematic only Do not use for calculatmg
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15060 Page 4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 15060
PIPE AND FITTINGS
piping lengths or numbers and types of fittings.
C Connections to Equipment, Control Valves, Globe Valves, and Balancmg Valves. Provide umons
or flanges to allow local disassembly
3.02 INSTALLATION OF PIPING AND VALVES
A. General
1.Install all pipmg promptly capping or plugging all open ends and making pipe generally level
and plumb, free from traps, and in a manner to conserve space for other work.
2.Inspect each piece of pipe, tubmg, fittings, and equipment for defects and obstructions, promptly
remove all defective material from the jobsite.
3.Install pipes to clear all beams and obstructions, do not cut into or reduce the size of load
carrying members.
4 Use long radius elbows wherever possible.
5.Install all piping m accordance with ASME B31.9 'Building Services Piping" and as specified
herein.
B Location of Pipe Pipmg layout as shown is diagrammatic indicating general arrangement.
Determine measurements at jobsite, accurately cutting pipe to suit. Piping shall be installed so as
to allow for expansion and contraction. Locate piping to avoid interference with building
structural members, equipment, and building openings, provide access for operation, service,
disconnection, removal and replacement of valves, fixtures, and equipment. Within buildings,
conceal all piping m walls and above ceiling except where indicated to remain exposed.
C. Cleaning: Clean interior of piping before making joints and placmg in position by blowing clean
with steam or compressed air Maintain cleanliness of piping throughout installation, provide caps
or plugs on open ends of cleaned piping.
D Umons and Fittings. Provide unions or flanges at valves, fixtures and equipment if a means of
disconnection is not otherwise provided. Provide reducing fittings for all changes m pipe size;
bushings are not acceptable Use fittings for all changes in direction of pipmg.
E. Routing: Run parallel to column lines and perpendicular to the floor unless shown otherwise on
drawings.
F Leaks. Correct immediately using new materials; leak sealing compounds not permitted.
G Valve Installation.
1.Install all gate valves and globe valves with stems horizontal or above horizontal.
2.Install all ball valves such that handle is accessible and will turn 90 degrees with no obstacle
3.All valves shall be accessible.
H. Concealed Piping: Install all piping as concealed work in all finished areas, unless indicated
otherwise. Do not cover up or enclose work until properly and completely inspected and reviewed.
Should work be covered up or enclosed prior to inspections and reviews, uncover work as
required an, after completely inspected and reviewed, make repairs and replacements with
materials as necessary and at no additional cost to Owner
Dielectric Umons. Provide dielectric unions or flanges at each joint between dissimilar metals,
except that bronze valves and fittings may be used without dielectric couplings for ferrous -to-
ferrous or non ferrous -to- non ferrous connections.
J Slope and Connections. Pitch hydronic water piping mains not less than one inch in 40'0' up in
direction of flow Connect branches to upfeed risers to top of main at 45 degree angle pitch down
to main. Connect branches to downfeed risers to bottom of main at 45 degree angle and pitch
down to riser Branches shall have at least 3 elbows between mains and risers to allow for
expansion and contraction. Piping between elbows on branches shall be minimum 2'0' long.
Risers shall be straight and plumb Install eccentric reducers approximately 3'0' beyond last
branch where main changes size to avoid trapping air in main
3.03 JOINTS
A. Screwed
1 Conform threads of iron and steel pipes, fittmgs and couplings conforming to ANSI
B31 1
2. Produce sufficient lengths of perfect threads to insure full metal -to -metal contacts when
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15060 Page 5
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 15060
PIPE AND FITTINGS
screwed home in fittings, countersink, ream and clean ends of pipes of chips and burrs
after threading.
3 Make up full connections with not more than three full threads exposed, by such method
that will not subject pipes or fittings to twisting or cross strains, lubricate male threads
only with thread lubricant.
B Brazed and Soldered. Cut ends square and remove all fins and burrs. Replace all dents and
damaged tubing with new tubing. Remove all grease and oil from all joints by wiping with clean
cloth saturated with a suitable chemical solvent and then clean with emery cloth. After cleaning
apply non corrosive flux, apply heat and solder and hold joint rigidly until solder has hardened.
Wipe excess solder from extenor of joint before hardening. Before soldering, remove stems and
washers of solder joint valves.
C Welded Branch connections may be made as follows.
1 Straight Tees. Use welding tees
2. Branch One Size Smaller than Main. Use reducing tees
3 Branch Two or More Sized Smaller than Main. Use weldolets, thredolets or sockolets as
required
D Grooved Joint Couplings
1 Check pipe to be certain it is sufficiently free of indentations, projections, grooves, weld
seams, or roll marks on the exterior of the pipe over the entire gasket seating area to
assure a leak -tight seat for the gasket. Check that pipe ends are square cut and that
penetration is in accordance with Victaulic or equivalent manufacturer's standards.
2. Provide gaskets of the central cavity pressure responsive design. Gasket style and grade
shall be checked to be certam gasket supplied is suited for the intended service
3 Provide lubrication for proper coupling/fitting assembly as follows.
a.Lubricate gasket exterior including the lips and/or pipe ends and housing mteriors, to
prevent pinching the gasket and for proper gasket seatmg and alignment during
installation.
b.Use Victaulic lubricant for installation. Other compatible materials such as silicone and
others may be used, however, petroleum based lubncants must not be used on Grade
'E or 'M' gaskets.
c.Apply a thin, uniform coat of lubricant as follows.
(1)Brush lubncant on the gasket lips (ID) and the entire exterior of the gasket.
(2)Brush lubncant on the pipe ends around the entire pipe circumference and
inside the coupling housing.
3.04 WELDING OF PIPING
A. All welding shall be in accordance with ASME B31.9 per Section 15052
3.05 FLUSHING OF PIPING
A. Flush all piping after fabrication and pnor to connecting into the existing systems and prior to
pressure tests.
B Remove strainer screens during flushing except those protecting control equipment. Clean the
screens protecting control equipment during fluslung if necessary and after flushing is completed.
C Submit a complete report of the flushing and chemical treatment procedures to the Engmeer
3.06 TESTING OF PIPING
A. General
1 Test all piping systems and connected equipment. Test after the fines have been cleaned
and prior to insulation.
2 Isolate from existing systems by the closest valve or valves to the existing system.
3 Furnish all test equipment. Install a calibrated test pressure gage m the system being
tested.
4 Prior to testing, remove or valve -off gages, traps and other apparatus which may be
damaged by testing.
5 Make test in presence of the Engineer
TBS Engineermg, Inc. 15060 Page 6
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 15060
PIPE AND FITTINGS
6 Rectify all defects which develop during testing and retest until approved at no additional
charge to the Owner
B Test Requirements
1 Pressure. 1 1/2 times design working pressure or 150 psig, whichever is greater
2 Time: Hold pressure to inspect all points and connections.
3 Test all joints m air- tested systems by brushing with a soapy water solution.
4 Water test all piping except instrument air and natural gas piping. Water shall be less than
100 F
3.07 GENERAL PIPING CONSTRUCTION
1 Leaks. Correct immediately using new materials, leak sealing compounds not permitted.
2. Air Vents.
a. Manual: Provide valved vents at high points of all systems.
b. Manual. Provide valved vents for relief of air during filling
A. Valves
1 Valves shall not be installed with stems below the horizontal.
2. Install chain wheel operators for all valves installed more than eight (8) feet above the
floor
3 Where practical, a valve shall be installed directly against equipment nozzles.
4 Where hand shut -off valves are placed between a relief valve and the protected piping or
equipment, the hand valve shalibe locked in the open position.
B Fittings
5 Street ells shall not be used.
6 Bushings shall not be used except where indicated in individual line classes and on
drawings.
7 Unions shall be installed at the low pressure side of socketweld and screwed block valves
where allowed.
H. Flanges
1 Flat Faced Flanges shall be installed against flat faced cast iron valves and equipment.
Raised faced flanges are acceptable for mating with forged steel flat faced flanges.
2. Slip -on flanges, when required, shall be welded inside and outside. There shall be a
distance from the face of the flange to the pipe end equal to the pipe wall thickness plus
1/8 -inch. The seal weld shall be applied so that the flange face will be free of weld
splatter and shall not require refacing.
3 Flange bolt holes shall be orientated as follows, unless otherwise noted on drawings or
required by equipment:
a. Flange Face in the vertical plane Bolt holes shall straddle vertical centerline
b Flange Face in horizontal plane Bolt holes shall straddle north south
centerlines.
Non pressure Attachments
1 Welding of pipe supports, brackets or anchors to pipe shall be in accordance with the
provided design details.
2. Pipe insulation shoes which are field welded to pipe shall, unless noted otherwise, be
centered over pipe supports in the cold position. Shoes shall preferably be located and
attached after the line is installed. Shoes attached to stress- relieved lines shall be attached
prior to heat treatment.
3.08 PIPING PRESSURE TESTING
A. General
1 The pressure testing requirements defined herein apply to all pipmg systems.
2. Testing shall be preformed by the Contractor on all piping after erection but before
application of insulation. Furnish all necessary equipment and material and make all taps
in the pipe, as required.
3 Hydrostatic test pressure shall be 1.5 times the design pressure as indicated
in the line list. This pressure shall be held for a minimum of 60 minutes.
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15060 Page 7
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 15060
PIPE AND FITTINGS
B Test Procedures.
1 Two pressure gauges shall be installed for each testing system; installed as close as
possible to the low point of the piping system.
2. Calibration records for gauges used for testing shall be subnutted to the Owner
3 All Vents and other connections that can serve as vents shall be open during filling so that
all air is vented prior to applying test pressure to a system.
4 If the maximum operating conditions of piping attached to a vessel are the same as those
of the vessel, the piping and the vessel may be tested together If the vessel has different
maximum operating conditions, it must be isolated and tested separately
5 Examination for leakage shall be made at all joints and connections. The piping system
shall show no visual evidence of weeping or leaking. Any visible leakage shall be
corrected at the Contractor's expense.
6. If the pressure falls after the pressurizing source is shut off, the source of pressure loss
must be determined and corrected. The system must be able to hold the test pressure for
the test duration specified without any detectable loss.
7 If the ambient air temperature is less than 40 degrees Fahrenheit (F) at the time of
pressure testing, the test medium must be heated as required to achieve the following
temperatures when filling is complete:
a. 70 degrees F minimum for pipe wall thickness one inch or less.
b 100 degrees F minimum for pipe wall thickness greater than one inch.
8 Piping designed for vapor or gas which is to be hydrostatically tested shall be provided
with additional temporary supports, if necessary to support the weight of the test liquid.
C. Special Requirements for Gaseous Pipe Testing
1 The Contractor shall recognize the hazards associated with compressible fluid testing and
shall take all necessary precautions to protect all personnel. All piping to be tested shall
be secured to prevent damage to adjacent piping and equipment m the event of a joint
failure. Any instruments or devices that could be damaged by the test shall be removed
from the piping or suitably isolated prior to applying the test.
2. A preliminary pneumatic test not to exceed 25 psig shall be applied to the piping system
prior to final leak testing as a means of locating major leaks. Examination for leakage,
detected by soap bubbles, shall be made at all joints and connections. After all visible
leaks have been corrected, the pressure m the system shall gradually be increased to not
more than one -half of the test pressure, after which the pressure shall be increased in steps
of approximately one -tenth of the test pressure until a test pressure equal to 120% of the
Design Pressure is reached. This pressure shall be held for a muumum of 10 minutes.
The piping system, exclusive of possible localized instances at pump or valve packing,
shall show no evidence of leakage. Any visible leakage shall be corrected at the
Contractor's expense.
D Testing Media Requirements.
1 Clean, fresh city water shall be used for hydrostatic testing.
2. Oil free clean dry air shall be used for gaseous testing.
2. After hydrostatic testing, all water shall be drained immediately Care shall be taken not
to pull a vacuum during draining open all vents.
E. Test Repairs.
1 Materials such as gaskets, bolting, etc damaged during tests and flushing shall be
replaced.
2. New gaskets shall be used each time a flanged joint is made up.
3 Any welded joint that is defective shall be repaired in accordance with the applicable
requirements. Repaired components shall be reexamined by the original method to
determine freedom from defects, and all repaired joints shall be retested. Costs for such
repair shall be the responsibility of the Contractor
END OF SECTION 15060
TBS Engineering, Inc 15060 Page 8
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
t
1
1
1
1
1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
SECTION 15075
MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Work includes identifying valves, piping and equipment components of the mechanical systems to
indicate their function and system served.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
SECTION 15075
MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following:
1 Valve Tag Directory. Submit for approval prior to fabrication of valve tags.
2. Equipment Nameplate Directory Subnut for approval pnor to fabrication of labels.
3 Operation and Maintenance Data. Include a copy of valve tag and equipment nameplate
directones in the as constructed data file and each set of Operation and Maintenance
manuals.
2.01 VALVE IDENTIFICATION
A. Valve Tags.
1 General. Identify valves with metal tags, legends to be stamped or embossed. It shall
indicate the function of the valve and its normal operating position, i.e
V 28 (VALVE NUMBER)
HW 180 (CONTENT OF PIPE)
ISOLATION (VALVE FUNCTION)
NO (NORMAL OPERATION POSITION)
2. Size. Valve tags 2 -inch diameter with 1/4 -inch high letters.
3 Material. Use 0 050 or 0 064 -inch brass tags.
4 Automatic valves and regulating valves. Use 1/16 -inch thick lammated 3 -ply plastic,
center ply white, outer ply red, 'lamicoid or equal. Form letters by exposing center ply
5 Existing buildings and systems. Contact the Hospital for coordination with existing
building tagging system and supplementary information required for any specific system
before valve tagging begins.
B Valve Tag Directory Include tag number location, exposed or concealed, service, valve size,
valve manufacturer, valve model number, tag material, and normal operating position of valve
2.2 PIPING MARKERS
A. Acceptable Manufacturers
1 W H. Brady Seton, Marking Systems, Inc (MSI), or equal.
B Pipes shall be labeled with all vinyl, self sticking labels or letters. For pipe covering sizes up to
and including 3/4 -inch outside diameter select labels with 1/2 -inch letters. For sizes from 3/4 to
2 inch outside diameter, 3/4 -inch letters, above 2- inches outside diameter 2 inch letters. The pipe
markers shall be identified and color coded as follows with black directional arrows.
BACKGROUND
SERVICE PIPE MARKER COLOR
Domestic CW `Dom CW' Green
Chilled Water `CHW' Yellow
Condenser Water `CW' Yellow
Non Potable Cold Water `NPCW' Yellow
CW Blowdown `CWBD' Yellow
C. Provide directional arrow applied adjacent to pipe marker indicating direction of flow
D Provide custom marker labels for all piping for which no standard manufactured marker is
available. Submit sample for approval.
PART 3 EXECUTION
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15075 Page 1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 15075
MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION
3.1 VALVE IDENTIFICATION
A. Valve Tags.
1 Attach to valve with a brass chain.
2. Valve tag numbers shall be continuous throughout the system.
B Valve Tag Directory Post final copy in the as constructed data file and in each copy of the
Operation and Maintenance Manual.
3.2 PIPING MARKERS
A. Unless recommendations of ANSI Al3 1 1981 are more stringent, apply labels or letters after
completion of pipe cleanmg, msulation, painting, or other similar work, as follows.
1 Every 20 feet along continuous exposed lines.
2. Every 10 feet along continuous concealed lines.
3 Adjacent to each valve and stubout for future.
4 Where pipe passes through a wall, into and out of concealed spaces.
5 On each riser
6 On each leg of a 'T
7 Locate conspicuously where visible
B Further apply labels or letters to lower quarters of the pipe on horizontal runs where view is not
obstructed or on the upper quarters when pipe is normally viewed from above. Apply arrow labels
indicating direction of flow Arrows to be the same colors and sizes as identification labels.
C Spray a protective coating of clear epoxy over markers and arrows in corrosive atmosphere areas.
D Install tags on specialty gas piping with brass chain.
3.3 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION
A. Nameplates. Attach to prominent area of equipment, either with sheet metal screws, brass chain,
or contact cement as applicable.
B Nameplate Directory Post fmal copy m the as constructed data file and in each copy of the
Operation and Mamtenance Manual.
END OF SECTION 15075
TBS Engineering, Inc 15075 Page 2
t 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
1 4 SEISMIC ZONE
A. This project is located in Seismic Zone 3
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings.
1 Ceiling hanger attachments
2 Rooftop pipe supports
B Product Data.
1 Structural attachments
2. Vibration mounts and hangers
3 Seismic restraints
PART 2 PRODUCTS
SECTION 15140
MECHANICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES
SECTION 15140 MECHANICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES
1.1 REQUIREMENTS
A. Provisions of Section 15010 'General Mechanical Requirements' apply to this Section.
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Included m this Section are seismic restraints, vibration isolators and structural attachments for piping and
equipment.
1.3 REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. All work shall be m conformance with the requirements of the applicable codes.
B All fire protection system supports and restraints shall be in conformance with the requirements of NFPA
Pamphlet #13 and the Authorities having jurisdiction.
1.5 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. The publications of the organizations listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced.
1 American Institute of Steel Construction (AISC)
2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
3 American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME)
4 American Society for Testing and Matenals (ASTM)
5 American Welding Society (AWS)
6. Manufacturer's Standardization Society (MSS)
7 National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
8 National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
9 Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association (SMACNA)
10 Underwriters Laboratones Inc. (UL)
1 7 EQUIPMENT SUBSTITUTIONS
A. Where the Contractor furnishes and installs equipment other than that which is specified or scheduled, the
specified or scheduled vibration isolation devices shall be modified as required to compensate for changes
in equipment size, configuration, weight, or speed of rotation.
B Where no vibration isolation devices are specified or scheduled for the specified mechanical equipment,
suitable vibration isolation devices shall be provided for substitute mechanical equipment if required
because of size, configuration, weight, or speed of rotation changes from the specified equipment.
2.1 STRUCTURAL ATTACHMENTS
A. Steel Structure Clamps. Beam clamps, channel clamps and bar joist clips, Grinnell or equivalent. Select to
suit structural system and meet loading recommendations of manufacturer
B Ceiling Inserts.
3 and smaller pipe, Grinnell Fig. 285
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15140 Page 1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 3 EXECUTION
END OF SECTION 15140
SECTION 15140
MECHANICAL SUPPORTING DEVICES
3 -1/2 and larger pipe, Grinnell Fig. 281
Multiple pipes on trapeze, Grinnell Fig. 285 or Fig. 281 selected for maximum weight of piping.
C. Wall Inserts
Umstruts P 3200 series inserts for concrete walls.
Umstruts P 1800 series inserts for brick walls.
Unistrut P 1000 channels with P 1045 and P 1047 fittings for frame and block walls.
D Where Unistrut model numbers are listed, equivalent products of Powerstrut, Superstrut or Ostrut, or
approved substitute, may be used.
2.2 SEISMIC RESTRAINTS
A. Anchorage And Bracing of Mechanical Systems. Provide complete seismic anchorage and bracing for the
lateral and vertical support of piping, ductwork and mechanical equipment as required by UBC Chapter 16
and SMACNA 'Seismic Restraint Manual for Seismic Hazard Level (SHL) A.
B Coordinate seismic restraints with equipment to be furnished.
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. All elements of the support system shall be suitable for the system and shall have a safety factor of not less
than 4 0
B Supporting elements not specifically specified shall be provided in accordance with SMACNA and NFPA
standards. Piping and heavy equipment supports, not otherwise detailed, shall conform to applicable
provision of MSS SP 58 and MSS SP -69
C Where it is necessary to frame structural members between existing members or where structural members
are used in lieu of commercially manufactured supports, such supplementary steel shall be provided m
accordance with the AISC Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for
Buildings.
D Welding of structural members, where approved, shall be in accordance with AWS D 1 1
3.2 EQUIPMENT AND PIPING SEISMIC RESTRAINTS
A. General.
1 All ductwork and piping shall be provided with seismic restraints in accordance with Seismic Hazard Level
(SHL) A of the SMACNA Seismic Restraint Manual. Guidelines for Mechanical Systems.
2. Coordinate with shop drawings of major mechanical equipment items indicated.
3 Seismic Restraints For suspended equipment, piping and ductwork, prefabricated seismic restraint systems
approved by the California Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development shall be used.
Manufacturer B -Line, Superstrut or approved equivalent.
TBS Engineenng, Inc 15140 Page 2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 t 1
1
1
1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
SECTION 15189
HVAC WATER TEATMENT
1.1 SUMMARY
Section includes design, performance criteria, refrigerants, controls, and installation requirements for
water cooled centrifugal chillers.
1.2 REFERENCES
Comply with the following codes and standards
ARI 550/590 NEC
ANSI/ASHRAE 15 OSHA (as adopted by the State of Washington)
ASME Section VIII
SECTION 15189
HVAC WATER TREATMENT
13 SUBMITTALS
Submittals shall include the following:
A. Dimensioned plan and elevation view including required clearances, weights of equipment, and location of
all field piping and electrical connections.
B Summaries of all auxiliary utility requirements such as. electricity water air, etc. Summary
shall mdicate quality and quantity of each required utility
C. Diagram of control system indicating points for field interface and field connection. Diagram
shall fully depict field and factory wiring.
D Manufacturer's certified performance data at full load plus IPLV or NPLV
E Installation and Operating Manuals.
1 4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Requirements. Comply with the codes and standards in Section 1.2.
B Chiller manufacturer plant shall be ISO Registered.
1.5 DELIVERY AND HANDLING
A. Chillers shall be delivered to the job site completely assembled and charged with refrigerant.
B Comply with the manufacturer's instructions for rigging and transporting units. Leave
protective covers in place until installation.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. The refrigeration equipment manufacturer's warranty shall be for a period of two years from date of
equipment start or 30 months from shipment, whichever occurs first.
B The warranty shall include parts and labor costs for the repair or replacement of defects in material or
workmanship The refrigerant warranty shall match the parts and labor warranty
1 7 MAINTENANCE
A. Maintenance of the chillers shall be the responsibility of the owner
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
2.2 UNIT DESCRIPTION
23 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
2.4 CHILLER COMPONENTS
2.5. OPTIONAL ITEMS
TBS Engineering, Inc 15189 Page 1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install per manufacturer's requirements, shop drawings, and Contract Documents.
B Adjust chiller alignment on foundations as called for on drawings.
C. Arrange piping to allow for dismantling to permit head removal and tube cleaning.
D Coordinate electrical installation with electrical contractor
E. Coordinate controls with control contractor
F Provide all material required for a fully operational and functional chiller
3.2 START -UP
A. Units shall be factory charged with the proper refrigerant.
B Factory Start-Up Services: Provide for as long a time as is necessary to ensure proper
operation of the unit, but in no case for less than three full working days. During the period of
start-up, The Start-up Technician shall instruct the Owner's representative m proper care and
operation of the unit.
PART 1 GENERAL
END OF SECTION 15189
SECTION 15189
HVAC WATER TREATMENT
1 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division Specification Sections, apply to this section
B Requirements of the following Division 15 Sections and Divisions apply to this section
1 Section 15050 `Mechanical General Provisions'
2. Section 15640 `Cooling Towers'
3 Section 15900 `Controls and Instrumentation
4 Division 16 `Electncal'
1.2 BASIC MECHANICAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Basic Materials and Methods
B Basic Piping Materials and Methods
C Examine all drawings and data and coordinate the work of this Section with all related and adjoining work
and trades
1.3 SUMMARY
A. This section includes water treatment systems for the following:
1 Condenser Water Open Cooling Water Loop Systems
2. Tower Cooling Water Evaporative Condensers
1 4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Maintain water quality for HVAC systems that controls corrosion and build -up of scale and biological
growth for a maximum efficiency of installed equipment without posing a hazard to operating personnel
or the environment. Maintain the following operational water quality parameters.
1 Total Planktonic Bacteria Count (TBC) of less than 10 000 CFU /ml as determined by
Heterotrophic Plate Count (HPC) under method SMEWW 9215B (1998) at 35degC for 48 hours
using plate count agar (tryptone glucose yeast agar) per Section 9215A.6,
2 Uniform mild steel corrosion of not more than 5 mils per year (mpy) as determined by minimum of
90 day corrosion coupon exposure;
3 Uniform copper corrosion of riot more than 0.35 mpy as determined by minimum of 90 day
corrosion coupon exposure•
4 No scale formation on immersed surfaces including Tower Basins, Tower Fill, Tower Sumps,
Piping, Heat Exchanger Tubes,
5 (Retrofits only) No additional scale formation and reduction of existing scale on immersed
surfaces including Tower Basins, Tower Fill, Tower Sumps, Piping, Heat Exchanger Tubes,
6. Water shall be odorless and clear in appearance with no turbidity
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15189 Page 2
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 15189
HVAC WATER TREATMENT
7 No surface slime layer formation on immersed surfaces as judged by touch,
8 Chemical -free and additive free blow down to the environment.
B Base performance requirements on quality of raw water available from the Project site, HVAC system
equipment material characteristics and functional performance characteristics, operatmg personnel
capabilities, and requirements and guidelines of authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Use of chemical systems to achieve the water quality parameters fisted in PART 1.5 A will not be
allowed. Use of mechanical systems requiring the aid or periodic use of chemicals such as biocides, scale
inhibitors, and corrosion inhibitors will not be allowed. Methods of chemical introduction from solid
components, such as copper or silver anode depletion, will not be allowed.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data. Include rated capacities, water pressure drops, shipping, operating and installed weights,
and furnished products listed.
1 Dolphm TM Pulsed Power Chemical Free Water Treatment System by Clearwater Systems
Corporation, Essex, CT
B Shop Drawings: Detailed equipment assemblies indicating dimensions, weights, loads, required
clearances, method of field assembly components, and location and size of each field connection
C. Raw Water Analysis Submit a copy of the project site water analysis to document the water quality
available at the project site. Raw water test analysis to include at a minimum the analysis of the following
compositions of the water
1 Calcium Hardness (as ppm CaCO
2 Total Hardness (as ppm CaCO
3 Total Alkalinity or m- Alkalimty (as ppm CaCO
4 pH
5 Silica (as Si0
6 Specific Conductivity (µS /cm)
7 Sulfate (as SO
8 Chloride (as co
9 Phosphate (as PO
D Installation, Maintenance and Operation data for each piece of equipment, suitable for inclusion into a
standard 3 -ring binder
1 6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Manufacturer Design, fabricate, and furnish an Electronic Pulsed Power System manufactured to
accurate dimensions, tolerances, and operating characteristics as specified in PART 2 PRODUCTS of
this specification section.
B Supply equipment conforming to nationally recognized North American testing laboratory standards and
bearing an Approval Label' on all assemblies.
17 QUALIFICATIONS
A. Manufacturer
1 Able to document a minimum of 8 years experience designing, manufacturing and supplying
products for commercial, and industrial water treatment and water chemistry control.
2. Maintain engineering and field service capabilities to ensure proper operation of the product within
the service period specified in subsequent sections.
1 8 DELIVERY STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Comply with manufacturers instructions. Store in original packaging.
B Store in a dry location, protected from the elements, and from mud, dirt, and soiling
C. Protect components from damage during storage and handling.
D Handle with care to prevent damage during movement and installation.
1.9 WARRANTY
A. Comply with warranty provisions as specified in 15050 Mechanical General Provisions
B Provide special warranty for products specified in PART 2 PRODUCTS of this specification Section
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15189 Page 3
TBS ENGINEERING SECTION 15189
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT HVAC WATER TREATMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
C. Standard Warranty Manufacturer's standard form warranty of not less than one year from date of start-up
covering replacement or repair of materials found to be defective m workmanship or quality
D Optional Extended Warranty and Continuing Service At no additional Cost to the Owner provide a
Continuing Service plan for four years beyond First Year Service specified m Part 3 Section 5 of this
Section. A Continuing Service Agreement extends the Standard Warranty to a maximum of five years
from date of start-up.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL.
A. The contractor shall furnish and install Electronic Pulsed Power Water Treatment System as shown and
detailed on the contract documents. The units shall be installed in accordance with this specification
Section, and perform at the conditions as listed.
B Approved manufacturers.
1 Clearwater Systems Corporation, Essex, CT
2.2 ELECTRONIC PULSE POWER WATER TREATMENT SYSTEM
A. Provide a complete Pulse Power Water Treatment System Equal to the Dolphin SystemTM 3000 on.
1 Condenser Water for Open Tower Systems 690 GPM, 6' pipe.
B System Description
1 The system shall consist of alternating current pulse power Transformer Panel and Coil -Pipe
Assembly Each Coil -Pipe assembly shall be equipped with a dedicated individual Transformer
Panel.
C. Transformer Panel shall have/be
1 Wall mounted NEMA 3R metal enclosure, 304 brushed stainless steel case
2. Terminal block for hard wiring to electrical power service.
3 Fused primary on 115v /lph, or 208- 230v /lph (1 to 6' Dolphins) and primary and secondary on
208- 230v /lph, 460v /lph powered umts (8' to 16' Dolphins)
4 Dry form C contact (for building management system)
5 Remote Start-Stop capability switch field installed
6. Female locking receptacle for connecting the Transformer Panel to the Coil -Pipe Assembly
Connection coded based on unit size to prevent mismatching of components
7 LED Status indicating lights
8 Powered Fan ventilation with inlet screen filter
9 Pulsed power transformer and ,circuitry which uses alternating current of 60 cycles per second to
create a harmonic `ringing signal of increasingly higher frequency until the decreasingly lower
amplitude of this echo signal is damped down to zero. This effect imparts high frequency electric
fields into the flowing water that includes frequencies in the kilohertz and megahertz range.
Dolphin System 3000 -G delivers a total of 240 pulses per second.
a. Primary service:
1) 1 thru 6' 120'VAC or 208 -230 VAC, 60 cycle, 1 ph, primary service
2) 8' thru 12' 208 -230 VAC or 460 VAC, 60 cycle, 1 ph, primary service
3) 11 to 45 VAC secondary (depending on size).
4) 150 to 2400 VA primary (depending on size).
D Coil -Pipe Assembly
1 Pipe Material
a. 1 thru 16' PVC Sc1. 80 with bare pipe ends
2 The coils shall be contained within a larger diameter PVC covering cylinder around the pipe and
closed with PVC end caps with ventilation ports.
3 The high temperature coil bobbin assemblies are secured to pipe by circular clamps.
4 Locking power cable (Umbilical Cable) is supplied for connection between the Coil -Pipe
Assembly and the Transformer Panel. Standard Umbilical cable is 10 ft. (Size 1 to 6
a. Furnish optional 25 ft. Umbilical Cable
5 Built m thermal protection shall automatically turn the coil assembly off if the operating
temperature exceeds 200° F (PVC umts 1 thru 6 or 190 F (PVC units 8' thru 16
TBS Engineering, Inc 15189 Page 4
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 15189
HVAC WATER TREATMENT
a. The thermal protection for PVC units protects the internal circuitry from internally
generated heat. The maximum applied fluid temperature of PVC units shall not exceed
140 °F
E. Dolphin SystemTM pulsed power system (PPS) operational parameters.
1 Conductivity range of 300 to 5 000 µS /cm.
2. pH range of 6.8 to 9 0 or per cooling tower manufacturer's recommendation.
3 Local environmental regulations may dictate the highest pH permitted for blowdown. PPS can
raise or lower pH by the balancing of fresh make -up water
4 Total bacteria count (TBC) of less than 10 000 CFU /ml. The bacteria count is expected to range
below 4 000 CFU /ml under most normal blowdown schedules.
F Dolphin SystemTM functions.
1 To keep system free from mmeral scale on the fill material, pipes, heat exchangers, pipes, valves
and other components in the system by changing calcium carbonate nucleation from surface
nucleation to colloidal nucleation, thereby lowering activation energy of colloidal nucleation.
2 Control the population of microorganisms such as bacteria, algae and protozoa to 10 000 CFU /ml
or below by incorporation into colloidal precipitates (encapsulation) or through the pulsed power
fields (electroporation) within the coil pipe assembly regardless of what species are present and
how they may have mutated. Typically the total bacteria count (TBC) is in the range of 2,000
4 000 CFU /ml.
3 Blowdown shall contain no added water treatment chemicals required to achieve performance
fisted.
G Building Management System Interface
1 The interface to the building management system will be through a FORM `C' dry relay contact
located on the circuit board in the transformer panel.
2. The interface will verify the following Dolphin operating status conditions
a. Primary Power Status e.g. Loss of utility power, tripped circuit breaker, blown fuse or unit
unplugged.
b Secondary Power Status e.g. Severed or removed coil assembly cable connection,
defective transformer
c. Coil -Pipe Assembly Operation Status e.g. Coil -Pipe Assembly overheated.
d. Circuit Board Operation Status e.g. Board overheated, electronic failure
e. In the event of one of the above anomalies, the supervisory contact will change relay status.
1) Supervisory Contact power rating
a) 0 6 A at 125 VAC
b) 06Aat110VDC
c) 2.0 A at 30 VDC
H. Remote Start-Stop Switch
1 A remote switch shall turn off the Dolphin Coil -Pipe Assembly while maintaining power to the
Transformer Panel. Switch shall be wired into predetermined contacts in the Transformer Panel.
a. Status shall be indicated by a flashmg green LED
b Utihze a field supplied 24v rated normally closed switch.
Initial System operation.
1 No water system containing a Dolphin SystemTM shall be put into operation without the Dolphin
being energized and the blowdown system fully operational. Failure to comply may result in
damage to connected heat exchange equipment from scaling and corrosion, or fouling from
biological growth.
a. The Dolphin should initially be operated under blowdown settings or protocol specified by
Clearwater New galvanized towers must be conditioned to prevent white rust formation to
the tower manufacturer's requirements. Operating the tower for a period of about 6 weeks
with a pH below 8.3 accomplishes this conditioning. After this conditioning period, the
tower may operate at normal pH levels. Controlling this pH may require a higher
blowdown rate for this 6 -week period.]
TBS Engineering, Inc 15189 Page 5
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 3 EXECUTION
L. Miscellaneous requirements
1 Stramers. Where indicated on i the drawings
SECTION 15189
HVAC WATER TREATMENT
J Conductivity Controller
1 Packaged Conductivity Meter /,Controller Provide a Conductivity meter /controller equal to
Pulsafeeder Model MICROtrac MTC 1PTF
a. Provide NEMA 4x enclosure with lockable swinging door
b Provide 115volt, single phase power plug cord
c. LCD Display for setpoint and actual conductivity readout, Solid -state circuitry 5 percent
accuracy linear dial setpoint adjustment, built -in calibration dials
d. Blow -down test switch, status and control- function lights, 120v /lph output to control blow
down valve solenoid.
e. Furnish with preassembled conductivity sensor in SCH 80 PVC Tee, PVC socket weld
connections with preassembled cable connector to conductivity meter /controller
f. Conductivity sensor -probe is a contact -type, with flat sensing electrodes to reduce fouling
of the probes.
g. Furnish with optional flow switch to disable blowdown valve when pumping system is off.
K. Blowdown or Bleed Valve•
1 Provide Blowdown Solenoid valve or motorized ball valve equal to Belimo B2AF120 115volt,
single phase. Furnish cord with plug to connect to `Bleed' receptacle of the conductivity
controller Furnish with watertight cover to maintain NEMA 3R if mstalled outdoors.
1) Install valved bypass around blowdown valve for servicing and emergency manual
blowdown operation.
2) Do not install strainer(s) in blowdown line.
3) Install throttling valve downstream of the blowdown valve to make
adjustments in blowdown volume rate if required.
31 EXAMINATION
A. Verify field conditions and suitability for installation accordmg to manufacturer's published installation
data.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install equipment level and plumb Locate panels with indicator lights at eye level.
B Install equipment per manufacturer's recommendations.
1 Locate Dolphin SystemTM components according to manufacturer's recommendation.
a. Locate Coil -Pipe Assembly in piping no closer than 3 ft from sources of turbulence such as
the pump outlet. Consult manufacturer should field conditions fail to meet such clearances.
b. Transformer Panel and Coil -Pipe Assembly should be located at least 3 ft. from additional
Dolphins and 3 ft. from any large motor pump, or high voltage equipment or source which
may mfluence the Dolphin SystemTM high frequency electric fields.
2. Coil -Pipe Assembly should be supported by pipe hangers located no closer than 2' to the outer
cover Do not support or secure the Coil -Pipe Assembly by means of the outer cover Do not
install bands, hangers, wires, hooks around the outer cover
3 Coil -Pipe Assembly should not be energized for extended periods of time without having the pipe
full of water If the flow m the pipe will drain when the pumps are off, then the Dolphin must be
de- energized under these no flow conditions.
4 Outdoor installations of the Dolphm require protection from the elements. Optional rain hoods
designed to fit the Dolphin Coil -Pipe Assembly are available from Clearwater Systems
5 Installations of the Dolphin SystemTM exposed to freezing conditions may require insulation or
heat tape tracing. Heat tracing should not cover the Coil -Pipe assembly cover Pipe insulation
should not be installed closer than 2' from the Coil -Pipe Assembly cover
6. Loosely loop excess length of the Coil -Pipe Assembly Umbilical Cord. Do not coil tightly
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15189 Page 6
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
3.3 CONNECTIONS
B Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance.
3 4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
SECTION 15189
HVAC WATER TREATMENT
7 Both the Transformer Panel and Coil -Pipe Assembly should be installed at least 3 ft. from any
motor, pump or high voltage equipment which might mfluence the Dolphin high frequency
electromagnetic field. This includes other Dolphins
C. Cleaning of piping systems containing the Dolphin.SystemTM
1 Immediately after hydrostatic testing of piping is completed, systems shall be cleaned, drained, and
flushed with clean water Any chemical additives used in this process shall be thoroughly flushed
from the pipmg system.
2. If the system is not immediately put into operation after cleaning and flushing, the system shall be
drained of any stagnant water left over from testing or flushing Immediately prior to putting the
Dolphin SystemTM into operation, the system shall be re filled with clean water
3 Consult Clearwater technical Notes or the local Clearwater Representative for additional details.
A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawmgs indicate general
arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
C. Size and install the control loop piping to conductivity and optional sensors and/or corrosion coupon
racks in the size PVC to match fittings provided. Install field provided full port ball valves for isolation of
sensors and racks for routine maintenance. Control loop sensors shall not be installed directly in the
piping mains.
D Control loop shall be piped from the pressure side of the recirculating pump to the suction side of the
pump, so that the control loop senses the highest temperature of the fluid system. In the case of Fluid
Coolers or Evaporative Condensers, the control loop shall be taken from the pump discharge and the
water shall be returned to the sump
E. Blowdown line should not be attached to the control loop Install the blowdown line on the pressure side
of the recirculating pump, preferably from the bottom of the pipe to relieve the system of accumulated
solids, dirt, and debns.
F Confirm applicable electrical requirements in Division 16 Sections for connecting electrical equipment.
Power and control and interlock wiring materials and labor provided by Division 16
1 Provide proper electrical ground top the equipment.
2. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque
tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in
UL 486A and UL 486B
A. No water system containing a Dolphin SystemTM shall be put into operation without the Dolphin being
energized and the blowdown system and mechanical filtration systems fully operational. Failure to
comply may result in damage to connected heat exchange equipment from scaling and corrosion, or
fouling from biological growth.
B Engage a factory- authorized service representative to perform startup service
1 Inspect field assembled components and equipment installation, including piping and electrical
connections. Report results m writing.
2. Inspect piping and equipment to determine that systems and equipment have been cleaned, flushed,
and filled with water and are fully operational.
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15189 Page 7
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
3.5 ADJUSTING
A. Start-up and First Year Monitoring Service•
1 Initial Start-up Service
SECTION 15189
HVAC WATER TREATMENT
3 Place HVAC water treatment system into operation and calibrate controls during the preliminary
phase of HVAC systems' startup procedures.
C. Initial Start-up Service At no additional cost to the owner a Clearwater Representative shall set up the
blow -down system according to the submitted operational parameters as indicated by the site water
analysis as specified in PART 1 6 D Submittal Data of this Section. An Initial Start-up Service report
shall be provided to the operator and to Clearwater Systems.
a. At no additional cost to the owner, approximately every 30 days for 90 days from Initial
Start-up Service, a Clearwater Representative shall monitor the performance of the system.
b A written Service Report shall be provided to the owner /operator and to Clearwater
Systems. The monitoring by the Clearwater Representative will include the following:
1) Inspection of the Dolphin SystemTM for functionality
2) Inspection of the blowdown system for functionality
3) Calibration and cleaning of conductivity probes or other instrumentation related to
blow down
4) Visual inspection of overall system condition as accessible. Service visits may be
timed to coincide with the opening of certain system components such as a closed
vessel or chiller
5) At each service visit, a field analysis of the following water chemistry parameters
will be performed using field test kits.
a) pH
b) Specific Conductivity (µS /cm)
c) HPC by dipslide Culture per package insert instructions.
c. Within 30 days and 90 Days after Start-up, but after tower conditioning is completed, a
water sample shall be taken and the following parameters shall be evaluated by utilizing an
independent and certified commercial laboratory
1) Total Bactena Count, planktonic (by HPC)
2) pH
3) Specific Conductivity (µS /cm)
4) Chloride (as Cr)
5) Total Hardness (as ppm CaCO
6) Total Alkalinity or m- Alkalinity (as ppm CaCO
7) Calcium Hardness (as ppm CaCO
8) Depending upon raw water analysis, other tower water chemistry my be desired
a) Magnesium Hardness (as ppm CaCO
b) Silica (as Si0
c) Sulfate (as SO
d) Phosphate (as PO
2. First Year Service and Reporting:
a. For the first 9 months after the Initial 90 Day Momtormg, at no additional costs to the
owner, perform bi- monthly service and monitoring visits.
1) A written Service Report shall be provided to the owner /operator and to Clearwater
Systems. The monitoring by the Clearwater Representative will include the
following:
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15189 Page 8
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 15189
HVAC WATER TREATMENT
a) Inspection of the Dolphin SystemTM for functionality
b) Inspection of the blowdown system for functionality
c) Calibration and cleaning of conductivity probes or other instrumentation
related to blow down
d) Visual inspection of overall system condition as accessible. Service visits
may be timed to comcide with the opening of certam system components
such as a closed vessel or chiller
e) At each service visit, a field analysis of the following water chemistry
parameters will be performed using field test kits.
pH
Specific Conductivity (µS /cm)
HPC by dip slide. Culture per package insert.
b. For the first 9 months after the Initial 90 Day Monitoring, at no additional costs to the
owner, perform two (2) water analyses of the water chemistry parameters m Part- 3.5
Section A.1.c to ensure that the Dolphin System TM is maintaining water quality within
performance requirements specified in this Section.
1) Perform analyses at least 60 days apart. Submit written reports of water analysis
using field test kits to the operator and to Clearwater Systems. Monitor and report
as described m Part- 3.5 Alb above
c Make adjustments to the conductivity controller and blow -down system as required to
maintain water quality after each visit.
3 Provide adjustments to the blow -down and conductivity settings as required during and after the
initial 6 week conditioning of new galvanized towers.
3 6 DEMONSTRATION
A. Engage a factory- authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to adjust,
operate, and maintain HVAC water treatment systems and equipment.
B Train Owner's maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules for starting and stopping,
troubleshooting, servicing, and maintaining equipment and schedules.
1 Review data m maintenance manuals, especially data on recommended parts inventory and supply
sources and on availability of parts and service. Refer to Division 1 Section 'Closeout
Procedures.
2. Schedule at least four (4) hours of training with Owner, through Engineer with at least seven days'
advance notice
END OF SECTION 15189
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15189 Page 9
Ili NMI MN MN MO MI NM NMI ON M MN r- M- NM
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
SECTION 15250
MECHANICAL INSULATION
SE_ CTION 15250
MECHANICAL INSULATION
1.1 REQUIREMENTS
A. Provisions of Section 15010 'General Mechanical Requirements apply to this Section.
1.2 DESCRIPTION
A. Included in this Section is insulation and accessories for piping and mechanical equipment
1.3 REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. All work shall be in conformance with the requirements of the applicable codes, including Energy codes.
1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. The publications of the organizations listed below form a part of this specification to the extent referenced.
1 American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
2. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
3 Underwriters Laboratones Inc (UL)
4 Midwest Insulation Contractors Association (MICA) Commercial and Industrial Insulation
Standards
1.5 FIRE RESISTANCE
A. Insulation: Flame spread and smoke developed ratings per NFPA 255 ASTM E84 and UL 723 testing
requirements, not more than 25/50
1 Tape, adhesives, vapor barrier materials and jackets. Flame spread ratings not to exceed 25
2. Exempt Items/Matenals. The following are exempt from the fire resistance ratings.
a. PVC fittmgs and valve covers
1.6 DEFINITIONS
A. Exposed is defined as work exposed to the view of occupants in normally occupied areas and in equipment
rooms.
B Concealed is defined as work located in ceiling spaces, chases and other locations not exposed to view
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPE INSULATION
A. Fiber Glass. Suitable for pipe temperature from -60 F to 500 F one piece type with only one longitudinal
joint; thermal conductivity not greater than 0 24 Btu/sq. ft./F/hr/in. at 75 F mean temperature. Provide
factory applied all- service jacket.
B Closed Cell Elastomeric Suitable for pipe temperature from -40 F to 220 F one piece type with only one
longitudinal joint; thermal conductivity not greater than 0.27 Btu/sq ft. /F/hr /in. at 75 F mean temperature.
Factory applied all-service jacket not required. Manufacturer Armstrong Armaflex.
C Polyolefin (Polyethylene) Foam Insulation. Suitable for pipe temperature from -40 F to 200 F one piece
type, either pre formed or with one longitudinal joint with edges pre- coated with adhesive thermal
conductivity not greater than 0.24 Btu/sq ft./F/hr /in. at 75 F mean temperature. Jacketing not required.
Manufacturer Imcoa Imcolock and Imcoshield.
D Calcium Silicate. Rigid hydrous calcium silicate preformed pipe insulation, 1200 F maximum operating
temperature, ASTM A533 maximum thermal conductivity 0 70 Btu/hr /sq ft. /in at 700 F mean. (Factory
pre jacketed with aluminum jacket and isolation felt.)
E. Cellular glass Thermal conductivity 0.33 Btu/hr /sq. ft. /sq in. /deg. F at mean temperature of 50 degrees F
F Rigid Polyisocyanurate Insulation. Suitable for pipe temperature from 297 F to 300 F two or one piece
type, either pre formed or with longitudinal joint(s) thermal conductivity not greater than 0.20 Btu/sq.
ft./F/hr /in. at 75 F mean temperature. Jacketing required. Manufacturer Dow `Trymer'
G Owens Corning, Dow Manville, Certainteed, Pittsburgh Corning, Knauf or approved substitute, and as
otherwise listed.
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15250 Page 1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 15250
MECHANICAL INSULATION
2.2 EQUIPMENT INSULATION
A. Fiberglass Flexible Insulation. Suitable for temperatures to 1000 F thermal conductivity not greater than
0 4 Btu/hr /sq ft. /in. at 200 F mean temperature.
B Elastomenc• Closed cell elastomeric sheet insulation, thermal conductivity not greater than 0 27 Btu%hr /sq
ft./F /in at 75 F mean temperature Smoke developed rating 50 for 1/2 inch thickness. Manufacturer
Armstrong Armaflex.
C. Polyolefin (Polyethylene) Foam Insulation. Sheet or roll insulation, thermal conductivity not greater than
0.24 Btu/hr /sq ft./F /in at 75 F mean temperature. Manufacturer Imcoa Imcolock.
D Refractory Fiber Blanket: Suitable for temperatures to 1600 F 8 lb /cu. ft. density with thermal conductivity
of 1 04 Btu -m/sq ft./hr/F at 1200 F mean temperature.
E. Calcium Silicate Rigid hydrous calcium silicate insulation, (1200 F) (1500 F) maximum operating
temperature, ASTM C533 maximum thermal conductivity 0 70 Btu per square foot per degree F per hour
per inch of thickness at 700 F Minimum density 13 0 pounds per cubic foot.
F Owens- Corning, Dow Manville, Certainteed, Pittsburgh Corning, Knauf or approved substitute, and as
otherwise listed.
2.3 JACKETS FOR PIPE INSULATION
A. Factory Applied All- service Jacket (Fiberglass Insulation) White kraft paper outer surface bonded to
aluminum foil vapor barrier, suitable for painting. Kraft paper permanently treated for fire and smoke
safety and to prevent corrosion of the foil. Factory applied pressure sensitive closure system for permanent
seal of laps and butt strips.
B Metal Jackets. 0 016 aluminum with integral vapor barrier Provide self sealing, watertight metal bands for
butt joints.
C. Buried Piping (Rigid Polyisocyanurate or Cellular Glass) 125 mil thick reinforced bituminous resin jacket;
2.4 JACKETS FOR FITTINGS, VALVES AND DEVICES
A. All- service Jacket: Factory premolded one -piece PVC fitting covers, 25/50 rated, 020' thickness for
piping up to 10' diameter 030' thickness for piping greater than 10' diameter PVC jacketing for outdoor
installation shall be U V resistant. Proto LoSMOKE or approved substitute
B Metal Jacket: Factory remolded metal covers with integral vapor barrier fabricated of the same metal as
adjacent insulation jacket.
C. Buned Piping: Polyguard Insulrap 50 self adhesive membrane.
2.5 JACKETS FOR EQUIPMENT
A. Jacketing for indoor equipment shall be a metal jacket or 030' thick PVC jacket, 25/50 rated, Proto
LoSMOKE or approved substitute. PVC jacketing shall be used only for installations where the
temperature of the equipment or duct is less than 110 degrees F
B Jacketing for outdoor equipment shall be a metal jacket, as specified for Pipe Insulation Jackets.
C Jacketing for outdoor ductwork shall be a 030' thick PVC jacket, Ultraviolet Resistant Grade, 25/50 rated,
Proto LoSMOKE or approved substitute.
2.6 VALVES, PUMPS, AND FLANGES INSULATION
A. Flexible fiberglass blanket fabricated of a sandwich section of fiberglass batt (1 lb per cu. ft. density), same
thickness as adjacent insulation, enclosed in glass cloth cover machine sewed at the ends, provide copper
eyehooks and wire for lacmg the blanket.
B Elastomenc Mitered sections, same thickness as adjacent pipe insulation.
C. Polyolefin: Mitered sections, same thickness as adjacent pipe insulation.
D Johnson flexible and reusable jacketing with silicone coated fiberglass cloth cover and (fiberglass) (or
ceramic fiber) finer to suit temperature requirements.
2.7 INSULATION SPECIALTIES
A. Joint Tape: Glass fiber reinforced, aluminum foil and kraft paper laminate with vapor barrier characteristics
comparable to insulation facing.
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15250 Page 2
1
1
1
t
1
1
1
1
1
t 1
1
1
1
t
1
1
1
1
1
1
i
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
t
1
E
1
1
1
1
1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 15250
MECHANICAL INSULATION
B Finishing Cement: Hydraulic setting, low shrinkage insulating and finishing cement for one coat finish,
suitable for painting with water base paint, Johns- Manville No 375 Ryders, Eagle, Pabco or approved
substitute.
C. Insulating Cement: Mineral fiber cement suitable for application on metal in single layers up to 4 inch
thick, Johns- Manville No. 460 Cement or approved substitute
D Vapor Barrier Adhesive. Vapor barrier lap sealing adhesive, Foster 85 -20 or approved substitute
E. Lagging Adhesive: Foster 30 -36, Miracle LA69 Arabol or approved substitute.
F Aluminum Pigmented Vapor Barrier Mastic: Foster 60 -65 or approved substitute.
G Insulation Pm Fasteners. Zinc- coated steel, 2 x 2 perforated plate with spindle and washer Spindle
length to suit insulation thickness.
H. Insulation Pin Adhesive- Contact cement suitable for fastenmg insulation pins to metal surfaces, Miracle
Adhesive HT4620, Foster 82 11 Tuf Bond all- purpose or approved substitute.
I. Mastic Foster CI oil base or HI water base.
J Inserts: Provided under Section 15100 'Pipe, Valves and Accessories'
K. Insulation Bands. 3/4 inch wide, 0 02 inch galvanized or stainless steel.
L. Wire Soft annealed stainless steel, 047 inch diameter
M. Adhesive for Polyolefin Insulation. Adhesive shall be as recommended by the insulation manufacturer,
thermoplastic Fuse Seal sticks to be applied with a butane torch.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 GENERAL
A. Insulate all surfaces of hot and cold piping and equipment.
B Install with all points tightly butted. Tuck and tuft all edges of insulation Maintain vapor barrier when
butting insulation to inserts.
C. Install insulation to allow easy access to equipment for inspection and repairs.
D Carefully bevel and seal insulation around equipment nameplates. Seal all raw edges of insulation at
unions, flanges, etc.
E. Remove all loose dirt, rust, all other loose foreign material, moisture and frost from surfaces prior to
installing msulation.
F Apply insulation only after piping has been tested.
3.2 INSTALLATION (PIPING)
A. General
1 Provide all insulation continuous through wall and ceiling openings and sleeves.
2. Apply insulation on all cold surfaces where vapor bamer jackets are used with a continuous,
unbroken vapor seal. Adequately insulate and vapor seal hangers, supports and anchors that are
secured directly to cold surfaces to prevent condensation.
3 Apply specific adhesives, mastics and coatings at the manufacturers recommended minimum
coverage per gallon.
4 Sleeves and Wall Chases. Where penetrating interior walls, extend a metal jacket 2 inches out on
either side of the wall and secure on each end with a band. Where penetrating floors, extend a
metal jacket from a point below the back -up material to a point 10 inches above the floor with one
band at the floor and one not more than one inch from end of metal jacket. Where penetrating
exterior walls, extend the metal jackets through the sleeve to a point 2 inches beyond the interior
surface of the wall.
5 Provide insulation in the space between the pipe and the pipe saddle.
6 Inserts. Overlap adjacent insulation jacket a minimum of 1 inch on insulation inserts and securely
cement m place.
B All- service Jacketed Fiberglass Insulation. Apply insulation over clean, dry pipe with all joints butted
firmly together Smoothly secure longitudinal jacket laps and butt strips according to manufacturer's
recommendations.
C. Elastomeric Insulation
1 Insulation shall be skipped on the pipe pnor to connection wherever possible, and the butt joints
shall be sealed with adhesive Where the slip -on technique is not possible, the insulation shall be
slit and snapped over the pipe, and the seams and butt joints sealed with adhesive.
TBS Engineering, Inc 15250 Page 3
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 15250
MECHANICAL INSULATION
2. Fitting insulation shall be fabncated and installed according to the manufacturer's recommended
procedures. Sweat fittings shall be insulated with miter -cut pieces of pipe insulation the same size
as on adjacent piping. Screwed fittings shall be insulated with sleeved fittmg covers fabricated
from miter -cut pieces of pipe insulation according to the manufacturer's sleeving size
recommendations and shall be overlapped and sealed to the adjacent pipe insulation. All joints
and miter -cut pieces are to be sealed with adhesive. As an option, screwed and weld iron pipe
fittings 2 inch IPS and larger may be insulated with sheet insulation conforming to template
patterns recommended by the manufacturer
3 At outside carrying hanger locations, where the insulation must resist compression, supporting
devices such as short wood dowels or woodblocks shall be used in combination with galvanized
sheet metal hanger shields. The wood supporting devices shall be the same thickness as the
insulation and sealed into the insulation with adhesive
D Polyolefin Insulation
1 Where the piping is to be insulated prior to testing, the insulation shall be seamless Imcoshield.
Where the piping is to be insulated after testing, the insulation shall be Imcolock, with a single
longitudinal seam with factory installed adhesive and release lmers.
2. Fitting insulation shall be field cut and mitered to fit. All seams in mitered joints shall be sealed
with thermoplastic rods heated with a special butane torch. Insulation over valve bonnets and
similar fittings shall be formed from pipe insulation and sheet insulation, to fit snugly and without
gaps. All seams shall be sealed.
3 At outside carrying hanger locations, where the insulation must resist compression, supporting
devices such as short wood dowels or woodblocks shall be used in combination with galvanized
sheet metal hanger shields. The wood supporting devices shall be the same thickness as the
insulation and sealed into the insulation with adhesive.
E. Calcium Silicate Insulation
1 Secure insulation in place with wire or metal bands.
2 Provide isolation felt between msulation and aluminum jacketing.
3 Prejacketed insulation with integral isolation felt and alummum jacket may be used.
F Cellular Glass Insulation
1 Apply insulation in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations with stainless steel bands. If
multiple layers are required, install with joints staggered between layers. Inner layers may be
secured with fiber reinforced tape Outmost layer shall have all joints sealed with joint sealant.
Fimsh with weather -bamer reinforced mastic
G Fittings
1 All- service Jacket Insulation Fittings. Apply factory precut insulation tucking ends of the
insulation snugly into the throat of the fitting, and edges adjacent to the pipe covering tufted and
tucked in, fully insulating the pipe fitting. Seal all seam edges of the one -piece PVC fitting cover
with vapor barrier adhesive applied over insulation. Tape circumferential edges of cover with
vapor barrier pressure sensitive tape to match fitting cover color The tape shall extend over the
adjacent pipe insulation and have an overlap on itself at least 2 inches.
2 Metal Jacketed Insulation Fittings. Insulate elbows and tees for which factory fabricated metal
covers are available as follows.
a. Apply factory precut insulation tucking ends of the insulation snugly into the throat of the fitting,
and edges adjacent to the pipe covering tufted and tucked m, fully insulating the pipe fitting.
b Apply the factory fabricated cover per manufacturer's recommendations.
c Seal all seams on cold piping with aluminum pigmented vapor barrier mastic
3 Calcium Silicate
a. Insulate fittings with segments of molded insulation secured with 20 gage galvanized steel wire.
b Finish with glass cloth embedded between two 1/8 inch layers of insulating cement.
c. Insulate flanges and valves with oversize pipe insulation, wired in place and covered with
a 1/4 inch layer of insulating cement.
4 Cellular Glass. Factory or field fabricated sectional cellular glass insulation segments. Field
fabricate insulation segments in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Secure with stainless
steel bands or wire. Outermost layer shall have all joints sealed with joint sealant.
Finish as follows.
a. Exposed Piping: Apply pre fabricated metal packet.
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15250 Page 4
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
33 INSTALLATION (EQUIPMENT)
A. Installation (General)
1 Form or fabricate insulation to fit the equipment. Groove or score as required to closely conform
to round surfaces, to insure tight fit, bevel edges and tightly butt and stagger joints.
2 Secure insulation m place with bands or wires at intervals as recommended by the manufacturer
but not more than 12 inch centers. Protect insulation corners under wires and bands with suitable
corner angles.
3 Set insulation m a coating of mastic, and seal joints with insulating cement.
4 Provide removable insulation on heads of heat exchangers. Fabricate removable section points
using a male female shiplap type point. Finish the entire surface of the removable section as
specified.
5 Install insulation on equipment with ribs over 6 inches high using 12 gage welded wire fabric
which has been spot welded to the equipment over the ribs. Secure insulation to the fabric with J-
hooks and 2 x 2 washers.
6 Apply a smooth coat of insulating cement over irregular surface.
7 Upon completion of installation of the insulation, apply two coats of (vapor bamer) adhesive with
a layer of glass cloth embedded between the coats, provide 1/32 inch dry finish thickness.
8 Elastomeric: Adhere elastomeric sheet to clean, oil -free metal surfaces by compression fit method
and full coverage of adhesive. Seal butt joints with same adhesive. Comply with manufacturer's
written instructions.
9 Polyolefin. Adhere polyolefin sheet to clean, oil -free metal surfaces by compression fit method
and seal all points and seams with adhesive. Seal butt joints with same adhesive. Comply with
manufacturer's written instructions.
3.4 ITEMS TO BE INSULATED
A. Piping
1 Cold Piping: Chilled water piping, Condenser water piping heat traced and/or subject to freezing,
Non potable water piping.
B Equipment:
1 Chiller evaporators, condensers
3.5 ITEMS NOT TO BE INSULATED
A. Piping
1 Valve stems, handwheels and operators.
2. Unions on domestic water piping.
3.6 INSULATION TYPE AND THICKNESS
A. Pipe: See the following pipe insulation table
Thickness for Pipe Sizes Shown (Inches)
Insulation
Service Type To 1 1.25 -2 2.5 -4 5 -6
Cold Water FG, PI 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0
Chilled Water FG, PI 0.5 0.5 1 0 1 0
B Equipment
Service Temperature Type Thickness (Inches)
40 F to 56 F Fiberglass 1 0
C. Abbreviations.
b. Buried Piping: Apply pre fabricated pipe wrap
FG Fiberglass
CG Cellular Glass
CS Calcium Silicate
E Elastomeric
P Polyolefin.
PI Polyisocyanurate.
END OF SECTION 15250
SECTION 15250
MECHANICAL INSULATION
TBS Engineering, Inc 15250 Page 5
NM lI NM NM IN MN WM MI MI M M SO MI NM MO MN
TBS ENGINEERING SECTION 15400
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT PLUMBING AND DOMESTIC WATER
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS SYSTEMS
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. Provisions of Section 15010 'General Mechanical Requirements' apply to this section.
1.02 DESCRIPTION
A. Work in this section includes water piping, waste and vent piping, plumbing fixtures and
associated equipment.
1.03 REGULATORY AGENCIES
A. All work shall be m conformance to the Uniform Plumbing Code and with applicable local codes,
regulations, standards and ordinances.
1.04 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. The publications of the Organizations listed below form a part of this Section to the extent
referenced.
1 American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
2. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
3 American Refrigeration Institute (ARI)
4 American Public Works Association (APWA)
5 Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (CISPI)
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Product data for the followmg:
1 Pipe, valves and fittings
2 Piping Specialties
3 Backflow Preventers
B Operating and Maintenance Data
C. Warranty Data
1.06 DEFINITIONS
A. Above ground as used to define piping materials, means not m contact with, or within 6' of the
concrete slab or the ground.
B 'Below ground' as used to define piping matenals, means in contact with, or within 6' of the
concrete slab or the ground.
C Piping in a crawl space, more than 6' above the crawl space slab is considered to be above ground.
PART 2- PRODUCTS
SECTION 15400
PLUMBING AND DOMESTIC WATER SYSTEMS
2.01 PIPING
A. Domestic water piping, above ground. Copper tubing, type L, as specified in Section 15060 'Pipe,
Valves, and Fittings
B Domestic water piping, below ground. Copper tubing, type K, as specified in Section 15060
'Pipe, Valves, and Fittings'
C. Water Service Copper tube, type K, as specified in Section 15060 'Pipe and Fittings'
D Waste Pipe, below ground. cast iron, as specified in Section 15060 'Pipe and Fittings
E. Vent piping, above ground.
1 1 1/2 and smaller, galvanized steel, as specified in Section 15060 'Pipe and Fittings'
2.02 PIPING SPECIALTIES
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15400 Page 1
TBS ENGINEERING SECTION 15400
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT PLUMBING AND DOMESTIC WATER
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS SYSTEMS
A. Back Flow Preventers
1 In -line Reduced pressure type backflow preventers, 2 inch, epoxy coated cast iron
construction with epoxy coated cast iron strainer and non nsmg stem isolating gate
valves, Watts 909 or approved substitute.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 PIPING AND EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
A. General. Install piping and equipment in accordance with Section 15060 and as follows.
1 Install piping promptly capping or plugging open ends and in a manner to conserve space
for other work.
2. Provide uniform pitch of 1/4 inch per foot for horizontal waste piping within building.
3 Support all piping independently from connected equipment.
4 Inspect each piece of pipe, fittings, and equipment for defects and obstructions, promptly
remove defective material from jobsite.
5 Install pipes to clear beams and obstructions, do not cut into or reduce size of load
carrying members without the approval of the Engineer
6 Provide access doors for concealed valves, water hammer arresters and trap primers.
7 Install unions as required for maintenance.
8 Install dielectric union at all joints between dissimilar metals.
9 Install pressure reducmg valves, with integral strainers and with pressure gauge, on all
water services where the water pressure exceeds 80 psi, and as otherwise indicated.
(Pressure reducmg valves shall have bypasses, with globe valve, installed.)
10 Install water hammer arrestors at all water piping connections to fixtures, appliances or
devices which have flush valves, solenoid valves or other quick closing valves, located
and sized in accordance with PDI recommendations for the pipe size, number of fixture
units and piping lengths. Submit calculations supporting the water hammer arrestor
selection if so requested.
Install air chambers at all water piping connections to fixtures which do not have quick
closing valves and are not installed in groups of fixtures where water hammer arrestors
are required.
The Engineer shall be consulted where there is a question as to the water hammer
protection required.
3.02 CONCEALED WORK
A. General. Do not cover up or enclose work until inspected and approved.
B Noncompliance Should work be covered up or enclose prior to required inspections, uncover
work as required, and, after inspection and approval, make repairs and replacements.
3.04 TESTING
A. Test all piping as specified in Section 15060 'Pipe, Valves, and Fittings
B Test all equipment and devices to verify that they are working within manufacturer's published
performance specifications.
3.05 CLEANING UP
Prior to acceptance of buildings, thoroughly clean exposed portions of plumbing installation, removing
labels and traces of foreign substance, using only a cleaning solution approved by manufacturer of plumbing
item and being careful to avoid damage to finished surfaces.
3.06 FLUSHING
After completion of water piping installation, flush system thoroughly
END OF SECTION 15400
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15400 Page 2
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
SECTION 15625
CENTRIFUGAL CHILLERS
DUAL COMPRESSORS
SECTION 15625
CENTRIFUGAL CHILLERS
DUAL COMPRESSORS
1.1 SUMMARY
Section includes design, performance criteria, refrigerants, controls, and installation requirements for
water cooled centrifugal chillers.
1.2 REFERENCES
Comply with the following codes and standards.
ARI 550/590 NEC
ANSUASHRAE 15 OSHA (as adopted by the State of Washington)
ASME Section VIII
1.3 SUBMITTALS
Submittals shall mclude the following:
A. Dimensioned plan and elevation view including required clearances, weights of equipment, and location of
all field piping and electrical connections.
B Summaries of all auxiliary utility requirements such as electricity water, air etc Summary
shall indicate quality and quantity of each required utility
C. Diagram of control system mdicating points for field interface and field connection. Diagram
shall fully depict field and factory wiring.
D Manufacturer's certified performance data at full load plus IPLV or NPLV
E Installation and Operatmg Manuals.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Requirements. Comply with the codes and standards in Section 1.2.
B Chiller manufacturer plant shall be ISO Registered.
1.5 DELIVERY AND HANDLING
A. Chillers shall be delivered to the job site completely assembled and charged with refrigerant.
B Comply with the manufacturer's instructions for rigging and transporting units. Leave
protective covers in place until installation.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. The refrigeration equipment manufacturer's warranty shall be for a period of two years from date of
equipment start or 30 months from shipment, whichever occurs first.
B The warranty shall include parts and labor costs for the repair or replacement of defects in material or
workmanship The refrigerant warranty shall match the parts and labor warranty
1 7 MAINTENANCE
A. Maintenance of the chillers shall be the responsibility of the owner
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. McQuay International
B Approved Equal, manufacturer of which to be established only with the Engineer's written consent, prior to
bid opening or per section 01630
2.2 UNIT DESCRIPTION
A. Provide and install as shown on the plans a factory assembled, charged, and run- tested water cooled
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15625 Page 1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 15625
CENTRIFUGAL CHILLERS
DUAL COMPRESSORS
packaged chiller Each unit shall be complete with two multi- stage, oil -free, magnetic bearing,
hermetic centrifugal compressors. Each compressor shall have variable frequency drive operating m
concert with inlet guide vanes for optimized umt part load efficiency The evaporator, condenser, and
expansion valve shall be common to both of the compressors. The chiller unit shall be capable of
running on one compressor with the other compressor or any of its auxiliaries inoperable or removed.
2.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
A. General. Provide a complete water cooled, dual hermetic compressor centrifugal water
chiller as specified herein. Machine shall be provided according to standards, Section 1.2. In
general, umt shall consist of two magnetic bearing, completely oil -free, compressors,
refrigerant condenser and evaporator, and control systems including variable frequency drive,
operating controls and equipment protection controls. Note Chillers shall be charged with a
refrigerant such as HFC 134a, not subject to phase -out by the Montreal Protocol and the U
S Clean Air Act.
B Performance- Refer to schedule on the drawings. The chiller shall be capable of stable
operation to ten percent of full load with standard ARI entering condensing water relief
without hot gas bypass.
C. Acoustics. Sound pressure for the unit shall not exceed specified levels. Provide the necessary acoustic
treatment to chiller as required. Sound data shall be measured according to ARI Standard 575 -87 and shall
be in dB Data shall be the highest levels recorded at all load points.
2.4 CHILLER COMPONENTS
A. Compressors.
1 The unit shall have two two stage, magnetic bearing, oil -free, hermetic centrifugal
compressors. The compressor drive train shall be capable of coming to a controlled, safe
stop m the event of a power failure.
2. Movable inlet guide vanes, acting together with variable speed, shall provide unloading.
A microprocessor controller dedicated to each compressor shall coordinate the vane and
speed control to provide optimum unit efficiency
B Refrigerant Evaporator and Condenser
1 Evaporator and condenser shall be of the shell- and -tube type, designed, constructed,
tested and stamped according to the requirements of the ASME Code, Section VIII.
Regardless of the operating pressure, the refrigerant side of each vessel will bear the
ASME stamp indicating compliance with the code and indicating a test pressure of
1 1 times the working pressure but not less than 100 psig. Provide intermediate tube
supports at a maximum of 18 inch spacing.
2. Tubes shall be enhanced for maximum heat transfer, rolled into steel tube sheets and
sealed with `Locktite or equal sealer The tubes shall be individually replaceable
and secured to the intermediate supports without rolling.
3 Provide sufficient isolation valves and condenser volume to hold full refrigerant
charge in the condenser during servicing or provide a separate pumpout system and
storage tank sufficient to hold the charge of the largest unit being furnished.
4 The water sides shall be designed for a minimum of 150 psig or as specified
elsewhere. Vents and drams shall be provided.
5 Evaporator minimum refrigerant temperature shall be 33 °F
6. An electronic expansion valve shall control refrigerant flow to the evaporator Fixed
orifice devices or float controls with hot gas bypass are not acceptable because of
inefficient control at low load conditions. The liquid line shall have a moisture
indicating sight glass.
7 The evaporator and condenser shall be separate shells. A single shell containing both
vessel functions is not acceptable because of the possibility of internal leaks.
8 Reseating type spring loaded pressure relief valves according to ASHRAE 15 safety
code shall be furnished. The evaporator shall be provided with single or multiple
valves. The condenser shall be provided with dual relief valves equipped with a
transfer valve so one valve can be removed for testing or replacement without loss of
TBS Engineering, Inc. .15625 Page 2
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 15625
CENTRIFUGAL CHILLERS
DUAL COMPRESSORS
refrigerant or removal of refrigerant from the vessel. Rupture disks are not
acceptable
9 The evaporator, including water heads, suction line, and any other component or part
of a component subject to condensing moisture shall be insulated with UL recognized
3/4 inch closed cell insulation. All points and seams shall be carefully sealed to form
a vapor barrier
10 Provide factory- mounted and wired, thermal dispersion water flow switches on each
vessel to prevent unit operation with no water flow
C. Prime Mover Permanent- magnet, synchronous motor of the hermetic type, of sufficient size
to efficiently fulfill compressor horsepower requirements. Motor shall be liquid refrigerant
cooled with internal thermal overload protection devices embedded in the winding of each
phase. Motor shall be compatible with variable frequency drive operation.
D Variable Frequency Dnve (VFD)
1 The chiller shall be equipped with a Variable Frequency Drive (VFD) to
automatically regulate each compressor speed in response to cooling load and
compressor pressure lift. The chiller control shall coordinate compressor speed and
guide vane position to optimize chiller efficiency
2. The unit shall be equipped with a line reactor
E. Chiller Control
1 The unit shall have distributed microprocessor -based control architecture consisting of a
VGA touchscreen operator mterface, a controller for each compressor and a unit controller
The touchscreen shall display the unit operating parameters, accept setpoint changes
(password protected) and be capable of resetting faults and alarms. The followmg trended
parameters shall be displayed.
Entering and leaving chilled water temps
Entering and leavmg condenser water temps
Evaporator saturated refrigerant pressure
Condenser saturated refrigerant pressure
Percent of 100% speed (per compressor)
rated load amps for entire unit
2. In addition to the trended items above, other real -time operating parameters are also shown
on the touchscreen. These items can be displayed in two ways. by chiller graphic showing
each component or from a color- coded, bar chart format.
3 Complete fault history shall be displayed using an easy to decipher, color coded set of
messages that are date and time stamped. The last 25 faults shall be downloadable from the
USB port drive.
4 Automatic corrective action to reduce unnecessary cycling shall be accomplished through
pre emptive control of low evaporator or high discharge pressure conditions to keep the unit
operating through abnormal transient conditions.
5 System specific, chiller plant architecture software shall be employed to display the chiller
piping, pumps and cooling tower Chiller plant optimization software for up to 3 chillers
shall also be available to provide automatic control of: evaporator and condenser pumps
(pnmary and standby), up to 4 stages of cooling tower fans and cooling tower variable frequency drives.
6. The unit controller shall support operation on a BACnet, Modbus or LONWORKS network via a
factory- installed communication module.
7 Factory mounted DDC controller(s) shall support operation on a BACnet® network the data link
BACnet IP (Annex J) as specified by the successful Building Automation System (BAS) supplier
8 The information communicated between the BAS and the factory mounted unit controllers shall
include the reading and writing of data to allow unit monitoring, control and alarm notification as
specified in the unit sequence of operation and the unit points list.
9 All communication from the chiller unit controller as specified in the points list shall be via
standard BACnet objects. Proprietary BACnet objects shall not be allowed. BACnet
communications shall conform to the BACnet protocol (ANSUASHRAE135 -2001) A BACnet
Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement (PICS) shall be provided along with the unit
submittal.
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15625 Page 3
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 15625
CENTRIFUGAL CHILLERS
DUAL COMPRESSORS
2.5. OPTIONAL ITEMS
The following optional items shall be furnished.
1 Single Point Power Connection
2. Single insulation, 3/4 inch, on evaporator (includmg heads), suction piping, and motor end -bell
3 BAS interface module for the applicable protocol being used
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install per manufacturer's requirements, shop drawings, and Contract Documents.
B Adjust chiller alignment on foundations as called for on drawings.
C. Arrange piping to allow for dismantlmg to permit head removal and tube cleaning
D Provide neoprene (or equivalent) isolators at chiller base per manufacturer's recommendations.
E. Coordinate electrical installation with electncal contractor
F Coordinate controls with control contractor
G. Provide all material required for a fully operational and functional chiller
3.2 START -UP
A. Units shall be factory charged with the proper refrigerant.
B Factory Start Up Services. Provide for as long a time as is necessary to ensure proper
operation of the umt, but in no case for less than three full working days. During the period of
start-up, The Start-up Technician shall instruct the Owner's representative in proper care and
operation of the unit.
END OF SECTION 15625
TBS Engineering, Inc 15625 Page 4
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1 GENERAL
SECTION 15640
COOLING TOWERS
SECTION 15640
COOLING TOWERS
1.1 SUMMARY
Section includes design, performance criteria, refrigerants, controls, and installation requirements for
water cooled centrifugal chillers.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
Submittals shall include the following:
A. Dimensioned plan and elevation view including required clearances, weights of equipment, and location of
all field piping and electrical connections.
B Summanes of all auxiliary utility requirements such as. electricity water, etc. Summary
shall indicate quality and quantity of each required utility
C. Diagram of control system indicating points for field interface and field connection. Diagram
shall fully depict field and factory wiring.
D Manufacturer's certified performance data at design load.
E Installation and Operating Manuals.
13 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Regulatory Requirements. Comply with the referenced codes and standards.
B Cooling Tower manufacturer plant shall be ISO Registered.
1 4 DELIVERY AND HANDLING
A. Comply with the manufacturer's instructions for nggmg and transporting units. Leave
protective covers in place until installation.
1.5 WARRANTY
A. The equipment manufacturer's warranty shall be for a period of two years from date of equipment start or
30 months from shipment, whichever occurs first.
B The warranty shall include parts and labor costs for the repair or replacement of defects in material or
workmanship
1.6 MAINTENANCE
A. Maintenance of the cooling towers shall be the responsibility of the owner
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS
A. Evapco
B Approved Equal. manufacturer of which to be established only with the Engineer's written consent, prior to
bid opening or per section 01630
2.2 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS
General. Furnish and install as shown on the plans (2) EVAPCO Model AT 19 -111 induced draft
counterflow cooking towers. Each unit shall have the capacity to cool 345 GPM of water from 88 °F to 76
°F with a 66 °F entering wet bulb temperature
B Performance Refer to schedule on the drawings. The tower shall be capable of 171 tons capacity at the
given conditions.
23 COOLING TOWER COMPONENTS
A. Fan Motors
TBS Engineering, Inc 15640 Page 1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 15640
COOLING TOWERS
7.5 HP totally enclosed fan cooled (T.E.F C ball bearing fan motors with 1 15 service factor shall be
furnished suitable for cooling tower service on 480 volts, 60 hertz, and 3 phase. Motors shall be mounted on
an adjustable base which is mounted on the side of the unit for service. A hinged protective cover shall shield
the motor and sheave from the weather
B. Drive
The fan drive shall be a multigroove, solid back V -belt type with taper lock sheaves designed for 150% of
the motor nameplate horsepower The belt material shall be neoprene reinforced with polyester cord and
specifically designed for cooking tower service. A hinged protective cover shall shield the motor and sheave
from the weather Belt adjustment shall be accomplished from the exterior of the unit. Bearing lube fines
shall be extended to the exterior of the unit for easy maintenance. All sheaves located in the airstream shall
be constructed of aluminum alloy vented guards shall not be acceptable. If internal belt adjustment is
necessary an mternal working platform and ladder is required to access the drive system.
C. Axial Propeller Fans
Fans shall be heavy duty axial propeller type statically balanced. The fans shall be fabricated by the cooling
tower manufacturer for smgle source responsibility and reliability The fans shall be constructed of extruded
aluminum alloy blades, installed in a closely fitted cowl with venturi air inlet for maximum fan efficiency
Each fan blade shall be individually adjustable. Fan cowl shall be covered with a heavy gauge hot dip
galvanized wire fan guard.
D. Fan Shaft Bearings
Fan shaft bearings shall be heavy duty self aligning ball type with self locking collars and grease fittings
extended to the outside of the unit. Bearings shall be designed for a minimum L 10 life of 75 000 hours.
E. Fan Drive Warranty
Cooling tower fan drive components shall be covered by a five year manufacturer's plan. Drive components
protected by this warranty shall include the fans, bearings, fan shafts, belts, drive sheaves and fan motors.
F Pan
The pan shall be constructed of Type 304 Stainless Steel. Standard pan accessories shall include overflow
drain, anti- vortexing hood, Type 304 Stainless Steel strainers, and 3 -probe electric water level controller
The entire pan area shall incorporate a stepped configuration for reduced water volume, lower operating
weight and easier pan mamtenance. The upper and lower pan bottoms shall be sloped to provide positive
drainage of the complete basin section. Depressed side outlet sumps which are not an mtegral part of the
basin shall not be acceptable.
G. Casing
The casing shall be constructed of G -235 hot -dip galvanized steel. The casing panels shall totally encase the
sides of the fill section to protect the surface from direct atmospheric contact.
H Fill
The cooling tower fill shall be PVC (Polyvinyl Chloride) of crossfluted design for optimum heat transfer
efficiency The crossfluted sheets shall be bonded together for strength and durability The fill shall be
fabricated, formed and installed by the cooling tower manufacturer and shall be elevated a minimum of 4 feet
(1,2 m) above the floor of the cold water basin to facilitate cleaning. The fill shall be suitable for use as a
working platform. The PVC fill shall be self extinguishing for fire resistance with a flame spread rating of 5
per ASTM E84 -81a. It shall also be resistant to rot, decay and biological attack. The fill shall be able to
withstand a water temperature of 130 °F (54 4 C)
I. Water Distribution System
The unit shall be provided with a non corrosive water distribution system which utilizes a single inlet
connection for each fan cell. The spray header and branches shall be constructed of Schedule 40 polyvinyl
chlonde (PVC) pipe for corrosion resistance and shall have a steel connection which is grooved for a
mechanical coupling to attach the external piping. The spray header and branches shall be removable for
TBS Engineering, Inc 15640 Page 2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 15640
COOLING TOWERS
cleaning purposes and have threaded end caps to allow debris to be removed. The water shall be distributed
over the fill by precision molded ABS spray nozzles with large 3/8 by 1 inch (9,5 mm by 25 4 mm) orifice
openings and integral sludge ring to eliminate clogging. The nozzles shall be threaded into the water
distribution piping to assure positive positioning. If open type gravity distribution pans are used, they shall
be constructed with non corrosive materials (FRP or stainless steel) and perimeter hand railing must be
provided to allow safe servicing of the distribution pan.
J Eliminators
The eliminators shall be constructed entirely of inert polyvinyl chloride (PVC) in easily handled sections and
be completely separate from the fill section for maximum efficiency The eliminator design shall incorporate
three changes m air direction to assure removal of all entrained moisture from the discharge air stream.
Maximum dnft rate shall be less than 0 001% of the circulating water rate
K. Air Inlet Louver Screens
The louvers screens shall be constructed of polyvinyl chloride (PVC) and mounted in easily removable
frames on all four sides of the cooling tower for access to the entire basin area for maintenance. The louvers
shall have a minimum of two changes in air direction to prevent splashout, block direct sunlight from
entering the basin, and have a minimum 3/4 (19 mm) opening to prevent debris from entering the basin.
L. Finish
All casing material shall be constructed of G -235 heavy gauge mill hot -dip galvanized steel for maximum
protection against corrosion. During fabrication, all panel edges shall be coated with a 95% pure zinc -nch
compound.
2.4 OPTIONAL ITEMS
The following optional items shall be furnished.
1 Aluminum Ladders and platform
2. Exterior paint
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install per manufacturer's requirements, shop drawings, and Contract Documents.
B Adjust cooling tower alignment on foundations as called for on drawings.
C. Arrange piping to allow for dismantling to permit servicing and cleaning.
D Coordinate electncal mstallation with electrical contractor
E. Coordinate controls with control contractor
F Provide all material required for a fully operational and functional cooling tower
3.2 START -UP
A. Units shall be filled with the water
B Factory Start-Up Services. Provide for as long a time as is necessary to ensure proper
operation of the unit, but in no case for less than two full working days. During the penod of
start-up, The Start-up Technician shall instruct the Owner's representative in proper care and
operation of the unit.
END OF SECTION 15640
TBS Engineering, Inc 15640 Page 3
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
PART 1- GENIERAL
DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL (DDC) SYSTEMS
SECTION 15900
DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS
1.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
A. The 'General Conditions' of the specification apply to work specified m this section,
consult them in detail for applicable instructions.
B All components of the Direct Digital Control (DDC) system must integrate seamlessly
with the existing Siemens Buildmg Technologies "Apogee"s" campus building
automation network in place at Olympic Medical Center
C. The Direct Digital Control (DDC) system shall be able to be monitored for reporting
alarms and system troubleshooting via the existing DDC dedicated fiber -optic network
from the Siemens Building Technologies "Apogee"m" graphic operator workstation
located m the Maintenance and Operations office. The DDC system shall tie seamlessly
into the existing Siemens "Apogee m" graphic software package without the need for
additional software or hardware, for point database and system graphic modifications,
dynamic point trending, and remote alarm reporting.
1.02 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
A. Furnish and install a networked Direct Digital Control (DDC) system for control and
monitonng of the building heating, ventilating and air conditioning systems as described
in this specification.
B System shall consist of stand -alone DDC panels, sensors, automatic valves, actuators,
dampers, operating software, operator training, installation labor, warranty and all other
necessary material and labor to provide a complete and workable system.
1.03 INSTALLATION QUALITY
A. The entire building control system shall be mstalled by skilled electricians and control
mechanics, all of whom are properly trained and qualified for this work. All wiring shall
be installed in accordance with Division 16 of these specifications and applicable national,
state and local codes.
B Supervision and checkout of the system shall be by local branch engineers and techmcians
directly employed by the Contractor
C. Contractor shall be a manufacturer owned service organization which stocks and has
direct factory access to the manufacturer's standard parts, manuals and training options.
Contractor shall be fully capable of system inspection, trouble shooting, maintenance, and
service to the system.
D Contractor shall maintain a field service office within 150 miles of project site. This field
office shall have a minimum of ten expenence engineering and mstalling the control
systems proposed for this project. At engineer's request, provide a listing of at least ten
projects of similar magnitude, complexity and facility use type completed within the past
five years.
1.04 SUBMITTALS/DRAWINGS
A. Submittals
1 The contractor shall submit, prior to installation, a set of installation drawmgs,
equipment data sheets and control strategies for review by the consultant and/or
Owner's representative.
2. These drawings shall include the physical location of all building control system
panels and controllers as well as a diagram indicating complete DDC system
architecture
3 The complete sequence of operation for the control system shall be provided.
4 A complete list of monitored and controlled points shall be provided.
TBS Engmeenng, Inc 15900 Page 1
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 15900
DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS
B Record Drawings (As- builts)
1 Upon completion of the installation and final system adjustment the contractor shall
provide and deliver to the Owner a full set of record drawings of the installation and
the control strategies including printouts of all system programs, system database
and system operating parameters.
2. Record drawings shall be submitted in 11 x 17' bound format and digitally in
ADOBE pdf format with all as -built information on CD
C Standards and Format
1 All submittals shall be generated on reproducible Autocad (Version 2006 or later)
schematic diagrams.
1.05 SYSTEM TURN -OVER AND SERVICE
A. Upon completion of the installation, the contractor shall initiate operation of the control
system and perform all necessary testing and diagnostics to ensure proper operation. A
formal commissioning procedure shall be utilized to insure complete system integrity and
conformance to these specifications. This procedure shall be a completely documented
procedure. Contractor's recommended commissioning plan shall be submitted with the
initial submittal for approval by engineer At a minimum, submittal shall include a step
by- step, written description of the commissioning plan as well as the project specific
commissioning forms that will be utilized. Commissioning forms shall address all field
devices, field controllers, software statements and software points.
B An acceptance test m the presence of the owners representative, and/or the Project
Manager shall be performed. Deficiencies revealed by failed test(s) shall be repaired and
corrected and the test(s) repeated until successful.
C The graphical interface software shall be installed prior to completion and all
modifications to reflect as -built conditions and changes shall be completed within fourteen
(14) days of the scheduled completion date
1.06 TRAINING /OWNER'S INSTRUCTION
A. The contractor shall provide to the Owner two (2) copies of an operator's manual
describing all operating and routine maintenance service procedures to be used with the
system.
B The contractor shall instruct the owner's designated representatives in these procedures
during the start-up and test period. The instruction shall consist of two separate taming
components. on -site, project specific training and off -site factory training.
C. On -site training shall consist of a minimum of two (2) full days (16) hours total) of
training performed by an engineer familiar with the specific design of the system provided
for this project. On -site training shall be separated into an initial one (1) day session that
will occur at or prior to building completion and a second one (1) day session that will
occur 1 2 months after building completion. The instructions shall consist of both hands
on and classroom training at the jobsite and shall be open to up to 5 hospital personnel.
1.07 WARRANTY
A. The building control system, including all hardware and software components shall be
warranted for a period of one year following owner's beneficial use of system. For phased
project completion, the warranty shall also commence in phases. Any manufacturing
defects arising during this period shall be corrected without cost to the owner
PART II PRODUCTS
2.0 MANUFACTURERS
The equipment as supplied must be of the same manufacture and fully compatible with the existing
Siemens Building Technologies "ApogeeTM" Energy Monitoring and Control System Host Front
End installed in the Maintenance and Operation shop
TBS Engineenng, Inc 15900 Page 2
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
2.01 DDC SYSTEM
A. GENERAL
1 The Direct Digital Control (DDC) system shall possess a fully modular architecture,
permitting expansion through the addition of DDC controllers, slave panels, terminal
equipment controllers, operator terminals, personal computers and/or a general
purpose multi tasking, multi operator minicomputer
2. The design of Buildmg Automation System shall allow the co- existence of new DDC
Controllers with existing Siemens "Apogeend" DDC Controllers m the same network
without the use of gateways or protocol converters.
B DDC CONTROLLER
1 DDC controllers shall be stand alone, microprocessor- based, with a minimum word
size of 32 bits. They shall be multi tasking, multi -user, real -time digital control
processors consisting of modular hardware with plug -in enclosed processors,
communication controllers, power supplies and input/output point modules.
Controller size shall be sufficient to fully meet the requirements of this specification
and the attached pomt list and with spare capacity and expandability features as
described below
2. Each DDC controller shall have sufficient memory (minimum 1 MB) to support its
operating system and databases including trending, dial -up communications, alarm
management and manual override monitoring.
3 Each DDC controller shall support momtormg and control of the following types of
points, without the addition of equipment outside the DDC controller cabinet:
a. Analog Inputs (AI)•
b Digital Inputs (DI)•
c Digital Outputs (DO)
SECTION 15900
DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS
4 -20 mA
0 -10 Vdc
Thermistors
1000 ohm RTDs
Dry Contact Closure
Pulse Accumulator
Voltage Sensing
Contact Closure (motor
starters, sizes as required)
d. Analog Outputs (AO) -20 psi
4 -20 mA
0 -10 Vdc
4 Each DDC controller shall have a rmmmum of one spare of each point type (analog
inputs, digital inputs, analog outputs, digital outputs) and no less than 10%
expandability within the controller enclosure. Provide all processors, power supplies
and communication controllers complete so that the implementation of a new point
only requires the addition of the appropriate pomt input/output termination module
and wiring. Provide sufficient internal memory for the specified control sequences
and have at least 25% of the memory available for future use.
5 The operator shall have the ability to manually override automatic or centrally
executed commands at the DDC controller via local, point discrete, on -board
hand/off/auto operator override switches for digital control type points and gradual
switches for analog control type points. These override switches shall be operable
whether the panel processor is operational or not. Switches shall be mounted either
within the DDC controller key accessed enclosure, or externally mounted with each
switch keyed to prevent unauthorized overrides. DDC controllers shall monitor the
status of all overrides and inform the operator that automatic control has been
mhibited. DDC controllers shall also collect override activity information for
reports. At a minimum, all digital outputs (except terminal controllers) shall have
supervised manual override switches.
6 DDC controllers shall provide local LED status indication for each digital input and
output for constant, up -to -date verification of all point conditions without the need
TBS Engineering, Inc 15900 Page 3
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 15900
DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS
for an operator I/O device. Graduated intensity LEDs or analog indication of value
shall also be provided for each analog output.
7 DDC controllers shall provide at least two RS -232C serial data commumcation ports
for operation of operator I/O devices such as industry standard printers, operator
terminals, modems and portable laptop operator's terminals. DDC controllers shall
allow temporary use of portable devices without interrupting the normal operation of
permanently connected modems, printers or terminals.
8 Each DDC controller shall continuously perform self diagnostics, communication
diagnosis and diagnosis of all panel components. The DDC controller shall provide
both local and remote annunciation of any detected component failures, low battery
conditions or repeated failure to establish communication.
9 Alarm management shall be provided to monitor and direct alarm information to
operator devices. Each DDC controller shall perform distributed, independent alarm
analysis and filtering to minimize operator interruptions due to non critical alarms,
minimize network traffic and prevent alarms from being lost. Any critical alarms
shall have the capability of generating a user defined message and routing that
message to any operator device or printer At no time shall the DDC controllers
ability to report alarms be affected by either operator or activity at a PC workstation,
local I/O device or communications with other panels on the network.
10 A variety of historical data collection utilities shall be provided to manually or
automatically sample, store and display system data for points. Each DDC controller
shall have a dedicated RAM -based buffer for trend data storage and shall be capable
of storing a minimum of 10 000 data samples. Trend data shall be stored at the DDC
controllers and uploaded to the workstation (if provided) when retrieval is desired.
For systems with graphical workstation capabilities, uploads shall occur based upon
either user defined interval, manual command or when the trend buffers are full. All
trend data shall be available for use in Microsoft Word or Excel applications.
C. APPLICATION SPECIFIC CONTROLLERS
1 GENERAL
a. Provide Application Specific Controllers (ASC's) as required for control of
unitary mechanical systems or pieces of equipment. Each ASC shall be a
microprocessor -based DDC control unit and shall be capable of operating
either as a standalone controller or on a multi -drop communications network
originating at the DDC controller Provide each ASC with sufficient memory
to operate in a truly independent manner that is, each ASC shall support its
own inputs and outputs, operating systems, database and programs necessary to
perform control sequences and energy management routines.
b Provide the following types of ASC's as necessary
Modular Equipment Controllers (MEC's)
2. MODULAR EQUIPMENT CONTROLLERS (MEC's)
a. MEC's shall include all point inputs and outputs necessary to perform the
specified control sequences. Provide a hand off automatic switch for each
binary output for manual override capability Switches shall be mounted either
within the controller's key- accessed enclosure, or externally mounted with each
switch keyed to prevent unauthorized overrides. In addition, each switch
position shall be supervised in order to inform the system that automatic
control has been overridden. As a nummum, 50% of the pomt inputs and
outputs shall be of the universal type, allowing for additional system
flexibility In lieu of universal inputs and outputs, provide a minimum of 50%
spare points of each type.
b Each MEC shall support its own real -time operating system. Provide a time
clock with 72 hour battery backup to allow for stand alone operation and to
insure protection during power outages. Should the controller reside on a DDC
controller network, the clock operation shall be overridden by the DDC
controller clock to insure network continuity
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15900 Page 4
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 15900
DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS
c All databases and programs shall be stored in non volatile EEPROM or a
minimum of 100 -hour battery back -up shall be provided. All programs shall
be field customized to meet the user's exact control strategy requirements.
Controllers utilizing pre packaged or canned programs shall not be acceptable.
d. Local alarming and trending capabilities shall be provided for convenient
troubleshooting and system diagnostics. Alarm limits and trend data
information shall be user definable for any point.
e. Each UC shall have connection provisions for a portable laptop or similar
programming tool. This tool shall allow the user to display generate or modify
all point databases and operating programs. All new values and problems shall
then be restored to EEPROM.
3 CENTRAL OPERATOR INTERFACE CONSOLE
A. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
Olympic Medical Center has an existing Siemens Building Technologies Apogee
centralized Energy Management Control System (EMCS) that is utilized to monitor and
control the HVAC equipment in (16) separate buildings on campus. The new systems
installed for this project will be connected to this existing system and shall fully support all
functionality listed below
a. Existing Host Equipment: One networked personal computer with Apogee"'
Insight Server graphical software operating on Windows 2000 Platform. The Apogee
Insight Server workstation resides on Olympic Medical Centers dedicated EMCS
Network for communication with remote buildings.
B Existing Host Functionality. The Host described above is utilized by Olympic Medical
Center to perform the following functions.
a. Alarming: Alarms from field panels at each respective facility are sent to the host
server which displays these alarms both on the alarm manager screen for
acknowledgment and on a printer for hard copy record. The field panel in each
facility determines specific alarm limits and conditions based upon its custom
programmed database. Once an alarm state is identified, the local field panel
initiates a specific message to the Host.
b. Data Archiving- Specific data is trended by the individual field panels in each
facility as directed by the user This data is then uploaded to the Host for
permanent storage and/or manipulation.
c. Equipment Scheduling- The Host is utilized to schedule the operation of
individual building equipment start and stop times. Optimization is executed
through the zones located in the individual field panel database.
d. Graphical Display and Command The Host PC graphical workstation is
utilized by Olympic Medical Center for graphical display and commanding of
EMCS system points.
e. Database Modifications: Additions, deletions or modifications to points or
programming within the EMCS database can be made either directly at the field
panel, or via software at the central workstation. Field panel modifications are
performed via a portable laptop computer Modifications performed at the central
workstation level utilize the functionality of the Apogee® software editors to make
the changes.
f. Database Backup The Server Host acts as the master database storage device and
calls all of the individual field panels on a daily basis to check for database changes
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15900 Page 5
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
2.02 FIELD DEVICES
A. TEMPERATURE SENSORS
1 All temperature sensors shall be solid state electronic, employing a resistance type
output. Pipe sensors shall be RTD -type. All single point sensors shall be accurate to
a minimum of 0.5 degrees F at 77 degrees F calibration point.
B VALVE ACTUATORS
1 All modulatmg valve actuators shall be 24vac electric motor type; floating point, 0- l0Vdc, 0-
16Vdc or other industry standard input signal type. Actuators shall function properly within
the range of 85 to 110 percent of line voltage
2. Provide actuators in sufficient size, quantity and type to match application. Provide a
minimum of one damper actuator for each 30 square feet of damper area.
3 Actuators shall be spring return as indicated by Normally Closed or Normally Open
designation on drawings or m sequence of operation.
C. CONTROL VALVES
1 Modulating Valves 2 and Smaller Bronze body and seat with stainless steel stem and
screwed ends. ANSI Class 250 body rating. Suitable for fluid temperatures of up to 300
degrees F Equal percentage flow characteristics capable of smooth operation at differential
pressures present in system. Landis Gyr Powers VE VVG/VXG 44 VE698, Flowrite
VE598 or approved equal.
2. Modulating Valves 2 1/2 and Larger Cast iron body with bronze trim and stainless steel
stem and flanged ends. ANSI Class 125 body rating. Suitable for fluid temperatures of up to
300 degrees F Equal percentage flow characteristics capable of smooth operation at
differential pressures present in system. Landis Gyr Powers Flowrite VE598 or approved
equal.
3 Sizing: Modulating control valves shall be correctly selected for service and flow of system
served. A pressure drop of 5 psi shall be used as a sizing guideline unless specifically noted
otherwise in project documents. Two position shutoff valves shall be line size.
D CURRENT SENSING RELAYS
1 Provide current sensing relays for status of fans or pumps as called out in sequences or
input/output summary Provide with field adjustable current setpoint range.
2. Nielsen- Kuljian or approved equal.
E. INTERPOSING RELAYS
1 Track mounted SPDT relays (or as required) for all interposing applications.
2. IDEC or approved equal.
F LIQUID PRESSURE TRANSMITTERS
1 Provide integral pressure transducer and transmitter in enclosure suitable for exposed
mechanical room or panel mounting. 4 -20ma output proportional to the input pressure span.
2. Internal components shall be selected appropriate for the sensed medium taking temperature,
pressure, corrosive properties and medium consistency into account.
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15900 Page 6
g.
SECTION 15900
DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS
or loss of database. In the event a loss of database is detected, the master database
will be downloaded to the field panel. In the event that the Host detects unreported
database changes in a field panel, the database will be uploaded to the Host with the
modifications stored as disabled pieces of data.
Database Transfer. If changes are made to the database at the Host level, a
download is manually initiated by the workstation to send the revised data to the
individual field panel. If changes are made in the field, an upload is manually
initiated to upload the revised data to the Host.
h. The EMCS shall connect to the Olympic Medical Center Host by two methods
(1)auto -dial, auto answer modems via dial telephone circuits provided by the
owner (2) Network, AEM via CAT 5 Network connections provided by the owner
The Host shall allow monitoring and supervision of the facility EMCS by Olympic
Medical Center
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 15900
DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS
3 Transmitter range shall be selected so that the normal operating setpoint is midway between
the upper and lower range of the transmitter Transmitter shall be rated for a minimum of
125% of maximum expected system operating pressures.
4 For differential pressure sensing applications, provide transmitter unit with 3 -valve manifold
to allow unit to be serviced without draining system.
5 Each transmitter shall have field adjustable span and zero adjustments for field calibration.
Accuracy 1 0% of full scale. Linearity 0 1%. Ashcroft, Robinson Halpern, Johnson-
Yokogawa, Rosemount or approved equal.
G LIQUID FLOW METERS
Sensing Method Impedance Sensing
Accuracy 2% of Actual Reading
Maximum Operating Pressure 400 PSI
Output Signal 4 20 mA
Bi- directional where required.
2.03 Input /Output Interface:
A. Hardwired inputs and outputs may tie into the system through building or application
specific controllers.
B All input points and output pomts shall be protected such that shorting of the point to
itself, to another point, or to ground will cause no damage to the controller All input and
output points shall be protected from voltage up to 24 V of any duration, such that
contact with this voltage will cause no damage to the controller.
C. Binary inputs shall allow the monitoring of On/Off signals from remote devices. The
binary inputs shall provide a wetting current of at least 12 mA to be compatible with
commonly available control devices and shall be protected against the effects of contact
bounce and noise. Binary inputs shall sense dry contact' closure without external power
(other than that provided by the controller) being applied.
D Pulse accumulation input objects. This type of object shall conform to all the
requirements of binary input objects and also accept up to 10 pulses per second for pulse
accumulation.
E. Analog inputs shall allow the monitoring of low- voltage (0 to 10 VDC), current (4 to 20
mA), or resistance signals (thermistor, RTD). Analog inputs shall be compatible with
and field configurable to— commonly available sensing devices.
F Binary outputs shall provide for On/Off operation or a pulsed low- voltage signal for
pulse width modulation control. Binary outputs on building and custom application
controllers shall have three position (On/Off /Auto) override switches and status lights.
Outputs shall be selectable for either normally open or normally closed operation.
G Analog outputs shall provide a modulating signal for the control of end devices. Outputs
shall provide either a 0 to 10 VDC, 4 to 20 mA or 0 -20 PSI signal as required to provide
proper control of the output device. Analog outputs on building or custom application
controllers shall have status lights and a two position (AUTO/MANUAL) switch and
manually adjustable potentiometer for manual override. Analog outputs shall not exhibit
a drift of greater than 0 4% of range per year
H. Tri-State Outputs. Provide tri -state outputs (two coordinated binary outputs) for control
of three -point floating type electronic actuators without feedback. Use of three -point
floating devices shall be limited to zone control and terminal unit control applications
(VAV terminal units, duct mounted heating coils, zone dampers, radiation, etc) Control
algorithms shall run the zone actuator to one end of its stroke once every 24 hours for
verification of operator tracking
System Object Capacity The system size shall be expandable to at least twice the number
of input/ output objects required for this project. Additional controllers (along with
associated devices and wiring) shall be all that is necessary to achieve this capacity
requirement. The operator interfaces installed for this project shall not require any
hardware additions or software revisions in order to expand the system.
TBS Engineering, Inc 15900 Page 7
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 15900
DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS
2.04 Power Supplies and Line Filtering
A. Control transformers shall be UL fisted. Furnish Class 2 current limiting type or funush
over current protection in both primary and secondary circuits for Class 2 service in
accordance with NEC requirements. Limit connected loads to 80% of rated capacity
B DC power supply output shall match output current and voltage requirements. Umt shall
be full -wave rectifier type with output ripple of 5 0 mV maximum peak -to -peak.
Regulation shall be 1 0% line and load combined, with 100 microsecond response time
for 50% load changes. Unit shall have built -in over voltage and over current protection
and shall be able to withstand a 150% current overload for at least three seconds without
trip -out or failure.
1 Unit shall operate between 0 °C and 50 °C (32 °F and.120°F) EM/RF shall meet
FCC Class B and VDE 0871 for Class B and MILSTD 810C for shock and
vibration.
2 Line voltage units shall be UL recognized and CSA approved.
C. Power line filtering.
1 Provide transient voltage and surge suppression for all workstations and
controllers either internally or as an external component. Surge protection shall
have the following at a minimum:
a. Dielectric strength of 1000 volts minimum
b Response time of 10 nanoseconds or less
c. Transverse mode noise attenuation of 65 dB or greater
d. Common mode noise attenuation of 150 dB or better at 40 Hz to 100
Hz.
2.05 Auxiliary Control Devices
A. GENERAL
1 Specified m this section are the following hard wired input/output devices
connected to the Building Controller or ASC
a. Electric Damper Actuators
b. Motorized Isolation Valves
c Automatic Control Valves
d. Binary Temperature
e Temperature Sensors
f. Dew Point
g. Water Differential Pressure Sensors
h. Differential Pressure Switches
1. Relays
j Current Transformers
k. Power Monitors
1. Current Switches
B Electric Damper Actuators
1 General
a. The actuator shall have mechanical or electronic stall protection to
prevent damage to the actuator throughout the rotation of the actuator
b Where shown, for power failure /safety applications, an internal
mechanical, spring -return mechanism shall be built into the actuator
housing. Alternatively an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) may be
provided. On terminal unit valves actuators capacitor driven fail action
is permitted.
c. Proportional actuators shall accept a 0 to 10 VDC or 0 to 20 mA
control signal and provide a 2 to 10 VDC or 4 to 20 mA operating
range
d. All 24 VAC/VDC actuators shall operate on Class 2 wiring.
e All actuators shall have an external manual gear release to allow
manual positioning of the damper when the actuator is not powered.
TBS Engineering, Inc 15900 Page 8
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 15900
DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS
Spnng return actuators with more than 7 Nm (60 m. -lb) torque capacity
shall have a manual crank for this purpose.
f. Electric actuators for emergency generator damper control shall be
rated for 350 degree F maximum operating temperature and capable to
drive fully open and close within 15 seconds.
C. MOTORIZED ISOLATION VALVES
1 Ball Valves.
a. Furnish automatic full port ball valves for isolation requirements on
lme sizes up to 6' as shown on the drawings or required herein. All ball
valves shall have ANSI 250 body rating. Valves shall bronze body and
stainless steel trim
b Motorized valves located outdoors or in areas subject to outdoor air
conditions provide fail in place, electric operators with water proof
enclosure, crankcase heater, and open and closed position limit
switches. Valve and all accessories shall be constructed for outdoor
use. All electrical devices shall be weather proof and NEMA 4 rated.
c. All valves shall be provided with external position indicators and a
speed control device to prevent to rapid closure
d. All valves shall be provided with manual override.
e. The valves shall be line size as shown on plans.
f. Valves shall close against a differential pressure equal to the design
pump head pressure plus 10
g. The valves shall fail to their safe position upon power loss as specified
in the sequence of operation.
h. Motorized isolation valves shall be Elodrive, Siemens, or approved
equal.
D AUTOMATIC CONTROL VALVES
General.
a. Control valves shall be two -way or three way type single seated globe
type for two position or modulating service as shown. Valves shall
meet ANSI Class IV leakage rating.
b Body pressure rating and connection type construction shall conform to
pipe, fittmg and valve schedules. Where pressure and flow
combinations exceed ratings for commercial valves and operators,
industrial class valves and operators shall be provided.
c. Valve operators shall be electric type
d. The valves shall be quiet in operation and fail -safe in either normally
open or normally closed position in the event of power failure.
e Control valve operators shall be sized to close against a differential
pressure equal to the design pump head plus 10 percent.
f. Furnish differential pressure control valves for all water systems as
shown on plans and/or specified m the sequence of operations.
g. Provide valves 2 and smaller with screwed end bronze bodies and
stainless steel trim. Provide valves 2 1/2 and larger with flanged ends,
cast iron body and stainless steel trim.
h. For modulating service that require large valve size (above 6 such as
cooling tower temperature bypass, chiller head pressure ,etc. where
proper control with globe type control valve cannot be achieved or the
application is not economical butterfly or v -port ball valves are
allowed.
2. Water Valves.
a. Control valves shall be of equal percentage flow characteristics for
modulating service
E BINARY TEMPERATURE DEVICES
1 Line voltage space thermostat:
TBS Engineenng, Inc 15900 Page 9
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
a. Line voltage thermostats shall be bimetal actuated, snap acting SPDT
contact, enclosed, UL listed for electrical rating. The thermostat cover
shall provide exposed set point adjustment knob The thermostat shall
operate within the 55 °F to 85 °F setpoint range, with 2 °F maximum
differential.
2. Low temperature safety thermostat:
a. Low limit air stream thermostats shall be UL listed, vapor pressure
type, with a sensing element of 20 ft. minimum length. Element shall
respond to the lowest temperature sensed by any 1 ft. section. The low
limit thermostat shall be automatic reset, SPDT type.
F TEMPERATURE SENSORS.
1 Provide the following instrumentation as required by the monitoring, control and
optinuzation functions. All temperature sensor shall use platinum RTD
elements only nickel or silicon are not acceptable. All control signals shall be
via a 4 -20 mA loop.
2. Liquid Immersion Temperature
a.
b
SECTION 15900
DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS
Temperature monitoring range
Output signal
c. Installation adjustment
d. Calibration adjustments
e. Factory calibration point
f. Accuracy at calibration point
3 Outside Air Temperature
a. Temperature monitoring range
b Output signal
c Installation adjustments
d. Calibration adjustments
e. Factory calibration point
f. Accuracy at calibration point
G. DEW POINT /HUMIDITY SENSORS
1 Outside Air Dew Point Temperature
a. Dew point momtormg range
b Output signal
c. Calibration adjustments
d. Factory calibration point
e Accuracy at calibration point
H. WATER DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SENSOR
1 Transducer shall have linear output signal. Zero and span shall be field
adjustable
2 Transducer sensing elements shall withstand continuous operating conditions of
positive or negative pressure 50% greater than calibrated span without damage
3 Water pressure transducer shall have stainless steel diaphragm construction,
proof pressure of 150 psi minimum. Transducer shall be complete with 4 to 20
mA output, required mounting brackets, and block and bleed valves.
4 Water differential pressure transducer shall have stainless steel diaphragm
construction, proof pressure of 150 psi minimum. Overrange limit (differential
pressure) and maximum static pressure shall be 300 psi. Transducer shall be
complete with 4 to 20 mA output, required mounting brackets, and three valve
manifold.
5 Provide industrial grade differential pressure sensors for all differential pressure
bypass valves. Sensor shall be factory calibrated for operating range and rated
for system pressure Provide manufacturers standard 316 stainless steel, 3 valve
manifold and pressure gauges for supply and return pressures. Output shall be 4-
20 ma.
+20/ +120 F or +70/ +220 F
4 -20 mA
none required
zero span
70 deg F
+0.5 F
50/ +122
4 -20 mA
none required
zero span
70 deg F
+0.5 F
-40/ +115 F DP 12% to 99% RH
4 -20 mA
zero span
70 F
+2.0 Fdp
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15900 Page 10
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
SECTION 15900
DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS
DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCHES
1 Water Differential Pressure Switch
a. Differential pressure type switches (air or water service) shall be UL
listed, SPDT snap acting, pilot duty rated (125 VA minimum), NEMA
1 enclosure, with scale range and differential suitable for
intended application or as shown.
b The differential switches shall meet the following requirements.
1) Range 8 to 70 psi
2) Differential 3 psi
3) Maximum differential pressure 200 psi
4) Maximum pressure 325 psi
J RELAYS
1 Control relays shall be UL listed plug -m type with dust cover and LED
energized' indicator Contact rating, configuration, and coil voltage shall be
suitable for application.
2. Time delay relays shall be UL fisted solid -state plug -in type with adjustable time
delay Delay shall be adjustable +200% (minimum) from set point shown on
plans. Contact rating, configuration, and coil voltage shall be suitable for
application. Provide NEMA 1 enclosure when not installed in local control
panel.
K. CURRENT TRANSFORMERS
1 AC current transformers shall be UL /CSA Recognized and completely encased
(except for terminals) in approved plastic material.
2 Transformers shall be available m various current ratios and shall be selected for
±1% accuracy at 5 A full -scale output.
3 Transformers shall be fixed -core or split -core type for installation on new or
existing winng, respectively
L. POWER MONITORS.
1 Power monitors shall be the three -phase type furnished with three -phase
disconnect/shorting switch assembly UL Listed voltage transformers, and UL
Listed split -core current transformers.
2. They shall provide a selectable rate pulse output for kWh reading and a 4 to 20
mA output for kW reading. They shall operate with 5 A current inputs with a
maximum error of ±2% at 1 0 power factor or +2.5% at 0.5 power factor
M. CURRENT SWITCHES
1 Current- operated switches shall be self powered, solid -state with adjustable trip
current. The switches shall be selected to match the current of the application
and output requirements of the DDC system.
2.06 Communication and Control Wiring
A. General.
1 Provide copper wiring, plenum cable, and raceways as specified in the
applicable sections of Division 16 unless otherwise noted herein.
2 All insulated wire to be copper conductors, UL labeled for 90 °C minimum
service
B Control Wiring:
1 Digital Input/Output wiring shall use Class 2 twisted pair, insulated.
2. Analog inputs shall use Class 2 twisted shielded pair insulated and jacketed and
require a grounded shield.
3 Actuators with tri-state control shall use 3 conductor with same characteristics
TBS Engineering, Inc 15900 Page 11
TBS ENGINEERING
OLYMPIC MEDICAL CENTER CHILLER REPLACEMENT
CHILLED WATER SYSTEM MODIFICATIONS
C Communication Wiring
1 Ethernet Cable shall be minimum CATS
2. Secondary level network shall be 24 gage, TSP low capacitance cable
PART III EXECUTION
3.01 SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
A. GENERAL
All setpoints, limits, etc shall be adjustable through the central CPU or the laptop
computer connected to the system.
See Part IV
3.02 GRAPHICS SCREENS
Contractor shall create graphics for each discrete mechanical system controlled by the EMCS
These graphics shall include the following types of systems at a minimum.
a. Chilled Water Distribution System
b. Condenser. Water Piping System
c. Building Floor Plan as Applicable
d. Chiller Diagram as Applicable
3.03 INPUT /OUTPUT SUMMARY
See Mechanical Plans.
SECTION 15900
DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEMS
3.04 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. CONTROL WIRING
1 All line voltage wiring and low voltage wiring m exposed areas shall be run in EMT
conduit or wiremold. Wiring run exposed in finished areas shall be in wiremold.
2. Wiring shall be m accordance with the `Electrical' section of these specifications,
Section 16000 and all applicable codes. Wiring within concealed, accessible spaces
may be run with plenum -rated cable as allowed by local codes.
3 If utilized in lieu of conduit plenum -rated cables shall be run in an orderly manner
tied and bundled every 3 feet on average.
B LABELS AND IDENTIFICATION
1 Identify all equipment and panels. Identification shall be with labels describing
equipment and panel use and function.
2. Labels shall be engraved with contrasting text using bakelite, plastic or metal
material. Labels shall be permanently glued or mechanically fastened.
3 All wires and cables shall be identified with permanent markers at each end. The
wire designator shall match those on the shop and installation drawings.
C GENERAL
1 Provide and install devices, relays, switches, thermostats, sensors, dampers, conduit,
wiring, and tubing to provide a complete temperature regulation and control
operation system. All wiring shall be run m concealed areas where possible. Where
necessary to be exposed it shall be installed in a workrnanlike manner
2. Contractor is responsible for providing a complete and operational system as called
out in the sequence of operation and/or in the input/output summary and/or the
mechanical/electricaI drawings for this project. Any item referenced in one part of
the system documentation but not listed elsewhere shall be covered under contractors
pncmg (i.e. damper called out in sequence but not indicated on drawings).
PART IV SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
TO BE ISSUED BY ADDENDA
END OF SECTION 15900
TBS Engineering, Inc. 15900 Page 12